Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 398

!

INSTRUCALC/PIUS
i

For Windows

Version 5.1
Instrument Engineering Software for
Control Valves, Flow Elements,
Pressure-Relief Devices, Relief Valves, AGA (Orifice
Calculations) and FGC (Fixed Geometry Calculations)

With auxiliary programs for fluid flow calculations


(for Windows 95 , 98, 2000, NT, XP )

Stanley W. Thrift :

Gulf Publishing Company


Software Division
P.O. Box 2608
Houston, Texas 77252- 2608 USA
I

INSTRUCALC For Windows \

Version 5.1 Plus .j


|

Instrument Engineering Software for Control Valves, ISO Flow Elements, Relief j
Valves, Pressure-Relief Devices, AGA Orifice Calculations, Flow Meters, and j
Flow Devices \
t

Copyright ©1998 by Gulf Publishing Company. All rights reserved. This program, or parts
thereof, may not be reproduced in any form without the permission of the publisher. :

This program was complied with Microsoft Visual Basic Version 3.0
Copyright Microsoft Corp., 1994. j

' I

The material contained herein is supplied without representation or warranty of any kind. The

^

author and publisher assume no liability, consequential or otherwise, of any kind, arising from
the use of these programs or any parts thereof. T

The software herein may be updated, extended, or otherwise revised by the author and the
publisher at their sole discretion. Purchase of this edition, whether in book or disk form, in no
way obliges the author and the publisher to provide the purchaser with future editions at a cost
below the publisher' s suggested retail price.

This software is licensed to the user for use on one computer at one time and may not be
duplicated (except for the purpose of making backup copies) without permission from the (
publisher or author.

ii
:

Contents

System Requirements ix
Technical Questions ix
About the Author x
Installation X
What INSTRUCALC does for You xi j
What's New in Version 5.1 xiii
Getting Around in This Manual

Instrucalc Options
:

i
i

Chapter 1: Control Valves (CV) 1

Sizing Principles, 1
Oversizing and Undersizing, 2
Selecting Body Style, 2
*

Noise Levels, 3
Formulas Used, 3
Materials of Construction, 3
Sizing the Actuator, 3
Control Valve Rangeability, 4
Considerations for Liquid Flow, 4
Considerations for Gas and Steam Flow, 5
Considerations for Two-Phase Flow, 6
Program Overview, 6
Program Features, 9
Program Menu Options, 10
Program Lead Sheet, 12

iii
Liquid Calculations, 12
Liquid Engineering Units, 18
Two-Phase Calculations, 21
Data Printout, 27
Data Sheet, 28
Gas Calculations, 30
Gas Engineering Units, 34
Print Summary, 37
Calculation Routines, 39
Liquid
Gas
Two-Phase Flow
Nomenclature
Data Files, 44
Import Process Data, 48
Pressure Drop Calculation, 50
Program Pipe Dimensions, 53
Liquid Water Hammer Calculation, 53

Chapter 2: ISO Flow Elements.. 57


!

Program Overview, 58
Sizing Principles, 59
Accuracy, 59
Program Features, 60
Program Menu Options, 62
Program Lead Sheet, 63
Liquid Calculation. 64
ISO Material Selection, 67 j
Liquid Engineering Units, 70
Calculation Data Printout, 72
Data Sheet, 74
Orifice Size Gas Calculation, 76
ISO Material Selection, 79
Gas Engineering Units, 82
Print Summary, 84
Calculation Routines, 86
Nomenclature
Data Files, 88
Import Process Data, 92
Pipe Inside Diameter, 94 [
1

Chapter 3: Relief Valves 95 }


i
j

Program Overview, 96 ( Î
;
Accuracy of the Calculation, 98 [

IV
Sizing Considerations, 99
Types of Valves, 100
Valve Applications, 100
Program Features, 100
Program Menu Options, 103 |
Program Lead Sheet, 105
Liquid Calculation - Known Flow, 105
Heat Exchanger Entrapped Liquid Calculation, 109
Pipeline Entrapped Liquid Calculation, 113
Heat Exchanger Tube Rupture Calculation, 117
Liquid Engineering Units, 120
Inlet and Outlet Pressure Loss Calculation, 123
Calculation Data Printout, 124
Data Sheet, 126
Gas Calculation Known Flow, 128
"
i

Steam Calculation Known Flow, 129


Fire Size Liquid Vaporization, 135
f
Fire Size Gas Expansion, 139
Gas Engineering Units, 143
Print Summary, 146
Calculation Routines, 148
Liquid Relief Known Flow
Gas Relief Known Flow
Steam Relief Known Flow
Nomenclature j
Entrapped Liquid - Heat Exchanger
Nomenclature
Fire Size Liquid Vaporization
Fire and Gas Expansion
Nomenclature
Data Files, 159
Import Process Data, 167
Program Pipe Dimensions, 170

Chapter 4: Relief Devices 171

Rupture Disks, 171


Tank Vents, 172
Program Features, 173
Program Menu Options, 174
Program Lead Sheet, 176
Rupture Disk Size Liquid Calculation, 176
Liquid Engineering Units, 179
Inlet and Outlet Pressure Loss Calculation, 180
Calculation Data Printout, 181
Data Sheet,183
Size Gas Calculation, 185

/
!

Tank Vent Gas Calculation, 187

Gas Engineering Units, 190


Print Summary, 192
Calculation Routines, 195
Rupture Disk Liquid Size
Nomenclature
Tank Vents !
Nomenclature
Data Files, 198
Import Process Data, 201
Program Pipe Dimensions, 203

Chapter 5: Auxiliary Programs 205

Program Overview, 205


Program Features, 207
Program Menu Options, 209
Program Lead Sheet, 211
Liquid Pipe Loss Calculation, 211
Liquid Data Calculation, 214
Water Hammer - Liquid Flow Calculation, 218
Liquid Engineering Units, 221
Calculation Data Printout, 225
Gas Pipe Pressure Loss Calculation, 226
Calculation Data Printout, 225
Gas Data Calculation, 229
Gas Engineering Units, 233
Summary, 236
Auxiliary Programs Routines, 237
Pipe Pressure Loss Calculation
Waterhammer and Time for Closing Formula
Nomenclature
Data Files, 239
Import Process Data, 241
Pipe Dimensions, 243

Appendices 245

Appendix A : Questions Users Ask Most 246

VI
!

Appendix B: Sources 249


Control Valves
Flow Elements
Pitot Tubes
Pressure Relief Valves
Heat Exchanger, Piping, Entrapped Liquid
Tank Vents
Rupture Disks
Auxiliary Programs

Instrucalc Plus Options

AGA Orifice Plates Bonus Section 1

Program Overview, 1
Program Features, 3
AGA Program Menu Options, 4
AGA Program Lead Sheet, 6
AGA Orifice Size Liquid Calculations, 6
AGA Liquid Engineering Units, 10
AGA Material Selection, 12
AGA Calculation Data Printout, 12
AGA Flow Element Data Sheet, 13
AGA Orifice Size Gas Calculation, 15
Print Summary, 18
AGA Gas Engineering Units, 20
AGA Calculation Routines, 23
Nomenclature
Data Files, 25
AGA Import Orifice Process Data, 27
AGA Meter Tube Data, 29

FIXED GEOMETRY1, Flow Devices Bonus Section 31

Program Overview, 31
Program Features, 32
Program Menu Options, 33
FG1 Program Lead Sheet, 35
FG1 Integral Flow Orifice Assembly Liquid Calculation, 36
FG1 Target Meter Liquid Calculation, 40
FG1 Elbow Flow Meters Liquid Calculation, 43
FG1 Annubar Flow Element Liquid Calculation, 47
FG1 Liquid Engineering Units, 52
FG1 Material Selection, 54

vii
FG1 Calculation Data Printout, 54
FG1 Data Sheet, 55
FG1 Integral Flow Orifice Assembly Gas Calculation, 57
FG1 Target Meter Gas Calculation, 61
FG1 Elbow Flow Meters Gas Calculation, 64
FG1 Annubar Flow Element Gas Calculation, 67
FG1 Print Summary, 71
FG1 Gas Engineering Units, 73
FG1 Calculation Routines, 76
Annubar liquid and gas flow
Elbow flowmeters
Target meters
Integral flow orifice assemblies
Nomenclature
FG1 Data Files, 80
FG1 Import Process Data, 85
FG1 Pipe Inside Diameter, 87

FIXED GEOMETRY2, Flow Meters Bonus Section 89

Program Overview, 89
Fixed Geometry2 Program Features, 90
FG2 Program Menu Options, 91
j FG2 Program Lead Sheet, 92
FG2 Vortex Meter Size Liquid Calculation, 93
FG2 Rotameter Size Liquid Calculation, 96
FG2 Wedge Flow Meter Size Liquid Calculation, 99
FG2 Liquid Engineering Units, 102
i FG2 Material Selection, 106
| FG2 Calculation Printout, 107
FG2 Data Sheet, 107
FG2 Vortex Meter Size Gas Calculation, 109
FG2 Rotameter Size Gas Calculation, 112
FG2 Wedge Flow Meter Size Gas Calculation, 115
] Print FG2 Summary, 118
FG2 Gas Engineering Units, 119
FG2 Calculation Routines, 123
Rotameters liquid and gas calculations
Vortex meters calculations
Wedge flowmeter calculations
Fluid properties
j Nomenclatures
I FG2 Data Files, 125
1 FG2 Import Process Data, 129
FG2 Pipe InsideDiameter, 131

viii
iH

System Requirements
• Microsoft Windows 3.1, 95, 98, 2000, NT or XP
• 8MB of available memory (perferably 16MB) H
• 12MB of available free hard disk space
• Laser or IBM compatible printer (132 column with compressed print)
Graphic display device compatible with Windows 3.1, 95, 98, 2000, NT or XP. (SVGA
i

card recommended)
I
• Any IBM-Compatible machine with an 80386 processor or higher

:!
Technical Questions?

Write to:

Stanley W . Thrift
5700 Blackwell Side Road Unit 385
Sarina, Ontario N7W 1B7
CANADA

sandjthrift@aol.com
i

IX
\
.)

About the Author


i j

Stanley W. Thrift, P.E., is a senior member of the Instrument Society of America and past-
president of the Sarnia, Ontario, section. He retired from Steams Catalytic, Ltd. of Sarnia in (
• !

October 1986 as an instrumentation engineer. H

; !

Installation
Windows 95/98/2000/NT/ XP

From the Windows desktop menu: Left Click on START button and highlight SETTINGS, then
left click on CONTROL PANEL and ADD-REMOVE PROGRAMS. Left click on Install or
Add New Programs as the case may be and continue through the prompts.

You may also run <cdrom >:\setup.exe from the Start menu where cdrom is your CD dive letter.
Windows NT or Server
(see special instructions in package)

For installation or minor technical help, call Gulf Publishing Company at:
(713) 520-4428 or Fax (713) 525-4668
Or log onto our technical support section of our website under "Software” at :
www. gulfbub.com

For extensive inquiries (calculations, cosmetic, etc.) email the author directly at
sandjthrift@aol.com.
.

What INSTRUCALC does


for you
INSTRUCALC is a set of engineering programs for calculating control valve, relief valve, f
pressure-relief devices and various flow element sizes. It also prepares data sheets and
instrument summary reports. It is an engineering program rather than an application program
inasmuch as it is capable of determining the basic engineering data and requirements for the
equipment rather than just using the data to determine the size required.
!

It consists of more than 74 programs divided into four main parts:

1 . Control Valves for liquid, gas, steam, and two-phase flow using the ISA formulas. There are
programs for calculating Cv and analyzing for citation within the valve, critical flow and flashing
through the valve, and noise generated by the valve. The Cv is compensated where necessary
for these and the piping geometry effects. Messages are displayed to guide you to an optimum
valve selection.

2. ISO Flow Elements for flow and restriction orifice plates; flow nozzles and venturies; gas,
steam, vapor, and liquids; flange, radius, pipe, and comer taps. Concentric, eccentric, segmental,
quadrant edge, and conical plates. Calculates Beta ratio and orifice bore. Calculates flow for a
selected bore. Compatible with ISO 5167.
i
3. Relief Valves for pressure-relief devices, rupture discs, and breather valves. Liquid and gas
application. Calculates API or ASME size for known flow, thermal expansion, and external fire. --
The external fire program has the option of either the API or the NFPA heat input methods. It
also calculates the maximum flowrate for the selected valve and the maximum back pressure,
which maintains the required flow as well as the relieving forces.

Also included is a set of Auxiliary programs that determines line pressure drops for gas and
liquids, calculates compressibility factor, flowing density, vapor pressure and temperature, latent
heats at pressure and temperature and physical properties of mixtures. These programs are
useful for many other engineering activities such as centrifugal pump line loss calculations and
determining pressure available for control valve pressure drop.

All device calculation and data sheet information can be saved for later recall. Printouts can be
obtained of calculations, data sheets, and instrument summary reports. Any type of engineering
unit can be used in the calculations. All conversion factors are contained within the programs to

XI
)
change from one unit to another and to convert the values of the input data. Data can be
imported and exported to and from the programs using ASCII files.

Each module of INSTRUCALC allows you to perform these functions:

• Make calculations
• Prepare data sheets
• Prepare summary reports

Use the auxiliary programs to size more than 50 different instruments with this easy-to-use and
accurate sizing program. The program not only calculates the sizes of control valves, flow
elements, and relief devices, but it also produces data sheets for the calculated items. In addition,
it lets you prepare instrument summaries and use the data sheets as a database for generating
reports.

T
XII
:
i
\
t

:i! ;

What's new in t!

!
Instrucalc Version 5.1 :

• Control Valves now have dynamic valve sizing as an additional option. Based on changing i!

percentage of flow, the program has added a scrolling system to instantly give variety of !

data calculations.

• All Flow Elements programs (4) now have an option to calculate the dynamic inlet pressure
for increased accuracy. (Never been available) ili !

• For all devices, INSTRUCALC now provides, on an installed basis as compared with the old
way of sizing on a shelf basis. This will go a long way to eliminate start-up problems.

• Procedures have been added to enable users to easily edit all technical data files. The user
Ü
can now easily customize the data to his own satisfaction.

• Automatically generate the paths that the data files are installed in. (This should solve the
network problem)

• In the Relief Valve/Steam calculation section, the program used the steam density in error.
This is now corrected

• The Flow program is applicable for sizes below 2" and beta values outside the limits of .2 to
.75 . It is for the user to define the limits which are applicable to the users project
:

ASME nozzle losses are now printed.

Ofd Data Files Are Still Compatible


All data files from previous versions are compatible. The file data for the changed programs
remain as is unless the data are retrieved, recalculated, and saved. If the latter occurs, the data
are then converted to the new formula requirements.

xiii
New Ability to Transfer Data between Files
A relational database system is used to store the data. The data for each record are stored in a
random access file and the tag numbers and specification data are stored in sequential files. This
provides the simplest data recall method with the most efficient use of memory and the fastest
access time. The file size is only limited by computer memory. If the files for each project are
kept separate (i.e., different disks or different paths), INSTRUCALC can handle any number of
projects and keep all of the data separate and clean without any user input. It is possible to
transfer individual data between projects by calling up the data on path, editing the path and
saving to a different file. Data can be imported to, and exported from, the programs.

We think you will find the INSTRUCALC 5.1 for Windows better than ever. If you have any
suggestions, please write us and let us know. We will consider them for a newer version.

)
:

:•
:

xiv
Getting Around in
This Manual
The word “ program” can mean a variety of things. INSTRUCALC is a software program that
contains five main programs that include calculation programs, a data sheet program and a
summary program. Since this could get confusing, we will use other words to signify certain
portions of INSTRUCALC. We will use the word "module" to refer to the five main programs:
Control Valves, Auxiliary Programs, ISO Flow Elements, Relief Valves and Relief Devices.
\
The options available in each module include sizing calculations, an option for producing a data
sheet, and an option for generating summaries. These will be referred to as “ programs” or
“ options.” The word “ program” will also be used to refer to INSTRUCALC as a whole.

The more than 50 separate sizing programs will be referred to as “ routines” (for example, “ the
Orifice Plate Concentric Flange Tap Sizing Routine” ). This should help you differentiate
between the parts of INSTRUCALC as we explain them in this manual.

This manual is divided into parts. Some parts of INSTRUCALC are common to INSTRUCALC
modules and only require one explanation. The sizing programs are each different and so require
separate explanations.

XV
:•

>

-

fir-
il

:

) :
1

XVI
)

E
H
Chapter 1

CONTROL VALVES

Liquid Flow
Gas Flow
Two-Phase Flow

Sizing Principles
The control valve is a vital part of most control systems and is the most widely used
final control element. To make a proper selection of the size and type can be very
simple or very complex and it is not always obvious which it will be. INSTRUCALC
assumes the worst and always does a complete engineering analysis of flowing
)
1
conditions. Because many reliability and control problems can be created by
installing the wrong valve, the time to avoid that is now.

Oversizing and Undersizing


There is a tendency to oversize a control valve by taking the largest flow it will have
to pass, doubling it to make it operate at the mid-point, and then picking the next
available larger size. This can lead to poor control on low flows, with the control
valve trying to regulate flow and bouncing on its seat.

For a control valve to regulate flow it must cause some pressure loss in the system.
For this reason control valves are usually smaller than line size. If the pressure loss is
unknown, then use the Line Pressure Drop program in the Auxiliary Routines and
draw a system pressure curve. Then extract the pressure drop from this. Refer to the
ISA Handbook of Contol Valves for the procedure. It is a rale of thumb that in a
properly designed system the control valve size should be one size less than the line
size. Spot checks over the years for deviations from this rule have shown that either
the line was unintentionally too small or that some special circumstances applied ,
such as an unavoidable high pressure drop. Also it should be noted that published
control-valve capacities are based on line-size valves, and a piping geometry
correction factor is required and is provided in the program.

The undersized-valve problem is very often caused by increased plant throughput. It


can be solved by cracking open the bypass valve, but with variable flowrates this is
likely to lead to control problems. A far better solution is to purchase the valve with a
larger body and a reduced trim if future increased flowrates can be anticipated.

Selecting Body Style

Selecting the body style is the most difficult decision to make when specifying a
valve. Butterfly and similar high capacity valves offer most Cv per dollar, but there
are many examples of misapplication that have caused considerable operating
problems. For liquids the FL factor is the most useful guide to a logical selection of
body style. Cavitation occurs more often than most people expect and should have
the most influence in selecting the body style. Cooling water and heat transport fluids
at moderate pressure drops have been found to cavitate. If cavitation is ignored, the
valve may only control successfully for a short period of time before requiring
maintenance or replacement. The FL factor does not offer a guide for body style
selection for gases. Noise may determine the body style because of noise reduction
trim, but generally, economics would determine the body selection.

2
\

Noise Levels
Valves in gas and vapor service experiencing large pressure drops can be the noisiest
pieces of equipment in a plant (even while performing well and lasting a long time).
The noise level may well be unacceptable these days and while it might be possible to
reduce the noise with extra insulation, it is far better to recognize the problem now
and find the best way of avoiding it by re-engineering the process to reduce the
pressure drop or specifying special noise-reducing trim for the valve.
!. .

Predicting the noise level generated by a control valve is not an exact science. h
Manufacturers tend to have their own methods for their own products and a standard
calculation method has not yet evolved. The program uses the Masoneilan method to
determine if there is a noise problem. This may not be accurate for all manufacturers
but will be sufficient to make you aware that a problem may exist, so that you can
take a remedial course of action immediately. The selected manufacturer will always
have the final responsibility to propose equipment that meets all of the job
requirements, so it will ultimately determine the noise value for the proposed valve
for the service.

The cost of not selecting the right valve for the job can be enormous. Anti-cavitation
and low-noise control valves may seem expensive compared to standard valves, but
their extra cost is minuscule when compared to an unplanned plant shutdown. A
recent example was the failure through erosion of a valve on cooling water service.
The cost of the shutdown which it caused was in excess of S250,000. Had
INSTRUCALC been used, it would have predicted that there was an erosion problem
but unfortunately it was not checked until after the event.

Formulas Used
The formulas used in the calculations are those in ANSI/ISA-S75.01 and in ISA
Handbook for Control Valves by J. W. Hutchison, and the Masoneilan noise
prediction formula.

Materials of Construction :

The materials of construction for a control valve are normally selected to meet the .
temperature and pressure requirements of the process and resist corrosion by the
process fluid. Valves in severe service, in addition, may need special materials to
resist erosion caused by cavitation or high pressure drops or to ensure a tight shutoff.
The program will advise you of these possibilities.
)

3
;

Sizing the Actuator J

The sizing of the actuator is the manufacturer's responsibility. Manufacturers are


\

aware of the out-of-balance forces which are inherent in their designs and are most
capable of selecting the best actuator for them. Be sure to specify the control air
pressure range for the actuator sizing.

Control Valve Rangeability


The rangeability of a control valve is the range of flow conditions over which it can !
effectively control. This varies with control valve design. Therefore after the first run
of the calculation has been made and the body style, trim style, and valve size have
!
been selected, further calculations should be made to ensure that the valve will
control over the range of flowrates and pressure drops that will be encountered in
service. The Cv calculated is that for the data entered in the calculations.

Valve manufacturers list the rangeability of various types of valves, which can be as
high as 50:1. This means that if the calculated Cv value for normal flow was 10 and it
was expected that the valve would operate half open then a valve with a rated Cv of
20 would be selected which would be expected to provide satisfactory control down
to a Cv of 0.4. )
:

So, determine the minimum flowrate and the maximum pressure drop that is expected
and enter these values. Is the Cv more than the .4 minimum?. Now enter the
maximum flowrate and the minimum pressure drop. Is the Cv less than the 20
maximum? If there are any other special conditions which must be met, then enter :

them. If the valve Cv range is exceeded, try different valve sizes or different valve
body styles until the optimum is reached. Extreme cases may require more than one
valve. For example, you may need a large valve for the high flows and a small one for
the low flows, piped in parallel with the small one opening first and becoming wide
open at 50% of the control signal, then the large one opening and becoming wide
open at 100% of the control signal.
By performing these calculations it is possible to select the optimum valve for the
service and reduce the possibility of expensive surprises in the future.

Considerations for Liquid Flow


The internal contours of some valve bodies are such that because of the relationship
between velocity and pressure of the flowing fluid, the velocity of the liquid at one

4
i

*
\
place in the body may have risen so high that the pressure falls below the vapor
pressure of the liquid and pockets of vapor form. Farther along in the valve body the
velocity may have
\

decreased enough for the pressure to increase above the liquid vapor pressure. The :

vapor pockets implode with considerable noise and energy and can be extremely
erosive. This is cavitation. It happens more often than most people expect and water
is a common culprit. INSTRUCALC always checks for cavitation.

To predict cavitation, manufacturers publish a liquid recovery coefficient (FL) to


quantify the characteristic. A low FL number (e.g., 0.5 for an angle valve) signifies a
;
f
valve which will cavitate quicker than a valve with a higher FL will ( e.g., 0.9 for a
globe valve). The lower the FL the greater the tendency to cavitate.

The program will calculate a minimum FL from the process conditions and display it
at the time the selected valve FLis to be entered. To avoid cavitation, a valve with a
larger FL should be used. If this is not possible, an anti-cavitation trim should be 7

selected. This is a special hard trim designed to keep the implosions away from the r
softer metal in the body. If this is not possible, a heavier valve body should be
considered to avoid premature failure because of metal erosion.

Cavitation chokes the valve and reduces its capacity. The program recognizes this
condition and compensates for it. When the discharge pressure is lower than the
liquid vapor pressure, the liquid will flash into a vapor as it passes through the valve.
This is erosive on the valve body but not usually as severely as cavitation. Hardened
trim is usually justified. Flashing also affects valve capacity and is allowed for in the
calculation.
The viscosity of the liquid must be compensated for if the Reynolds number is less
than 4000 . For this, the valve-style modifier Fd is required.

Considerations for Gas and Steam Flow


The first problem considered in the program is the minimum size valve for sonic !
velocity. It is very often possible to select a valve having an adequate Cv and yet still
have sonic velocity at the outlet port. This creates a noise problem which cannot be
:
overcome with a low-decibel trim. If the noise level of the valve is too high (and it
most likely will be for all but the smallest valves), a valve larger than the sonic size
must be selected to reduce the velocity to below sonic.
!

The final Cv has corrections for the gas expansion factor and for piping geometry
similar to those for the liquid calculation. The program will calculate the noise level
if the optional data is entered. When the noise exceeds the allowable level (usually 80
dBA) and sonic velocity is not the problem, the level can be reduced by selecting a

5
special low-noise trim, by installing pipe with thicker wall, or by selecting a special )
valve. Extreme cases may require extra insulation on the pipe and auxiliary devices to
take part of the pressure drop. Noise is normally calculated at actual operating
conditions. Therefore, run this calculation for the operating flowrate, pressure drop
and FL value for the percentage of valve open . It is not normally necessary to consider
worst conditions because they are usually short-term, and noise will usually be
tolerated for that time period.
i
L

Î
Considerations for Two-Phase Flow |
j
The program is a combination of the two previous programs and calculates Cv based
on the effective specific weight of the mixture. Cavitation is checked for and should
be handled as for liquid flow. «

j
i

CONTROL VALVES — Program Overview

Version 5 has the capability of sizing the valves on an installed basis. First, the valve
is sized for normal static flow as Case 2. Scroll bars in Case 1 increase the flow, the
program computes the system flow and calculates the inlet pressure, valve pressure ,

drop and fluid properties. The maximum controllable flow for the selected valve can
be easily determined. Similarly scroll bars for Case 3 determine the minimum
controllable flow. This solves the mystery of system flow. It clearly shows how the
available pressure drop and fluid properties can vary considerably for different rates
of flow and the optimum control valve size and type can be found .
Three Programs are provided —
Liquid Flow
Gas Flow
Two Phase Flow

Each program will calculate and save three different cases of flow conditions and has
access to a sub program which will calculate the available control valve inlet
pressures and pressure drops in the piping system for each case.

Options for each valve calculation are


Calculate Valve Size
Calculate Flow Rate
Calculate Pressure Drop

Each uses the same formulas, rearranged to calculate the unknown variable.

6
!
) Once the pressure and temperature is entered the process data can be automatically
entered using the Properties option and selecting the pure or mixture of process fluids
from the Fluid Properties data bank.

The valve pressure drop can then be calculated using the Calculate System Pressure
Drop option .

In Version 5.0 an additional input box was added for the control valve elevation, the j:
headings of boxes for input and discharge pipe elevations was changed to inlet pipe
start elevation and discharge pipe end elevation. The inputs to these boxes are now
the plant elevations. This clarifies and simplifies the data and will require a change to
exising data.
|
In this calculation, after entering the source and destination pressure and details and
elevations of the piping system, it will calculate the inlet pressure and pressure drop
for each case. This data can be transferred to the valve calculation. Back in the
calculation, the pressure has most likely changed making it necessary to reelect the
process data from the fluid properties option, if the numbers are significantly
different, rerun the pressure drop program.
I
The programs have a data base of Typical Valves so that different valve data can be
entered into the calculation in order to make the best selection. Try several and
) calculate until a valve style and size is selected which has the rangeability and does
not have cavitation or noise problems. When a final selection is made the exact
manufacturers data can be entered for a final calculation.
j

Finally, for liquid valves, take the option for the Minimum Closing Time this is the
Water Hammer program to determine if a special closing time is required to avoid
water hammer.

General

If changes are made to data recalled from file, the data will he displayed in the color
selected for changed data. This will assist in recognizing the affect the changes make
to other calculations and the data sheet. j
Sizing Philosophy

Each manufacturer has his own formula for determining the valve size, the valve
noise and the cavitation characteristics. This program uses the ISA sizing formulas, it
uses the Masoneilan noise prediction method and incipient cavitation technique. The
object of the program is to determine the valve size, the cavitation, flashing and noise
problems and prepare a data sheet suitable for bid purposes. Some manufacturers
may differ from these conclusions, usually the variations are minor and do not change
the size and style. Occasionally the noise and cavitation characteristics will differ so
) that some engineering judgment will be called for. The failure of a valve because of

7
! I

\
cavitation erosion is not unheard of and can be extremely expensive. Sometimes a
change in body style is sufficient to eliminate the problem, hardened trim may be
required . The cost at this time is usually small.. Some users will not even tolerate
incipient cavitation. Be wary of the person trying for a cost advantage, months later
when the valve has failed, he will sell you a new valve and you may have a huge bill.

(Ver 5.0)
!
The typical valve data file is an ASCII text file, three options of files are now
available. They can be modified from within the program. The standard file is based
on Masoneilan data. If you prefer another manufacturer then edit the other valve files
to whatever you choose. If the manufacturer does not use the incipient cavitation II
factor (Kc) then enter a zero or leave the box empty. ISA S75 shows data for a
typical file.

The pressure drop can then be calculated using the Calculate Pressure Drop option.
In Version 5.0 an additional input box was added for the control valve elevation, the
headings of boxes for input and discharge pipe elevations was changed to inlet pipe ii
start elevation and discharge pipe end elevation. The inputs to these boxes are now i!
the plant elevations. This clarifies and simplifies the data and will require a change to
existing data. I
In this calculation, after entering the source and destination pressure and details and I

elevations of the piping system, it will calculate the inlet pressure and pressure drop
for each case. This data can be transferred to the valve calculation. Back in the i
calculation, the pressure has most likely changed making it necessary to reelect the
process data from the fluid properties option, if the numbers are significantly ii
different, rerun the pressure drop program. :•
i
I

The programs have a data base of Typical Valves so that different valve data can be
entered into the calculation in order to make the best selection. Try several and ;!
!
i

calculate until a valve style and size is selected which has the rangeability and does
not have cavitation or noise problems. When a final selection is made, the exact
jj
manufacturer’ s data can be entered for a final calculation.
mm
ll
m bus ua m .
»
IV msMmmm m
mA mi
m
!

m
' •r

m« ft m mm
ip 88
US

S üffiE
ms
.

& mm
Hi
m
KST

V
m 1m m m ::
W

i'M9ÈdM s nWjM> 10 m' mm


AC
'
m m o St
:

m
'
.
— &
dag m e ÜMm
I*

mmI I. t : H
V
-
m
! : & HE.
AA
i.
m m Vf:
mm mm
V
1& Si

ÉÈÊBÊÊm
m

!. .

8
!
:
!
:

Finally, for liquid valves, take thè option for the Closing Time . This is the Water
Hammer program to determine if a special closing time is required to avoid water
hammer.

CONTROL VALVE - Program Features


:
!

Perform sizing calculations

Calculate either control valve size, flow rate or pressure drop


Calculate piping system pressure drop
Calculate the cavitation index
Calculate the noise level
Supply typical valve data
Supply fluid properties at flow conditions
Supply steam data
Supply pipe sizes Î
Use English or SI engineering units in any mixture
Use mass or volume flow units
Import process data
Print a calculation sheet using the Windows Print Manager
) Save the data

Prepare instrument data sheets


IIi
:

WYSIWYG style
Initially generate sheets for bid purposes
Supply database of standard specification items i
After vendor selection, revise for permanent records
Print a data sheet using the Windows Print Manager :i
Save the data
, i
j
Print a summary of saved records

Print all records 11


; •
Print selected records
Print only records having required characteristics
\i !
!
i i

This is a program for calculating the size of control valves. The available options are:
Liquid flow
Gas, steam or vapor flow
Two phase flow

9
"

- i n l x28l )
mm. EiSColormm Far Tables
î ïS?~ ÿ:?2'î
- Sl SSffiiSSi
Ennrfypna
•• iil î î:
* :

zm
Program Options

© 1 Liquid flow
:

O 2 Gas, steam or vapor flow

O 3 T wo Phase flow
ti
gs
1 ilBlliii ?

i
|jp The programs include files of typical valve data.* fluid
properties and pipe sizes. They can be edited in the

;
^
i-

Ij
1
1
'
i j
r

m
:

)
CONTROL VALVE Program Menu Options
New calculation

Select the required calculation option and the fluid option, then select OK
(or double-click if at least one of the options is already selected).

File
Default files
Recalls file data using the files in the default drives and paths.
Other files
Recalls file data using the Windows file selection procedure.
Data file maintenance
Edit Tag Numbers
Provides the facility to change the Tag Numbers on file.
Or delete records from file.
Sort data file
Rearrange the Tag Numbers in ascending order.
Delete the items marked if the edit was saved .

10

:•
'

File default path


Data files
Path for the default calculation data files.
User units
Path for the default engineering units.
Headings
Path for the printout headings.

There are three paths. If a Drive and Path different from the Default Path and Drive
provided in the initial Set Up Procedure was used, the program will update them to
the Drive and Path which was installed. They are saved in sequential file
CVWCALC.DRV which resides with the programs. To check or change the paths,
either call up the Drive and Path for edit or use a text editor to or change the file
contents.

Convert V3 file stage 2


Edit Tables (Version 5.1)
InstruCalc uses Data Tables for Gas, Liquid, Pipe Size and Pipe Modulus
properties, these contain data from which exact properties for the flow conditions are
calculated . It also has 3 tables for Valve data. These option provides an easy means
of customizing them. Items can be added, inserted , deleted and changed. Restrictions
are built into the Materials Coefficient of Expansion table on insertion and deletion
because the row number is used to save data in the calculations.
Each program can edit the tables used in the program. Take note that some,
such as the Gas, Liquid and Pipe Size are used by other programs and may include
data required only by them.
Editing is performed by either clicking the appropriate line in the Grid or entering the
line number in Row to Edit and clicking Recall Row. Edit the data and Load Row to
the Grid. When a box in the edit line is clicked, infonnation on the data required is
displayed above. Save Grid overwrites the old file. A backup file is recommended
before you start. The file name is in the heading of the Edit Form and the files are in
the program directory. Note that data cannot be edited directly in the grid.

Exit
Exits from Instrucalc to Windows Program Manager.
Color
Provides color options for InstruCalc displays, using the Windows palette.

Note that colors for scroll bars, command buttons, disabled text, borders etc., are
selected through the Windows Control Panel

Print Summary
Goes to the print summary program.
i

11
)
CONTROL VALVE Program Lead Sheet
The program will only stop at the Lead Sheet if it fails to find the default paths file.
To continue, type in the paths and save the file.
The Data Files are specific to a project and an instrument type
The Units File may be common for all projects and specific for an instrument type
The Headings File may be specific for a project and common for all instruments
i.

t
Control Valve Size - Liquid Calculation
:v ï.
5 ' '
Ci-
^
-
Control VajvE T* Liquid Mow
E'te•miefei - .-
Units FI' . H r - np t ti s - Bata Options . Base cond iHelp « -
jlJST'S Ij

rnmssÉÈmsmsmMm
47
4 TV -

ÆïëSéSLè —
'
. s:.
l mËlm
' mmMSi g
"
\Casef _ L
jfSBSiiS ;
r*
SffiSSni
*$ h
iifiMMHI
i
i
[ WSm i® 2
r

Si:
i
::
*
iigiiM! « -
)
SH0HS i
-
üi ;
s
MÜBlMIglM
^
:
t j
3 ,1 !

-
'
: ;
;

- f
« <*>•.v*4 1;*wWVftj H» /A!
-
L
^ «: à-

——
i LTV v* *

»
>X mm !
73
si
a
MNR
issu*
STi î:
mïm i
3Q s

-
: b
?
;*
pOiithuè dhtà
S
'
-
ars jasfssKKiajî
I p{!0 Valve size P
H
> - ISO
ïa «
r“i Flowrate m
.SS
;
os. A
itavitation index I RIO Pressure drop 1
§i
:

No se level
' tjbA
ï mzm
Sizing pierre drop - p3 ,
mm 5?«
Flpw status v f iüfif
'

:> :
'

i -

Three calculation cases are available. The data sheet program uses Case 1 as the
maximum flow condition, Case 2 as the normal flow condition and Case 3 as the
minimum flow condition. Other than this, cases can be used as required.

If the piping configuration and the source and destination pressure are known, the :

inlet pressure and the pressure drop across the valve can be calculated using the
Calculate Pressure Drop option. (Version5 ) Three Typical valve data selections
I

12
for many different valve types are available to download into the calculation. The
selections should be edited for the user requirements. Refer to ISA S75 for a guide.
:

Kc is the incipient cavitation factor, If the manufacturer does not provide it, then i

substitute the FL factor. Process data for many different fluids and mixtures can be
downloaded into the calculation . If the valve is controlling a long column of liquid,
the minimum valve closing time should be calculated using the closing time option.
The data files are in ASCII format and can be customized to the users preference. 1 '

Units È
f
There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available:
!
Mass Flow - English Units . Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit
Volume Flow - English Units . US gallons per minute and degrees
Fahrenheit
Mass Flow - SI Units. Kilograms per second and degrees
Centigrade
Volume Flow - SI Units . Liters per second and degrees Centigrade !
:
User Units. A set of units selected from the Liquid
Flow Engineering Unit screen
Review units To make or change a User Unit set select this
) option . The Liquid Flow Engineering Unit
screen will be displayed. It shows the available
options and the current unit selection. Select the
required units and save the User file.

m
«IP*
Jfel
„r

r i

unit
Ï

Unit Selection

A new calculation defaults to Mass English Units .


:

The Unit Selection can be made at any time. The input data will be converted to the ? ‘

new units. If a volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity is not
available, the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual input entry can be changed 1

13

!
.!

!!
)
by the selecting the Review Units option and choosing from the Liquid Flow y

Engineering Unit screen.


:

Base Conditions

The Base Conditions option will display the current values of base pressure, base
I!!
temperature and barometric pressure. They should be checked and modified and
saved to suit the operating conditions. AGA specifies a base pressure of 14.73 psia for
natural gas, 14.696 for liquids with a vapor pressure equal or less than one
atmosphere, and a base temperature of 60°.
i
!
Fluid Properties
I
The Fluid properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are li
entered. The properties required for a calculation are available for pure liquids and
mixtures and are provided in the selected units. Caution should be used for mixtures I
of dissimilar fluids because the mixture law may not apply. :

For a pure liquid find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the fluid
properties will be entered.
I
)
For a mixture select the first component. In the component box, enter the percentage. II
Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then select calculate in the
component box and the program will calculate and enter the mixture values. The î
?!
fluid properties data base is user updateable.

Calculation options are:


Valve size .
.

Flowrate . AA .
-. 1

Pressure drop
l

Uli

Select the calculation option and the necessary input data is enabled. The required
variable will be disabled and will receive the calculated value. The Pressure drop and
Flowrate options are back calculations with those being the only unknowns in the
valve calculation .

14
:

;
I

) Procedure

The enabled input boxes define the data required for the calculation .

To calculate the valve size


1
!
Enter the flow rates, the percent of system flow the flow temperature and :
your best estimate of the inlet pressure. Either Select the option Case 1 properties j -

and select the fluid. Repeat for Case 2 and 3. [


Or enter the process data
1:

Enter then inlet and outlet nominal pipe sizes.


Select wall and download the wall thickness.
If the pressure drop is unknown then select the option Calculate pressure j
drop.
The Pressure Drop Calculation Form will be displayed.
Enter the piping configuration, the pipe lengths, the pipe material and the j.
pipe condition.
:

Enter the source pressure and the inlet equipment losses. I


Enter the outlet equipment losses and the destination pressure.
Calculate by clicking Case 1, Case 2 and Case 3
Analyze the data, if the source pressure is a pump the pressure will decrease
with an increase of flow.
Change and calculate.
Click Case 1, 2 and 3 to transfer data to the valve calculation.
Click OK to go back to the Valve Calculation.
The new inlet pressure and the pressure drop have been added.
If the new inlet pressure is significantly different, download the process
data again.
Select the Typical Valve Data option and choose the valve type.
Click Case 1, Case 2, and Case 3.

Editing Data i

The output data should be examined for adequacy.


The flow status should be normal.
If not try different valve styles.
If cavitation persists, specify cavitation trim.
If flashing is occurring, hard trim should be specified .
The valve size is larger than the line size then the flowrate or line size is
incorrect.
Will the valve control at the pressure drops and percent of valve Cv in the
output data?

15
Change data as required and recalculate until a satisfactory valve is )
found.

If you are going out for bids, then this data is adequate. If the manufacturer has been
determined, then overwrite the typical data with the manufacturer’ s data for the
selected valve style and recalculate.

Dynamic Valve Sizing (Version 5.1)

Very often the only process data available is for normal flow. This is adequate for
calculating the normal Cv but is not adequate for sizing the maximum and minimum
flows.
i
;

The pressure loss in a piping system varies with the flowrate and since the object of
the control valve is to vary the flowrate, it follows that the control valves inlet
pressure and pressure drop and fluid properties will also vary with each change of
flow and therefore the required calculated Cv will not be linear with the rate of flow. j.
!

j
The manufacturers publish the range of Cv which a valve will successfully control.
Typically 2% to 100%. But because of the non-linearity of Cv and rate of flow, what
range of flows will the combined control valve and piping system allow? (The system
rangeability). )
j
j

Static control valve sizing requires that considerable manual data entry to be made to
find this out. It is a function of valve selection and pipe size with different process
data for each rate of flow i

In the program, the valve and piping installation can be modeled to dynamically find
the system rangeability using the Scroll bars at the top of the Case 1 and Case 3
buttons. This procedure requires the use of the subroutines in the options for Typical
valve data, Fluid properties and Calc system pressure drop.

First the valve is sized using static conditions for normal flow in Case2. Select the
Typical valve data option, Enter the normal pressure and temperature, select the Fluid
properties option, select the option to Calc the system pressure drop, enter the system
data and the static normal flow conditions in Case2 and calculate. If the source
pressure varies with flowrate, as it will for centrifugal pumps and compressors, enter
the static source pressures for the maximum and minimum flowrates. Transfer Case2
data and click OK. to go back to the Valve sizing form. If the valve inlet pressure is
now different from that calculated in the system pressure drop calculation, re-select
the fluid properties and repeat the above procedure.

Now, use the scroll bars to change the flowrates. Using the normal conditions as a
base, the program will recalculate the equipment losses , recalculate the valve inlet )

16
) pressure and pressure drop, recalculate the fluid properties and recalculate the valve
Cv. If values for source pressure at maximum and minimum flowrates were entered
j
in the Pressure drop calculation form, then the source pressure is also recalculated for
each flowrate. If the input boxes are left blank, the normal static source pressure is
used. While scrolling for the maximum flow, if the calculated Percent of Cv exceeds
100 then a message box will ask if a larger valve is required. A No answer will
complete tire calculation showing the Percent of Cv to be greater than 100, a Yes will
change the valve size and the show the appropriate value and will require the jj
recalculation of the other two cases. 1
f'


Control valves very often have a rangeabilty of 50:1 . If the maximum flow is scrolled
up to 100 Percent of valve Cv and the minimum flow is scrolled to 2 Percent of valve
Cv, (a range of 50:1), then the system rangeability is the maximum flowrate divided
by the minimum flowrate. It is usually a lot less than the 50:1 for the valve.
i :i
:
?l
Is the rangeability adequate? Is a larger pipe required? At 100% of system flow does
the valve have a margin of extra capacity? Does it have too much? Is a smaller valve
required?. Can the flow be turned down far enough without the valve bouncing on the j
seat? Is the pipe too large? Change the data to find the optimum conditions.
11
1!
The number at the bottom of the screen is the number of calculations performed to
achieve the results.
)
. . . •
1
i|
Filing and Moving On
;j
; !
The options in the File menu are:
Program menu - Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
Prepare data sheet - Is enabled after a calculation is made, it displays
the screen to prepare a data sheet form for the calculated item.
New Record - Clears the screen for a new calculation. -
Save - Using the default path, it saves a new record if not previously
saved or saves changes to an existing record.
-
Save New Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new
record (Used to duplicate similar items i .e. Recall an existing
,

record. Edit as required and Save New)


-
Save As.,. . Uses the Windows file access system. Saves to a file
anywhere.
Import case data (1, 2 or 3) - Select the units and read Input data supplied in
sequential files. ;I
File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation
records. i

The default paths are:


The Data Files. (CVWDAT.TAG and
, CVWDAT.DAT).
i

17 |
j!
5 !

The User Unit Files. (CVWDAT.UNS)


) il
The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS.DAT) i!
Print valve calculation - Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays
the screen to print a calculation.


l!
Exit - Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program :
!
Manager :

;i

Ï
CONTROL VALVE Liquid Engineering Units
!
Control Valve Liquid Fng îneèi;mg ÉfmtsSf®| v'.
mm
-m
i


v -:
apor pressure ~
^ &.& 3Ü
u - è i

O inH2Qg f j© psig fO > nH 20g O inH20a J© psia


£} psia ? ? Î
il
I
-O© lifekg lO USgal % IP kPag IQ mmhgg \ lO kPag JO mmhgg — ia j jQ kPaa|Q mmhga 1 lOkPaa
-=- inhga g

!
big^ fonri 'JO litre f P atg lO barg : fO al9 |

to ‘ O MÎ’âg ?omher 1- J ]0 MPiS|o SSTTJÈ


. Q barg
Q inhgg fO kg/cm2: g \ Q inhgg|0 kg/cm2g \|Q inhga jO kg/cm 2a SO
ip * £h li
mmhga I
gsassasss«SESSS
^
j jjO ala |Q bara ip
i
^.
'
| !O UKgalf MP a
J :0- . ^ |
Other ï “

l lÔ Ü K ÏonlO m3 l!
. m tS& v I

^^ • îiVOi ^;*
î 1r ty K
.
iarecyw ni '
Ï
A - Vi îônhL ipLè rig î h '

fe üsEgoW | ; "
11 in iip20i y ,,
| 0 cp -. - n v ion î © psia
J

neUKTIg ;
m
| 5© psi .
JO jnH « 1•>Â ^!©O kPaa
psia
J
mmhga 1|
^
î ; l»B«o 1K.
cm3 -. - - . . . -. ^«f Ç». • » * f . Mf' ' •• ’ ,

kPa£ j
??
-- w« w.« .if . . • ••® « sl
” .
irs ; VA
^r « .’ '.$ 4

f
1

ÎP inhga
V

Ip inhga 1 Ç.5*.. 3
»

: liakPa 19 -55* .
IO at lO bar J ? JO ata 50 bara i hO - Pa s w
.^ '
O = —
|•••»
'
| j *«« * *»** *
— 1
! feltlow tiitie base
ÜÔ inhg kg /cm |
2 P MPaa |p kg /cm2a 1 - O mPa .si ^
iO Other sO mmhga
â KSSc3Se38 3S S
ÿ îi' SsiyarrK ;
)
;

wtot* s© ^ %«
O MPa O Othci

IO
«
Other
gi
^1 \
)
a SBiSi
mm m
,3
mwm ss.-
1
i
- î vt î
mmmm mmwmm f üî

11 ftgiVHHSRt
O mm ttiw
p
a&ssesBæ
iL:0 in 3 © in - )R üaL
iO
1"

mm J| jO degC
Wast
| | l
lip
«|
| U
•: •

'
«
.

- |
dear||
â
© ft /s s î
iO m /s I
jprv j ^^« other jp
ssgKaft

r* : iv . jiCj

-
iaBSEaBBiiiK

/S
1
:
psi
kPa
© degF . f 'M
• K^W >V<^-
O degC I
à *::
i' Kfg

QjdËi.&
ss®f « s ? SSjca ï!:- ¥ 4
; |HO cm j JO cm | 1 $& r A J
R I ÇJ
L ^
SLipO
J
ft \ «r ' 2Sïftî*®îtî£W?
Other|O Other| ISÏ

; O .ft - ÎO ^
:

;0 m 3 fO m
lOdegK |gO degCifaSig
S IlFThlKflllfeSf me
m8oa * v ^ v?. y «>:
'
r:T*2£?**
y
| ^
**

w>£
^ RP!
SSOfMWRSttl»:

Wii fl
Lil
. Ô
j \ .y?
Other. 5
^ ^-
ILJ \ ? 4
^
lO
};£Gso 2 <
Other
rsss :± a
' ci &
I
Êahf
êé
i
ܻi
siISSBMSBI
«Swsfejë

I
i

The screen shows the process variables used in a liquid calculation and list the
available options. To assure full coverage, (Except Flow Time Base) each has an
Other option. This is a user defined unit. Double click the option and it will display
the name and multiplier to convert it to the standard units. The standard unit is
always the first item in the list. The screen shows the current selection . Any unit
may be selected and will be used in the calculation if OK is selected.

To create a User File for the User File Unit option in the calculation, select the
desired units and click the save button. A double click on any unit option selects that
option and returns to the calculation.

Data conversion

For all items except flow, the unit change represents only a multiplier to convert the
input data and the data is always converted. The Flow Quantity option has Mass

18
il
jj
jj

) and Volume options. The relationship between mass flow and volume flow is a
multiplier and the specific gravity of the fluid. If the flow units are changed from
mass to volume, or volume to mass and the specific gravity is not available the flow
rate is set to zero. Conversion factors and units are based on API 2564

Definition of units !j

Mass flow units :


I
lb = pounds |
kg = kilograms
tonne = 1000 kg 1Mg
g = gram
— p
UKton = 2240 lb
-
USton 2000 lb
Other = user defined mass unit
Volume flow units :
USgal = US gallons 1
litre = litres
ft3 = cubic feet
UKgal = UK gallons

j

m3 cubic metres
bbl = barrels (42 US gallons)
cm3 = cubic centimetres

Other user defined volumetric unit
Flow time base :
/s = per second
/m = per minute
/h = per hour
/d = per day
Gauge pressure :
psig = pounds per square inch gauge
kPag = kiloPascals gauge
atg = atmospheres gauge
inhgg = inches of mercury gauge
MPag = megaPascals gauge
inH20g = inches of water gauge
mmhgg = millimetres of mercury gauge
barg = bars gauge
kg/cm2g = kilograms per square centimetre gauge
Other = user defined gauge pressure unit
Pressure drop :
psi = pounds per square inch
kPa = kiloPascals
j at - atmospheres

19
!!
ii
?I


\ (

inhg = inches of mercury


MPa = megaPascals
inH20 = inches of water
mmhg = millimetres of mercury
bar = bars
kg/cm2 - kilograms per square centimetre
Other = user defined pressure drop unit
i!
Absolute pressure : ii
psia = pounds per square inch absolute
kPaa = kiloPascals absolute
ata = atmospheres absolute
i
:

inhga = inches of mercury absolute S


MPaa = megaPascals absolute
inH20a = inches of water absolute Î
mmhga = millimetres mercury of absolute
bara = bars absolute i
kg/cm2a = kilograms per square centimetre absolute
Other = user defined absolute pressure unit
Temperature :
degF = degrees Fahrenheit
degF = degrees Centigrade
i
degR = degrees Rankine
) i
degK = degrees Kelvin i
Other = user defined temperature unit
Velocity
ft/s = feet per second
m/s - metres per second
Other - user defined velocity 1
Viscosity :
cp = centipoises
Pa.s = Pascal seconds
cs = centistokes
kPa.s = kiloPascal seconds
Other = user defined viscosity unit i
Pipe and valve diameter :
in = inches
mm = millimetres
cm = centimetres
ft = feet
m = metres
Other = user defined size
Length and elevation :
ft = feet
m = metres
Other = user defined length )

20
:

!
I

i
:

Bulk Modulus & Modulus of elasticity)


psi = pounds per square inch
kPa = kiloPascals
Other = user defined unit h

Control Valve Size Two-Phase Calculation ,

fi Control Vàlvu 7ffwffPhasendi«?|


i> J
-
3
ÏÏ :
nics f
asIlil
mi
^ i i
M

JtëÈÉ&ÈRlMMSm [
111
:

m
mmm * m Wmmmsm i ai m
mmCaset \ Case C immmJ.
mm t i


m
Er3
r HgilSpg 3 rISt SVal m a ï-ra
I5>.«

: '
i *m
r

«VV v- •
-
:
1*11®
My y? - P? :
!as %

~
31

3
3
!

i!
!

! :v $
mM
m
e
P& &*sa»T V FiI -
«
V

|i
i a -
Wi
i PSfiïlwl —
::
3
'“ ÏSn ' v ,
?

«
n. iimr •
3
£
I!

:f V " • 3
'
. ! ;
) Ü
«
^
3
MgligHS -iüiiiii
m 3
m

Vïi
IjS
is®! m
: &aa
'
1 , !
a ii } !
r Uintfutoata

_
Percent of valve Cv pressure arop
PI M!L/ gj É
Noise level dbA ll :

ps,
:
Srzrng pressure drop By
mM
'

*- M
1w Hi
V

IfcApp «
mk NICmi momi :? !

This is a combination of the liquid and gas programs. It is based on the effective :
;

specific weight of the two-phase mixture. Cavitation is handled as a liquid , if there is !

a large amount of gas then cavitation is unlikely. Three calculation cases are : :
available, the data sheet program uses Case 1 as the maximum flow condition, Case 2
as the normal flow condition and Case 3 as the minimum flow condition . Other than
this, cases can be used as required.

If the piping configuration and the source and destination pressure is known, the inlet !
}
pressure and the pressure drop across the valve can be calculated using the Calculate
pressure drop option .

Typical valve data for many different valve types is available to download into the
) calculation. i

21
— -)
Process data for many different fluids and mixtures can be downloaded into the
calculation. If the valve is controlling a long column of liquid, the minimum valve
closing time should be calculated using the closing time option.

The data files are in ASCII format and can be customized to the user’s preference.
:

Engineering Units l:
r
There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available: f

Mass Flow - English Units . Gas and liquid in pounds per hour and
degrees Fahrenheit
Volume Flow - English Units. Gas in standard cubic feet per minute and
degrees Fahrenheit Liquid in US gallons
per minute and degrees Fahrenheit
Mass Flow - SI Units Gas and liquid in kilograms per second
and degrees Centigrade
Volume Flow - SI Units . Gas in standard cubic decimeters per
second and degrees Centigrade Liquid in
litres per second and degrees Centigrade
User Units A set of units selected from either the
Liquid Flow Engineering Unit or the )
Gas Flow Engineering Unit screen

To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units. The Liquid or
Gas Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed. It shows the available options
and the current unit selection. Select the required units and save the User file.

Unit Selection :

A new calculation defaults to Mass English Units .

The Unit Selection can be made at any time. The input data will be converted to the
new units. If a volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity is not
available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual input entry can be changed
by selecting the Review Units option and choosing from the Liquid or Gas Flow
Engineering Unit screen .

Base Conditions

The Base Conditions option will display the current values of base pressure, base
temperature and barometric pressure. They should be checked and modified and
saved to suit the operating conditions. AGA specifies a base pressure of 14.73 psia for

22
natural gas, 14.696 for liquids with a vapor pressure equal or less than one
atmosphere, and a base temperature of 60°. ISO specifies 14.696 psia and 59°.

Fluid Properties

The Fluid properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are
entered. The properties required for a calculation are available for either pure j
liquids or gases and mixtures and are provided in the selected units. Caution should j-
be used for mixtures of dissimilar fluids because the mixture law may not apply. ;
:

For a pure liquid or gas find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the
fluid properties will be entered.
)

For a mixture select the first component. In the component box, enter the percentage.
Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then select calculate in the
component box and the program will calculate and enter the mixture values. The
fluid properties data base is user updateable j_
:

Calculation options are:


Valve size
Pressure drop
1
Select the calculation option and the necessary input data is enabled. The required
variable will be disabled and will receive the calculated value. The Pressure drop and
Flowrate options are back calculations with those being the only unknowns in the
valve calculation.

Procedure

The enabled input boxes define the data required for the calculation.
To Calculate the Valve Size
Enter the flow rates, the flow temperature and your best estimate of the inlet
pressure.
Select the option Case 1 properties and select the fluid . Repeat for Case 2 and
Case 3.
The program expects that Case 1 will he the maximum flow, Case 2 the average and
Case 3 the minimum. The standard typical file supplies valve data for 100 % 50%
and 10% of valve capacity
The process data are calculated from published formulae, it is sufficiently accurate
for most calculations. If you have more accurate data it can be manually entered.
The percent of system flow input enables the valve size and valve rated to be
calculated for the typical valve data in each case.
Enter then inlet and outlet nominal pipe sizes

23
Select wall and download the wall thickness.
If the pressure drop is unknown then select the option Calculate pressure drop .
>
The Pressure Drop Calculation Form will be displayed.
Enter the piping configuration, the pipe lengths, the pipe material and the pipe
condition.
Enter the source pressure and the inlet equipment losses.
Enter the outlet equipment losses and the destination pressure.
Calculate by clicking Case 1, Case 2 and Case 3

Analyze the data, if the source pressure is a centrifugal pump, the pressure will
decrease with an increase of flow. Change and calculate.
I
The input boxes for minimum and maximum flow source pressures are only used for
the dynamic sizing described below.
Click Case 1,2 and 3 to transfer data to the valve calculation.
Click OK to go back to the Valve Calculation.
The new inlet pressure and the pressure drop have been added .
If the new inlet pressure is significantly different, download the process data again.
Select the Typical Valve Data option and choose the valve type. r
If Kc (the incipient cavitation index) is not available then leave the box blank.
Click Case 1, Case 2, and Case 3
The number appearing in the bottom right hand comer is the number of calculations
(i.e. the square root of (1+X) is 3) and logic operations (IF, And, OR), performed.
)
Editing Data

If changes axe made to data recalled from file, the data will be displayed in the color
selected for changed data. This will assist in recognizing the affect the changes make
to other calculations and the data sheet.
If the calculated percent of valve is more than the percent of system flow an error
message will ask if you -wish to increase the valve size, this will enable you to
optimize the valve size. Once a value for the valve size is available, the program will
only overwrite it via the error message,. If you wish to start over, then zero out the
valve size and recalculate, or just overwrite your desired valve and rated sizes and
recalculate. The relationship between the percent of system flow and the percent of
valve capacity is an indication of the valve rangeability, the excess capacity of the
valve and the normal operating capacity of the valve. It should be noted that the
typical valve data values for are based on the system percentage flow whereas they
are really dependent on the percentage of valve opening. This is normally
insignificant but can be overwritten if desired.

The output data should be examined for adequacy.


The flow status should be normal .
If not try different valve styles.
If cavitation persists, specify cavitation trim.

24
The valve size is larger than the line size then the flowrate or line size is incorrect.
Will the valve control at the pressure drops and percent of valve Cv in the output
data?
Is the rangeability adequate? At 100% of system flow does the valve have a margin
of extra capacity? Does it have too much?. Is a smaller valve required
Change data as required and recalculate until a satisfactory valve is found .


If you are going out for bids, then this data is adequate.
If the manufacturer has been determined , then overwrite the typical data with the
manufacturers data for the selected valve style and recalculate. -r
ifr
Dynamic Valve Sizing (Version 5.1)

Very often the only process data available is for normal flow. This is adequate for
calculating the normal Cv but is not adequate for sizing the maximum and minimum
flows.

The pressure loss in a piping system varies with the flowrate and since the object of
the control valve is to vary the flowrate, it follows that the control valves inlet
pressure and pressure drop and fluid properties will also vary with each change of
flow and therefore the required calculated Cv will not be linear with the rate of flow.

The manufacturers publish the range of Cv which a valve will successfully control.
Typically 2% to 100%. But because of the non-linearity of Cv and rate of flow, what
range of flows will the combined control valve and piping system allow? (The system
rangeability).

Static control valve sizing requires that considerable manual data entry to be made to
find this out. It is a function of valve selection and pipe size with different process
data for each rate of flow

In the program, the valve and piping installation can be modeled to dynamically find
,

the system rangeability using the Scroll bars at the top of the Case 1 and Case 3
buttons. This procedure requires the use of the subroutines in the options for Typical
valve data, Fluid properties and Calc system pressure drop.

First the valve is sized using static conditions for normal flow in Case2. Select the
Typical valve data option, Enter the normal pressure and temperature, select the Fluid
properties option, select the option to Calc the system pressure drop, enter the system
data and the static normal flow conditions in Case2 and calculate. If the source
pressure varies with flowrate, as it will for centrifugal pumps and compressors, enter
the static source pressures for the maximum and minimum flowrates. Transfer Case2
data and click OK. to go back to the Valve sizing form. If the valve inlet pressure is

25
j
now different from that calculated in the system pressure drop calculation, re-select
the fluid properties and repeat the above procedure. ’

>

Now, use the scroll bars to change the flowrates. Using the normal conditions as a
base, the program will recalculate the equipment losses, recalculate the valve inlet
pressure and pressure drop, recalculate the fluid properties and recalculate the valve
Cv. If values for source pressure at maximum and minimum flowrates were entered j
in the Pressure drop calculation form, then the source pressure is also recalculated for
each flowrate. If the input boxes are left blank, the normal static source pressure is
used. While scrolling for the maximum flow, if the calculated Percent of Cv exceeds
100 then a message box will ask if a larger valve is required. A No answer will
complete the calculation showing the Percent of Cv to be greater than 100, a Yes will
change the valve size and the show the appropriate value and will require the
recalculation of the other two cases. :
|

Control valves very often have a rangeabilty of 50:1. If the maximum flow is scrolled
up to 100 Percent of valve Cv and the minimum flow is scrolled to 2 Percent of valve
Cv, ( a range of 50:1), then the system rangeability is the maximum flowrate divided
by the minimum flowrate. It is usually a lot less than the 50:1 for the valve.

Is the rangeability adequate? Is a larger pipe required? At 100% of system flow does
the valve have a margin of extra capacity? Does it have too much? Is a smaller valve
required?. Can the flow be turned down far enough without the valve bouncing on the J
seat? Is the pipe too large? Change the data to find the optimum conditions.

The number at the bottom of the screen is the number of calculations performed to
achieve the results

Filing and Moving On

The options in the File menu are:


Program menu - Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
-
Prepare data sheet Is enabled after a calculation is made, it displays
the screen to prepare a data sheet form for the calculated item.
New record - Clears the screen for a new calculation.
Save - Using the default path, it saves a new record if not previously
saved or saves changes to an existing record.
-
Save New Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new
record (used to duplicate similar items, i.e. recall an existing
record . Edit as required and Save New).
Save As.... - Uses the Windows file access system. Saves to a file
anywhere.
Import case data (1, 2 or 3) - Select the units and read Input data supplied in
sequential files. )

26
:

) File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation
records.
The default paths are
The Data Files. (CVWDAT.TAG and
CVWDAT.DAT).
The User Unit Files. (CVWDAT.UNS)
The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS.DAT)
Print valve calculation - Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays 1-
the screen to print a calculation.
Exit - Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program
Manager.

CONTROL VALVE Calculation Data Printout

This program will print the input and output calculation data and one associated
F
comment . The comment is included in the data sheet for reference purposes.
;

It also creates the default printout headings. The headings are printed at the top of all \
printouts. They are saved in the HEADINGS.DAT file. This is the third default .

) path. If all programs are set to the same path, this becomes the default headings for
all program printouts .

AJXCV - à* -, âfes !
- Printout handings . ah : a
HST-:m

' ; : "

SISSS1
-
I

mm s
: A
^
n>

m mm
f |jOctagon
Il ; »|
IPS
Engineering Corporation m K
m i

,anl Conversion mÈËSÊÊÊBÊSÊammmmmam *isSBJ

SlfPP
m
nil 101
ï

! JjpDO Update
V:
X
Ü 2314 wm :!
liffilaillteT
p
\ ] ®| wmmm mm
wm ^
mm
wM
t

|
|
| |
f| [ Masoneilan or equal
11! W
mm
H: Instiucalc 5
m
mmmm
£

&
m BBHI
œ-
Mlmm
m îïis
£
-
£H£2Sà£a
-
L rGr.' V'Trv

u
—— —— —
Binlip
-
i r:» - nS
miP
£

- -.-.-ïù:’-
nV '
m
m
:-
mm
W
1

i

27

:•
Save Headings . Saves the headings

Cancel. Returns to the calculation form without printing

OK. Prints the headings and calculation using the Windows Print Manager, then
returns to the calculation form

CONTROL VALVE Data Sheet


Octogon Enginering Corporation
Control Valve - Liquid flow
Spec. Sheet
Project 2314 Rev.
Plant Co nv el'sion Req. Date 11/18/01
2001 Update By Appr .
Tag Number: FCVM 00
Valve Body 1 ) Body Type:
2) Body size: 3 in Port Size:
3) Guiding: Number of ports:
4) End connections: Rating:
5) Body material:
6) Shaft material: Packing material:
7) Lubricator: Isolating valve:
8) Bonnet type: Trim form:
9) Seat and plug material:
10} Seat tightness: Allowable sound level:
Actuator 11 ) Model and size:
12) Type: '

13) Close at: Open at:


14) Row to open or close?
15 ) Fail position:
16) Handwheel and location:
Positioner 17 ) Make and model:
18) Filter regulator: Gages: | Bypass:
19) Input signal: Output signal:
20) Air supply pressure:
Transducer 21) Make and model:
22) Input signal : Output signal:
Options 23) Option l . *

24) Option 2:
25 ) Option 3:
Service 26 ) Service;
Conditions 27) Line number:
28) Inlet pipe size: Outlet pipe size:
29) Outlet pipe wall thickness:
30) Fluid name: Fluid state: Liquid
31) Maximum flow: 1135000 lb/h
32) Normal flow: 1135000 lb/ h Normal Cv: 275.5
33) Valve Cv: 900 Valve FL: 2
34) Normal inlet pressure: 185 psig Pressure drop: 70 psi
35) Maximum inlet pressure: 185 psig
36) Maximum shutopp differential pressure: 185 psi
37) Normal temperature: 290 degF Max temperature: 290 degF
38 ) SG at FTP: .97
39 ) Viscosity at FTP: . cp
6
40) Vapor pressure: 58 psia Critical pressure: 3205 psia
Selected 41) Valve sound level dbA: . .. . .
Valve 42) Manufacturer: . . '
.. '

43) Model:

28
The first use of the data sheet is to obtain competitive bids. It should initially
emphasize the engineering requirements and be fairly general regarding the details.
When a vendor is selected it should be updated to the exact details so that the data
sheet is a record of the instrument purchased.

The relevant data from the calculation is automatically displayed. Minor editing,
such as rounding can be performed. Major editing should be done in the calculation
routine in order to preserve the integrity of the calculation. !
L

A user defined database is available to enter data for those inputs which have a
limited number of options. To activate this, double click the input box, the data on
file is displayed. Double click the required option and the data is transferred to the
data sheet form. !

The data base should be customized for the project requirements. To edit the data;
click the selected item. Edit the data in the active top line, select Replace, continue
with the edit and Save on completion. The Input data menu option has option to
enter either the first or the second item in the list for all items. If the data base is [
constructed so that the first item is the first standard selection and the second item is
the second standard selection then two standard data sheets are available for a single
keystroke. This feature only enters data into empty input boxes.

Some input boxes require unique data which is typed in. Space is provided to enter
information for non standard options. Enter the title and data, it will be saved with
the other data. Three lines of notes of special instructions are available at the bottom
of the data sheet. The input data is limited to 25 characters and 60 characters for each
of the notes.
i

Data Sheet File options

Print data sheet - Prints the data sheet using the Windows Print Manager. Refer to \
Windows Help. . ,

Go to calculation - Returns to the calculation form using the same record


Update headings - Overwrites the headings with the current default set

29
Control Valve Size - Gas Calculation
_ .-l
•*

~M.
m- «ifluidBraies Vive data System
moMDmh <
.
lTà I»
~
« /.T,

æas
M£»£s7
G s piobeitv fa éJQir d1'* »1
é»é“ I11 n
mm
- pigs
1M
mmM
wm
SKi
? :

1
IP
IS
gfiSK
1
;

ï iMeüï»»
:

HHHS r;

!
a

^ i ^ iiÿ @ |
ET ré IMP
E
Ii :
K *
?
a

é:
.

.
wêms à
-
Ï4 -Î

ÊËsis
;
i

1
:
MII
; 1
T
I ' i s F
m
i

!
n , ,,, 1
'
| é0 V:,ive ïie
§ - ' "I ' '

- - -
I l ÉfO Flowrate
Percent of Valve <
> 1W?«1A vX»w>:;va I• •*

ra^ . ï^ - [^Jg
^A t7CWM "* • • W’ ' 1

=MI
» >

v :•

1
!«« «
c .. I I
. i,
??
pi
iÊ m&P5
IV

!?;

I
IApp
By
Ml
Mi
ra^'ÆEavsix ra r. siLVfir ':;

1BHI
'
y

:•

, . , - - .-_ ÿ,;
_. - _- -
r' : ?v .' - - i . -, >. _ ,
.
• ;*,:/^ y, :. f ;' , ç r. j, . .y ;i :>.u iv^ T ri • • • • •
^AsAlA.Ü
^ j ;.
^ ^
:

Three calculation cases are available, the data sheet program uses Case 1 as the
maximum flow condition, Case 2 as the normal flow condition and Case 3 as the
minimum flow condition. Other than this, cases can be used as required.

If the piping configuration and the source and destination pressure is known, the inlet
pressure and the pressure drop across the valve can be calculated using the Calculate
pressure drop option.

Typical valve data for many different valve types is available to download into the
calculation .

Process data for many different fluids and mixtures can be downloaded into the
calculation.

The data files are in ASCII format and can be customized to the users preference.
?
:-

30 1

:
J Engineering Units

There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available:

Mass Flow - English Units. Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit
Volume Flow - English Units. Standard cubic feet per minute and
degrees Fahrenheit
Mass Flow - SI Units. Kilograms per second and degrees
Centigrade
Volume Flow - SI Units. Standard cubic decimeters per second
and degrees Centigrade
User Units. A set of units selected from the Gas
Flow Engineering Unit screen

To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units . The Gas Flow
Engineering Unit screen will be displayed . It shows the available options and the
current unit selection.

Select the required units and save the User file.

Unit Selection
!

A new calculation defaults to Mass English Units .

The Unit Selection can be made at any time. The input data will be converted to the
new units. If a volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity is not
available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual input entry can be changed
by selecting the Review Units option and choosing from the Gas Flow Engineering
Unit screen.

Base Conditions

The Base Conditions option will display the current values of base pressure, base
temperature and barometric pressure. They should be checked and modified and
saved to suit the operating conditions . AGA specifies abase pressure of 14.73 psia for
natural gas, 14.696 for liquids with a vapor pressure equal or less than one
atmosphere, and a base temperature of 60°.

Fluid Properties

The Fluid properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are
entered. The properties required for a calculation are available for pure gases and

31
mixtures and are provided in the selected units. Caution should be used for mixtures )
of dissimilar fluids because the mixture law may not apply.

For a pure gas find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the fluid
properties will be entered. :

For a mixture select the first component. In the component box, enter the percentage.
Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then select calculate in the
component box and the program will calculate and enter the mixture values. The
fluid properties database is user updateable. • 1

Calculation options are:

Valve size
Flowrate
Pressure drop
Ml :

Valve size
Os Flowrate

^
• . Pressure dro

Select the calculation option and the necessary input data is enabled. The required
variable will be disabled and will receive the calculated value. The Pressure drop
and Flowrate options are back calculations with those being the only unknowns in
the valve calculation.

Procedure

The enabled input boxes define the data required for the calculation .

To calculate the valve size


Enter the flow rates, the percent of system flow the flow temperature and your
best estimate of the inlet pressure.
Either Select the option Case 1 properties and select the fluid. Repeat for
Case 2 and 3.

Or enter the process data

Enter the inlet and outlet nominal pipe sizes.


Select wall and download the wall thickness.
If the pressure drop is unknown then select the option Calculate pressure
drop.
The Pressure Drop Calculation Form will be displayed.
Enter the piping configuration, the pipe lengths, the pipe material and the pipe
condition. )

32
) Enter the source pressure and the inlet equipment losses.
Enter the outlet equipment losses and the destination pressure.
Calculate by clicking Case 1 , Case 2 and Case 3.
Analyze the data, if the source pressure is a pump the pressure will decrease
with an increase of flow.
Change and calculate.
Click Case 1, 2 and 3 to transfer data to the valve calculation.
Click OK to go back to the Valve Calculation.
The new inlet pressure and the pressure drop have been added.
If the new inlet pressure is significantly different, download the process
data again. Then run the pressure drop calculation again.
Select the Typical Valve Data option and choose the valve type.
Click Case 1, Case 2 , and Case 3.

Editing Data

The output data should be examined for adequacy.


The flow status should be normal.
If not, try different valve styles.
Noise is only a problem at normal flows.
If the noise level is too high download a low db valve.
If it is still too high, other devices may be necessary to reduce the pressure
) drop.
If the valve size is larger than the line size, the flowrate or line size is
incorrect.
Will the valve control at the pressure drops and percent of valve Cv in the
output data?
Change data as required and recalculate until a satisfactory valve is
found.
If you are going out for bids, then this data is adequate.
If the manufacturer has been determined, overwrite the typical data
with the manufacturer’ s data for the selected valve style and
recalculate.

Filing and Moving On

The options in the File menu are:


-
Program menu Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
Prepare data sheet - Is enabled after a calculation is made, it displays
the screen to prepare a data sheet form for the calculated item.
New record - Clears the screen for a new calculation.
-
Save Using the default path, it saves a new record if not previously
saved or saves changes to an existing record .

33
:

!!

Save New - Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new
record (used to duplicate similar items, i.e. recall an existing i

record. Edit as required and Save New) 1

Save As . . .. - Uses the Windows file access system. Saves to a file


anywhere.
Import case data ( I, 2, or 3) - Select the units and read Input data supplied in
i

sequential files.
File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation
records
The default paths are: The Data Files. (CVWDAT.TAG and
CVWDAT.DAT).
The User Unit Files. (CVWDAT.UNS)
s
The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS.DAT) i!
Print valve calculation - Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays :

the screen to print a calculation. ;


Exit - Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program !
Manager
ii
CONTROL VALVE Gas Engineering Units
3

y
Control
omi
Wi uofnressijre wmmm
m Dressur 1S. G
i

r kg/cm2g|; IO
-4
MPaajjO
1
kg/ cm2aif 1 *0 namhga a
MOtonne ÏQ sm3 ? O inhgg fO kg/cm2g|HO inhgg §Q
'

O g |Q Msft3|
O UKton mmm
m gjtjîï
r?.: Dsns niesSa
Q IJSton: © psia Ijjl [
i
!
ÆÊMË$M Ë 1
'

0 T:© Ib/ft3 i ®cp 5


I M -kg / m3 I \ jjQ kPaa |[
Pa s . jjO SI
Ï8
i
mPa. s SO g cm3 inhga

^ WlO
HQ - /s - I© /h J - O mhg lO kg /cm 2 y MO MPaaO kg /cro2a j $£) Other s lb / in3 I Î IO mmhga
s&ssæ^æsæssEsj; fcflgBæwgfisæ^asal ?
KO If
!» f iWviL iaj’ V. vx I
:
Mr\ Other
nthar % $U n ^ar IHi i
Other O >
ip ft".. ioyj
^- æs-
. -5S&sH ^33 5 c<ci ;77i vxycz& * ? * ï jj&f r;ix re&iartGUKi*tvmr **cy *&? «f £ •Xfs
^ jvxzsnzj

MgB3M5Sa
^ m mm IMWatHll B mmmM
:
i , ? J ifeü
'

«4
: i
» mo e
!- 1 I !gS*EpWWfi% !

© f/ fl ! ® dR 9K . !
H® I©Jn J JM ï
: îlQ mm
in
jO mm y pa
lifo cm ;
iP |
«n
'

L O cm 42 itesL ,
! M
IP *
M '0 'm
;
,„.
i
s m
JilPiL
O
.

*Ô5 degX
|î1
|
Other I
r
SB
- r;S5^-
H

Süi HHHB
C ?

i ! lO £2® J jO Other |
li
*
i Sj I BMi HR ::
:

1
ll
I -
-ZL ÜH Ssi m:m
-r

^
The screen shows the process variables used in a liquid calculation and lists the
available options. To assure full coverage, each (except Flow Time Base) has an
“ Other” option . This is a user defined unit. Double click the option and it will

34
display the name and multiplier to convert it to the standard units. The standard unit
is always the first item in the list. The screen shows the current selection. Any unit
may be selected and will be used in the calculation if OK is selected.

To create a User File for the User File Unit option in the calculation, select the
desired units and click the save button. A double click on any unit option selects that
option and returns to the calculation.

Data Conversion

For all items except flow, the unit change represents only a multiplier to convert the \
input data and the data is always converted. The Flow Quantity option has Mass
and Volume options. The relationship between mass flow and volume flow is a
multiplier and the molecular weight of the gas conversion can only be made when the
molecular weight has been entered.

Definition of units

) Mass flow units :


lb = pounds
kg = kilograms
tonne = 1000 kg = lMg
g = gram
UKton = 2240 lb
USton = 2000 lb
Other = user defined mass unit
Volume flow units :
sft3 = standard cubic feet
sdm3 = standard cubic decimetres
sm3 = standard cubic metres
Msft3 = million standard cubic feet
Other = user defined volume unit
Time base :
/s = per second
/m = per minute
/h = per hour
/d - per day
Gauge pressure :
psig = pounds per square inch gauge
kPag = kiloPascals gauge
) atg = atmospheres gauge

35
inhgg = inches of mercury gauge )
MPag = megaPascals gauge
inH20g = inches of water gauge
mmhgg = millimetres of mercury gauge
barg = bars gauge
kg/cm2g = kilograms per square centimetre gauge
Other = user defined gauge pressure unit
Pressure drop : I .

psi = pounds per square inch


kPa = kiloPascals 1
at = atmospheres
inhg = inches of mercury
MPa = megaPascals
inH20 = inches of water :

mmhg = millimetres of mercury


bar = bars
kg/cm2 = kilograms per square centimetre
Other = user defined pressure drop unit
Density
lb/ft3 = pounds per cubic foot
kg/m3 = kilograms per cubic metre
g/cm3 = grams per cubic centimetre
lb/in3 = pounds per cubic inch )
Other = user defined density unit
Absolute pressure :
psia = pounds per square inch absolute
kPaa = kiloPascals absolute
ata = atmospheres absolute
inhga = inches of mercury absolute
MPaa = megaPascals absolute
inH20a = inches of water absolute
mmhga = millimetres of mercury absolute
bara = bars absolute
kg/ cm2a = kilograms per square centimetre absolute
Other = user defined absolute pressure unit
Temperature :
degF = degrees Fahrenheit
degF = degrees Centigrade
degR - degrees Rankine
degK = degrees Kelvin
Other - user defined temperature unit
Velocity
ft/s = feet per second
m /s = metres per second
Other = user defined velocity )

36
Viscosity :
cp = centipoises
Pa.s = Pascal seconds
cs = centistokes
kPa.s = kiloPascal seconds
Other = user defined viscosity unit
Pipe and valve diameter :
in = inches 1:
mm = millimetres £
cm = centimetres £
ft = feet
m = metres
Other = user defined size
Length and elevation :
ft = feet ;
m = metres
Other = user defined length I
7

PRINT (CONTROL VALVE) Summary j


:

The program will provide a printout summary of data sheet records on file. It is
accessed from the main Control Valve program options screen.

It can provide a printout of either:

All fields :

Selected fields
Fields equal to
Fields not equal to
Fields equal to or less than
Fields equal to or greater than
Fields less than
Fields more than

Procedure for a new Summary

Select Options

Clear checks Clears all checks on the form


Clear Other Data Clears all other data on the form
Make new field selections
Each field has four boxes-
A check box to select the field

37
"
\

A box to specify the field width )


A box to enter data to compare
A box to specify the compare method (Double click for
data)
Select data relationship
And or or

Click Select Printer to print using Windows Print Manager

File Options
!
Go to Program Menu Form
Returns to program menu for further work on this module
Save print options
Saves a standard printout
Exit
Returns to the Windows Program Manager

Procedure for a standard printout

Select Options

Recall saved options


Print

Procedure to print all fields

Select Options

Check all
Print

Other Options

Select font
Windows font selection procedure
Select Printer
Windows Print Manager

38
: !
:

:
1

ii
Control Valve Calculation Routines
) Liquid
1 Calculate the vena-contracta pressure drop -

P P - 0.96 - 0.28
* vc = r 1 pm PVAP
V 1 Pc /

2 Calculate the critical drop -


FCRIT FL PVC
~

3 Calculate preliminary valve sizing coefficient - il


i
W •

CV - - -
'A

^/
4. Calculate Reynolds Number -
500 àPG , !
2 2
1
34.6FdW F
rL C
4
REV = +1
PcrfiA, L 890d l2
!
5. Calculate Reynolds Number Factor -
, 0.655

Where -
FR - 1.044 - 0.358
C vs ^
^

vCyjy

/ N 0.6667
1 CP
Cvs ~
FS V 23500GfAPj
and - !!
0.6667 / -
r 2 r^ 2 \ 0.1667 :
rL W + 1
Fs = Id 333
Fl v 890d2 /
6. Calculate the pressure recovery and piping geometry factors i;

f dV \4 / 2 2

K 2 = 1- 2 ^
d2 \
/
1-
d d2 il
KBI = KB2 = 1- K 1 = 0.5 1- 2
vD., / D2 / V D1 y V D2
'
(K, + KB1)FL C; ; -0.5
“1 i!

FLP = FL +1 !l
890d ‘ M

pP =
r K K ,
( + 2 + Kb1 - KB 2)Cy
+1
x -0.5

890d4 :
7 Calculate the final valve size - !
Turbulent flow -
Prelim inaryCv
Cv =
FP
or Transitional flow -
Pre !iminaryCv
Cv = !
FR 1
or Laminar flow -
Cv = ^ vs
::
39
V
:

or Choked or flashing flow - -

w )
Cv = 500FLp yj
APCR TGf | !

8 Calculate the noise level


SL = 10LogCv + 20LogAP - 30Log( t) + 5
For incipient cavitation add --
AP
P - rP
5 rt 2 VAP
-K . Log(P2 + 1 PVAP )
X

*
r

FL - KC
For full cavitation subtract from incipient cavitation --
f
5Log(AP + 1- APCrit )
Gas
1 Calculate the pressure drop ratio factors
AP p _ K
X1 =
Pi ' k
K “
1.4
2 Calculate the minimum size for sonic velocity 7
:

dmin = 0.0454 , P vM M
^
;•

2 ;
inches :

3 Calculate the preliminary valve size


W
CV /

X ,P
63.3
^ ^
4 Calculate the piping geometry factor
r
d2 \
2
d
:

KB1 KB2 = 1~ K 1 = 0.5 1- 2 K, = 11—


D DJ D2
f (K + K + A -0.5
KB1 - KB2 )C
2
1 2
Fr = V 890d4 /
5 Calculate the pressure drop ratio factor
-1
XT (K 1 + KB1)C
2

XTP - xT2 1000d4


+1
FP
6 Calculate the expansion factor

Y =1
^—
3FtXT
2

7 Calculate the final size


Prelim inaryCv
FinalC v =
FPY
8 Calculate the valve sound pressure level

SL1 = 10 Logf 28CvFLP P D Tl Y


V
| + SL
t J
1 2
2
G
i.

40 i

>.
:

;
;

9 Calculate the outlet noise :

Sl2 = 10Log 0.18P ( 22 d D M T ) + SL


2 2
8 1 G

10. If
SL , - SL 2 >7
then
;
SL = SL1 :

Else
SL = SL 1 + SL2

Two Phase Flow


1 Calculate the vena-contracta pressure drop
/
\
VAP
P
rvc P
-r
1 - 0.96 - 0.28 VAP
V
.

2 Calculate the critical drop


P - F 2P
3 Calculate the specific volumes of the gas and liquid

.4
vg =
yN
1
V

Calculate the volume fraction and the weight fraction of the gas
, - 0.016033
Gf

g
_ W9 V
9
fg =
_W 9‘

wgvg + wfvf Wg +Wf


!
5 Calculate the pressure drop ratio factors
AP K
pi h“ = 1.4
6 Calculate the expansion factor
Y
1
Y =1 —
3FkXT
7 Calculate the effective specific volume for the mixture

ve = -YMY- + 63.32
Gf
8 Calculate the preliminary valve size
(w, + wa) r ~

' 63.3 \l X,P,


9 Calculate the piping geometry factor
^
A 4 r 2 2

KBI = 1- D
d
KB2 = I -
d
K, - 0.5 1
d2 ^ /
d2 A
K 2 = 1- 2
1 D2 V D12 \ D2 /
'
/ 2 -0.5
(K 1 + K 2 + KS1 - KB2 )C
FP =
890d4
+1
/
10 Calculate the final size :

41
:
Prelim inaryCv

Nomenclature
n
v Valve sizing coefficient dimensionless
d Nominal valve size inches

Inside diameter of inlet piping inches

^ 2 Inside diameter of outlet piping inches


Fluid density at operating temp and pressure pounds per cubic foot

^
k
Valve style modifier
Ratio of specific heats
dimensionless
dimensionless
Ratio of specific heats factor dimensionless
fL dimensionless
Rated pressure recovery factor

^ ~
LP Combined liquid pressure recovery factor dimensionless

^
~p
Piping geometry factor dimensionless
Reynolds number factor dimensionless
Specific gravity at flow temperature dimensionless

^
2
Molecular weight dimensionless
Mach number at flow conditions dimensionless
p
1 Upstream absolute pressure psia
P2 psia
Downstream absolute pressure
p
c Critical pressure psia
p
VAP Vapor pressure psia
AP Valve pressure drop psi
SL Sound pressure level dBA
SL G dBA
Gas property factor
t Pipe wall thickness inches
Absolute upstream temperature degR
R
EV Reynolds number dimensionless
ve Effective two phase specific volume ft3/lb
Vf Specific volume of liquid ft3/lb
V9
Specific volume of gas ft3/lb
V3
Volume fraction of gas dimensionless
W Total rate of flow Ib/h
wf Rate of liquid flow Ib/h )

42 -

i
;

)
9 Rate of gas flow Ib/h
Y
1 Pressure drop ratio dimensionless ;

Y :

T Rated pressure drop ratio factor dimensionless


Y
TP Value of XT for valve/reducer assembly dimensionless
Y Expansion factor dimensionless
^ Acoustic efficiency dimensionless
\
References
Control Valve Sizing Equations ANSI/ISA S 75.01
-
Masoneilan Noise Control Manual Masoneilan Dresser
ISA Handbook of Control Valves. J. W. Hutchison

i
;

43 y

;
:
I
I!
i!
8

CONTROL VALVE Data Files


INSTRUCALC V5 Random access file specification for control valves
CVWDAT.Dat. Tag Numbers are stored in the sequential file CVWDAT.TAG. Its
number in the file is the record number in the random access file.
!
i!
Type FileData
ProgNums As Integer 2 bytes I
PipeConds As Integer
PipeMatls As Integer
2. bytes
2 bytes
25 bytes.
f
ValveTypes As String * 25
GasBasiss As String * 3 3 bytes •I

LiqBasiss As String * 3 3 bytes.


5
FS(0 To 27) As Single 112 bytes.Units conversion factor
GS 0(O To 27) As Single 112 bytes.
GS1(0 To 27) As Single 12 bytes. i|
:!

GS2 (0 To 27) As Single 112 bytes. n


UnS(0 To 27) As String * 8 224 bytes.Unit Name
PDC0(1 To 6) As Single 24 bytes .
PDC1(1 To 6) As Single 24 bytes. I

PDC2(1 To 6) As Single 24 bytes.


PDSs( l To 6) As Single 24 bytes.
PDIs( l To 14) As Integer 28 bytes. >
WHs(0 To 11) As Single 48 bytes

Data sheet info


SDS(1 To 7) As Single 28 bytes.Spec inputs INorm dbA, 2Max
Flow,3Max inlet press,4max SO
press,5max temp,6Maxliqflo(2Ph)
Calcs(l To 4) As String * 15 60 bytes.Calc array selections
AraS( l To 34) As String * 25 850 bytes.Data sheet array selections
Services( l To 5 As
) String * 25 125 bytes .Data sheet service, line num,
fluid
Notess( l To 3) As String * 60 180 bytes.Data sheet notes
Sheets( l To 7) As String * 1070 bytes. Data sheet
num,spec,rev,date,req,by, appr
End Type Record len=2194
I

PipeConds See pressure drop program


PipeMatls ditto
ValveTypes Valve design type

44
i!
) GasBasiss "Mas " for gas mass calc, " Vol " for volume
LiqBasiss "Mas " for liquid mass calc, "Vol " for volume

If ProgNum = 1 Then Program = ’ ’ Control Valve - Liquid flow ”


GSx(l ) = Flow FS(1) UnS ( l )
GSx(2) = Flow temperature UnS(2)
i
GSx =
(3) Inlet pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
GSx(4) = Valve pressure drop
GSx(6) = Specific gravity at FTP
GSx(7) = Viscosity at FTP
FS(4) UnS (4)

FS(7) UnS(7)
I
li
GSx (8) = Vapor pressure FS(8) UnS(8)
GSx(26) = Critical pressure FS(26) UnS(26)
GSx(14) = FL Coefficient at % flow
GSx(15) = Calculated CV

!
GSx (19) = Percent Flow
GS 0(16) = Valve size FS(16) UnS(16)
GS1(16) = Valve rated Cv
GS2(16) = Valve Fd
GS 0(17) = Valve rated FL
GS 1(17) = Valve rated XT
)
GS2(17) = Valve ratedKC
GS0(18) = Inlet pipe size
GS1(18) = Outlet pipe size
FS(17) UnS(18)
FS(17) UnS(18)
! !

GS 2(18) = Outlet pipe wall thickness


GS 0(21) = Base temperature
GS 0(22) = Base pressure
FS(18) UnS (18)

( )
UnS (21)
FS 22 UnS(22) !
GS0(23) = Barometric pressure
SD(1) = Normal dbA
SD(6) = Maximum liquid flow
FS(23) UnS(23)

FS (1) UnS ( l )
!
SD(3) = Maximum inlet pressure FS(3) UnS(3) i
SD(4) = Maximum shut off differential pressure FS (4) UnS (4)
SD(5) = Maximum temperature UnS(2) i
Water hammer sub program
WHS( l ) = Maximum flow FS(1) UnS( l )
WHS(2) = Flow temperature UnS(2)
WHS (3) - Operating pressure FS(3) UnS (3)
WHS (4) = Maximum allowable pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
-
WHS(5) Specific gravity at FTP
WHS(6) = Liquid bulk modulus FS(27) UnS(27)
:

WHS(7) = Line elastic modulus FS(27) UnS(27)


-
WHS(8) Line length FS(25) UnS (25)

45
WHS (9) = Pipe inside diameter FS(18) UnS(18)
WHS( IO) = Pipe wall thickness FS(18) UnS(18)
WHS(11) - Selected time secs
SDS(7) = Minimum time secs

If ProgNum = 2 Then Program Control Valve - Gas, Steam and I


Vapor flow ”
-
GSx(O) Flow
GSx (2) Flow temperature
-
FS(0) UnS(O)
UnS(2) :
GSx(3) = Met pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
GSx(4) = Valve pressure drop FS (4) UnS(4)
GSx(5) = Molecular weight
GSx(9) = Compressibility factor FS(9) UnS(9)
GSx( lO) = Ratio of specific heats
GSx( l 1 ) = Critical pressure FS(11) UnS( l 1)
GSx(12) = Critical temperature UnS (12)
GSx(14) = FL Coefficient at % flow
GSx(15) = Calculated CV

GSx (19) Percent Flow
GSx(27) = Acoustic efficiency
GS0(13) - Gas property dbA
GS1(13) = Valve rated efficiency t

GS 0(16) — Valve size FS(16) UnS (16)



GS1(16) Valve rated Cv
GS0(17) = Valve rated FL
GS1(17) = Valve rated XT
GS 0(18) = Met pipe size FS (17) UnS(18)
GS1(18) Outlet pipe size
~
FS(17) UnS(18)
GS2(18) = Outlet pipe wall thickness FS (18) UnS(18)
GS0( ) =
21 Base temperature UnS(21)
GS 0(22) = Base pressure FS(22) UnS(22)
GS 0(23) = Barometric pressure FS(23) UnS(23)
SD(1) = Normal dbA
SD(2) = Maximum gas flow FS(0) UnS (O)
SD(3) = Maximum inlet pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
SD(4) = Maximum shut off differential pressure FS(4) UnS(4)
SD(5) = Maximum temperature UnS(2)

If ProgNum = 3 Then Program = "Control Valve - Two Phase flow"


GSx (O) = Gas flow FS(0) UnS(O)
GSx( l ) = Liquid flow FS(1) UnS( l )
GSx(2) = Flow temperature UnS(2)
GSx(3) = Inlet pressure FS(3) UnS(3) J !
46
) GSx(4) = Valve pressure drop FS(4) UnS(4)
GSx(5) = Molecular weight
GSx(6) = Specific gravity at FTP
GSx(7) = Viscosity at FTP FS(7) UnS(7)
GSx (8) = Vapor pressure FS(8) UnS (8)
GSx(9) = Compressibility factor FS(9) UnS(9)
GSx(lO) = Ratio of specific heats

GSx( l 1) Critical pressure FS( ll ) UnS( ll )
GSx(12) — Critical temperature UnS(12)
GSx (14) = FL Coefficient at % flow
GSx(15) = Calculated CV
t
GSx(19) = Percent Flow
GSx(26) = Liquid critical pressure FS(26) UnS(26)
GSx(27) = Acoustic efficiency
GS 0(13) = Gas property dbA
GS 1 (13) = Valve rated efficiency
GS0(16) = Valve size FS(16) UnS(16)
GS1(16) = Valve rated Cv i
GS 2(16) = Valve rated Fd
GS 0(17) = Valve rated FL
GS 1(17) = Valve rated XT
GS2(17) = Valve rated Kc
\ GS0(18) = Inlet pipe size FS(17) UnS(18)
J
/

GS 1(18) Outlet pipe size
GS2(18) = Outlet pipe wall thickness
FS(17) UnS(18)
FS (18) UnS(18) I

GS0(21) = Base temperature UnS(21)


GS 0(22) = Base pressure FS(22) UnS (22)
GS 0(23) = Barometric pressure FS(23) UnS(23)
SD(1) = Normal dbA
SD(2) = Maximum liquid flow FS(1) UnS ( l )
SD(3) = Maximum inlet pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
SD{4) = Maximum shut off differential pressure FS (4) UnS(4)
SD(5) = Maximum temperature UnS(2)
SD(6) = Maximum gas flow FS(0) UnS(O)

Pressure drop sub program



PDSS( l ) Inlet pipe length
PDSS(2) = Inlet pipe ID
FS(25) UnS(25)
FS(18) UnS(18)
PDSS(3) = Inlet pipe elevation FS(25) UnS (25)
PDSS(4) = Outlet pipe length FS(25) UnS(25)
PDSS ( 5) = Outlet pipe ID FS(18) UnS(18) ;•


PDSS(6) Discharge pipe elevation FS(25) UnS(25)

47
PDIS ( l ) = Inlet gate valves )
PDIS (2) = Inlet globe valves
PDIS(3) = Inlet check valves
PDIS(4) = Inlet 90Deg elbows
PDIS(5) = Inlet 45Deg elbows
PD IS(6) = Inlet thru tees
PDIS(7) = Inlet branch tees
PDIS(8) = Outlet gate valves
PDIS(9) = Outlet globe valves
PDIS( IO) = Outlet check valves ir
PDIS(11) = Outlet 90Deg elbows
PDIS(12) = Outlet 45Deg elbows
PDIS(13) = Outlet thru tees
PDIS(14) = Outlet branch tees
PDCx(3) = Source pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
PDCx(4) = Inlet equipment loss FS (4) UnS(4)
PDCx(5) = Outlet equipment loss FS (4) UnS(4) *

PDCx(6) = Destination pressure FS (3) UnS(3) j-

Miscellaneous Files
CVWDAT.UNS Sequential file. User unit data ;

CVWDAT.STP
CVWSPEC.TXT
Sequential file. Base conditions
Sequential file. Data sheet item selections
1
HEADINGS.DAT Sequential file. Printout titles
CVSUMM.DAT Sequential file. Standard summary selections :
CVWCALC.DRV Sequential file. Default drives and paths
CVWCALC.COL Sequential file. Color selections

CONTROL VALVE Import Process Data


Make a sequential file for each calculation . Files to have a filename (Suggest the tag
number) with no extension (ie TCV-100.). After INSTRUCALC reads the file it will
rename the file to "FILENAME.OK". This will divide the files into two lists, those
which have been processed and those which have not .

To read a file.
1. Go to the required calculation and select the required units.
2. Take the Import data menu option.
3. Find the required file. (Using standard Windows procedures)

48
4. Select the file and the data will be loaded.
5. Proceed with the calculation and save the data. ( Now in the INSTRUCALC
file)
6. The sequential file will be assigned the extension M .OK ". and will disappear
from the list.
7. If a review is required, use the Windows file procedures for files with an
extension ".OK"
8. Revised process data should be provided without extensions. The
Instrument engineer will then have an instant review of work not yet
performed.

Data input Sequential File Requirements


(In input order)

Control Valve Gas Flow Variable name


1 Tag number (Seq file)
2 Fluid name Service(4)
3 Maximum flow G(Case,0)
4 Percent of maximum flow G(Case,19)
5 Temperature G(Case,2)
6 Inlet pressure G(Case,3)
) 7 Barometric pressure G(0,23)
8 Pressure drop G(Case,4)
9 MW G(Case,5)
10 Cp/Cv G(Case,10)
11 Viscosity G(Case,7)
12 Density G(Case,9)
13 Critical pressure G(Case, ll )
14 Critical temperature G(Case,12)
15 Inlet Pipe size G(0,18)
16 Outlet pipe size <3(1,18)
17 Outlet pipe wall G(2,18)
18 Line number Service(2)
19 Service Service( l )
20 Valve failure position ARA(18)

Control Valve Liquid Flow Variable name


1 Tag number (Seq file)
2 Fluid name Service(3)
3 Maximum flow G(Case,0)
4 Percent of max G(Case,19)
5 Temperature G(Case,2)
6 Inlet pressure G(Case,3)
7 Barometric pressure G(0,23)

49
8 Pressure drop G(Case,4) )
9 SG @ FTP G(Case,6)
10 Viscosity G(Case,7)
11 Vapor pressure G(Case,8)
12 Critical pressure G(Case, ll )
13 Outlet pipe size G( l , 18)
14 Outlet pipe wal G(2,18)
15 Line number Service(2)
16 Service Servi ce( l )
17 Valve failure position ARA(18)

Control Valve Two Phase Flow Variable name


1 Tag number (Seq file)
2 Gas name Service(4)
3 Liquid name Service(3) :

4 Gas flow G(Case, 0)


5 % Flow G(Case, 19) i!
6 Temperature G(Case, 2) U
7 Inlet pressure G(Case, 3)
8 Pressure drop G(Case, 4)
9 Gas MW G(Case, 5)
10 Gas Density G(Case, 9)
11 Gas Cp/ Cv G(Case, 10) )
i :
12 Gas critical pressure G(Case, 11) :
'
13 Gas critical temperature G(Case, 12) ;:

14 Liquid flow G(Case, 1)


15 Liquid specific gravity @ FTP G(Case, 6) i!
16 Liquid viscosity G (Case, 7) li
17 Liquid vapor pressure G(Case, 8)
18 Liquid critical pressure G(Case, 26)
19
20
Barometric pressure
Inlet pipe size
G(0, 23)
G(0, 18)
I
II i
21 Outlet pipe size G( l , 18)
22 Outlet pipe wall G(2, 18)
23 Line number Service(2) I!
24 Service Service( l ) - ;

25 Valve fail position ARA(18)


jj
!j
CONTROL VALVE Pressure Drop Calculation
This program uses the units selected in the control valve calculation program. To
access choose Options in the Control Valve Input screen then select Calc system
pressure drop . i

50 \
;
!


!
\
j
CONTROL VALVE Pressure Drop Calculation r

.
SF É 5
iùïsÜâfiîffl - ini x |
^ FÏü fd ,[w _
^yvvi mm 'V

1met -nMo&%W&W '


'
'

^
:
f t- MP ‘ ÊÈÈÊM Ïi
"

11.938

mim
BlilllSlpl
50
:

go Tubing - gQ
i. gj© Steel
;i H PI.-??^l^- jn - . -ifi - —si
Cast iron|
^ - iyi — -
Q Galv iron|
— —— — — —
§ Asphalted fJQ Concrete|
_ 0.
|

0 Wood|
1 liiu. .. . . . .
!
^^ ^^ ^ ! be ÿalich
^.^ : b\^ ^ ( ^r.:^:' ^i :r‘~^.'':
'
r r2- r\ ,. . . .. .. . . - ’ '
i . . .. . • 1 ; •


'
ck ynl|90 d ë g eil [45; d : elj|Thrdtee jBianch tie
^

W ËmÊ&mmm ^ ^ I ^

| »|
~ - - - — -:
. ' j . (

t -- - - g.
>-
nag.
Pvr
:*
I
*

. % |
i jg |
e
I
fl IÜ
I I 4 1 2 :'t A

1I' gmHHMHSflBp*B IK^ - ÜÜÜ -


r TT

2880000 1800000 96000


— - -— -
r Pipe Condition
© New O Good O Old
T

, 'V
.
:V
_
;. , ., . ..

.18854 .18854 .19871 .


VV

Wmwm 250 250 279.38


gBMHr
3MWHMi 12.836
32.09 10
4
.043662
.017465
275 :
§
:
:
250 !

150 150
i
w 150
Hi mm
=Steftwvg
ïSff ï
;

:*
ÏÏÈBÊÊÊÊt
• •
*
.
A!
<w
•/i

v
; £:
Wife Cancel
;
:

mmmm-
:

Transfer Case data


:to val ve calculation . . v .

:
v - v ln Oasel :| Gase2 £3 £
: :\
^
'

!
[>
: ,
•: ;
: „ . •, '. >
*•»
« , ' 77 - - • , .- T ^- r.. ‘?*7
i> v si •• « , '
i Htj

g£&gsas& ,
n
7[ f ». . y? V£
-
2i:;

This program uses the units selected in the control valve calculation program. To :

access choose Options in the Control Valve Input screen then select Calc system
pressure drop .

Calculation options :

Select the Pipe Material .


Options are: Steel, Tubing, Cast iron, Galv iron, Asphalted, Concrete, :
Wood
Select the Pipe Condition.
Options are: New, Good, Old

Input Data (Variable data)

The enabled input boxes define the data required for the calculation.
[

:
:
i

51
;
|
:
!
.

Enter the piping configuration and the pipe lengths, pipe sizes and elevation /
change.
Enter the process data not passed down from the valve calculation.
!
!
. ' j

The pipe sizes are available in a program look-up table. To find the size, select the
Pipe ID button (or Wall) to display the pipe size screen, enter the nominal size of the
pipe and select the search button. The available wall thickness and the corresponding
inside diameters for the nominal size are displayed. Select the required size and the j:
data will be downloaded to the calculation.
r
!..

Metric dimensions are in millimeters and nominal sizes are based on 25 mm per
nominal inch. If units other than inches or millimeters are used, the data transferred
back to the calculation will be converted to the calculation units.


|
:•

Calculate •
i
s

Click the Calculate (Case) button.


The program will validate the input data, j.
Calculate the output data.
Display the results.
>

Analyzing and editing Data


) |
Minimum pressure drop
.. i

A control valve needs a minimum pressure drop across the valve in order to control.
The amount is a complex problem, there are several guidelines:
The greatest of, 15 psi or, 33 % of the dynamic loss in a pumped j
circuit.
The greatest of, 50% of the dynamic loss or, 10% of the
destination pressure where the source pressure is static.
The greatest of 10% of the absolute pressure, or 5 psi for
control of steam supply.
The greatest of 5% of the suction absolute system pressure, or
50% of the dynamic losses for control of a centrifugal j
compressor.

The valve characteristic

This is another complex problem


One set of guidelines are:
If the difference between the maximum and minimum pressure
drops is less than 20%, use a linear trim.
If it is greater than 20% and less than 200 %, use the equal
percentage trim. )

52
If it is greater than 200%, use the quick opening trim.
Change data as required and recalculate.
If satisfactory, transfer the data to the valve calculation by
Clicking Case 1, Case 2 and Case 3.

Return to the calculation by clicking OK.


!

CONTROL VALVE
Liquid Water Hammer Calculation :

*
I Water Hammed
.
ss
5 SÎP wmmm m »
-


Output data
m
mmmSSESSm^^wM Water
mmm 2880000
i
Critical
"
"
'" '
closing time- conditions
f y;
Y -Yc Y C-î. Y- .
Critical! closing time
' '
--
• '

secs
" ' ••

400
\
61 Wove velocity ft /s
295
Il Pressure wave psig


220.91
9189
If
I
P|Pe support force
r'l î iYtY îvY
lb S

qoooqn I Closing time fur* allowable pressure


i Mi '

% SeI èété d closintptihrie conditions '


ll p °°° 1
;
Vu

mm 11938 Cl Pressure wave psig .

SSSfiîa "'»••" "1 » lb


i
^^
m 1
Carbon Steel

Kwa .«
T

ut >Wjj|acgyi»tis> i
|
li
St
1
%
;

ip
:Av >T

«
w
8 -
;
;

This program is for determining the closing time of valves to prevent water hammer.
Choose Options from the Control valve Input Screen. Then select Calc minimum I

closing time. .1

Engineering Units

There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available:

Mass Flow - English Units. Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit .1

Volume Flow - English Units. US gallons per minute and degrees


Fahrenheit
Mass Flow - SI Units. Kilograms per second and degrees :
:

Centigrade
Volume Flow - SI Units. Litres per second and degrees Centigrade ;

53 F
User Units . A set of units selected from the Liquid
Flow Engineering Unit screen

To make or change a User Unit set, select the option Review units .
i
*

The Liquid Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed. It shows the available 4
options and the current unit selection. Select the required units and save the User file.
L
,
[.
Unit Selection i
j
A new calculation defaults to Mass English Units .
.

The Unit Selection can be made at any time. The input data will be converted to the
new units. If a volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity at base
conditions is not available, the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual input
entry can be changed by the selecting the Review Units option and choosing from the
Liquid Flow Engineering Unit screen.

Fluid Properties
• - • • :

The Fluid properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are entered.
The properties required for a calculation are available for pure liquids and mixtures )
and are provided in the selected units. Caution should be used for mixtures of
dissimilar fluids because the mixture law may not apply.

For a pure liquid, find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the fluid
properties will be entered.

For a mixture select the first component. In the component box, enter the
percentage. Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then select
calculate in the component box and the program will calculate and enter the mixture
values. The fluid properties data base is user upgradeable.
;

i
Input Data
!
;

The enabled input boxes define the data required for the calculation.
Enter the data and select the pipe elastic modulus and inside diameter.
Choose the Fluid and pipe properties menu option for values.
|
Calculate
i
I
Click the Calculate button.
The program will validate the input data, ~

) \
54

\
Calculate the Critical closing time conditions, the closing time for the
allowable pressure and enable the selected time input box.
Enter the Selected closing time.
Calculate to display the selected time conditions.
i
i

Editing Data

The output data should be examined for adequacy. I


Is the closing time conservative enough? 1
Change data as required and recalculate ï

Filing and Moving On


i


l

The options in the File menu are


:

Go to valve calc - Returns to the valve calculation.


Print calculation - Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays the screen to
print a calculation. The calculation is saved along with the other data in the valve L
calculation options.

:•

Ï
i
1'

55 ;
!
/

i.

.
j

•;

)
!
56


:

s
:
;


:

Chapter 2

I-T
-

TW

J
]
;
;

ISO FLOW
ELEMENTS
Flow Element Sizing
Orifice Flow Element Programs
Orifice Plate - Concentric - Flange taps
Orifice Plate - Concentric - D and D/2 taps
Orifice Plate - Concentric Corner taps
»

Orifice Plate - Concentric - 2 1/2D and 8D taps


Orifice Plate - Eccentric - Flange side taps
Orifice Plate - Segmental - Flange taps
Orifice Plate - Quadrant Edge - Flange or Corner
Orifice Plate - Conic - Corner taps
Restriction Orifice Plate - Liquid Flow / Gas Flow
Venturi - Machined Inlet
Venturi - Cast Inlet
Venturi - Welded Sheet Inlet
Venturi - Universal
Lo-Loss Tube
Flow Nozzle - ASME Long Radius
Flow Nozzle - ISA
Flow Nozzle - Venturi Nozzle

They are all are Liquid or Gas and compatible with ISO 5167.

57
.
:

s.

ISO Flow Elements - Program Overview 1


Version 5. An option has been added to calculate the system losses from a known
source pressure to provide the flow element inlet pressure. The accuracy of this
pressure has a considerable impact on the accuracy of the flow measurement. To use
the pressure in the vessel which is the source of the flow can cause considerable error ;

because of head and system losses. The fluid density of gases vary considerably with
pressure and liquids may have vapor pressure problems or require a specific gravity
correction for pressure.

An orifice plate is a circular flat plate that is inserted between flanges to measure flow
in pipelines. It has a precision bored hole in its center that causes a pressure drop.
Bernoulli in 1738 determined that flow rate was proportional to the square root of
pressure drop. These programs determine the relationship between the flow rate, the
pressure drop and the size of the hole.

The programs are based on ISO 5167 and follow the procedures described in The
Flow Measurement Engineering Handbook by R. W. Miller. They are suitable for
use with all gaseous and liquid fluids that are clean, single phase, homogenous and
Newtonian . All gases, most liquids and most dense phase fluids associated with the
petroleum petrochemical and natural gas industries are Newtonian.
)
The user should be aware of the design, application and limitations’ requirements set /

forth in The Flow Measurement Engineering Handbook order for the accuracy
percentage calculation to be applicable. All devices measuring flow by differential
pressure need some straight pipe upstream and downstream from the device. ASME
and AGA publish data showing requirements for various piping configurations. A
typical value is 20 upstream and 5 downstream.

There are programs for 16 different flow elements designs and one for restriction
orifice plates. Liquids and gases are covered separately, making a total of 34
different options. Each design has its peculiar advantages. The flat orifice plate is
least expensive and well understood . The most common design is the flange taps,
concentric, square edge, orifice plate. It has a permanent pressure loss of 50% to 90%,
l
depending on the beta ratio. Typically 1.1 psi for a 50 inches of water differential.
On horizontal lines it is a dam in the line that allows debris to collect behind it .

Segmental and eccentric orifice plates overcome the dam problem. They are more
difficult to make and install accurately.
i
Quadrant edge and conic edge orifice plates provide a constant discharge coefficient
over a wide range of Reynolds Numbers and are used for viscous fluids.

There are various pressure tap locations. The flange tap design is accurately made
and relatively foolproof to install. Radius taps and pipe taps are sometimes less
)

58

:
) expensive to use on large diameter or alloy pipe. They are however, field installed
where the quality control is more difficult to achieve. In North America, comer taps
are used for small diameter lines to get the measurement of the differential closer to
the orifice plate, elsewhere they are used instead of flange taps.

Venturies and flow nozzles offer low pressure loss, no dam problems, long term
repeatability, high accuracy and high cost. The LO-Loss design is a propriety device
that has the lowest permanent pressure loss. The calculations assume that the pipe is
reasonably round, straight, smooth, and the correct size and that the taps are
cylindrical and burr free. Prefabricated meter runs are available, these are made from
selected pipe under shop quality control. They can be calibrated if the cost can be
justified . :•

Sizing Principles
Since the flowrate is proportional to the square root of the differential, the device has
a limited turn down ratio. Flow less than 30% of the upper range value is difficult to
read. If the rangeability must be larger than 3:1 consider two transmitters. r

Size the orifice plate so that the normal flow is 70% to 80% of the upper range value.
This is slightly over the mid-range of the differential and allows for reasonable !
:

\ deviations above and below normal. Instead of having an even chart multiplier and a !i

/ special size orifice, consider standard orifice sizes and special chart multipliers. This t

limits the inventory of orifice sizes and since a computer is probably calculating the
material balances, it does not need an even number. A differential range of 100 ;

inches of water fits most flow situations. It provides a good compromise of i


instrument sensitivity, ease of calibration and minimum permanent pressure loss.

To reduce gas expansion factor inaccuracies, limit the numerical value of the
differential range in inches of water to the numerical value of the inlet pressure in
psia. (I.e., a gas differential of 100 inches of water requires an inlet pressure of
lOOpsia). For best overall accuracy the beta ratio should be between 0.25 to 0.7,
preferably 0.55. If it falls outside these limits, change the differential range. If it is
still not satisfactory consider an oversize meter run.

Accuracy
:•
The program calculates the statistical accuracy for the application.
:•

Typical discharge coefficient accuracies are:


0.5% for universal venturi tube
0.6 % for a concentric orifice plate with flange comer or radius taps ?
i

0.8% for pipe taps


) 2% for segmental and eccentric

59
l
:•

2.5% for quadrant and conical edge J


1% for venturi with machined inlet
1.5% for venturi with welded sheet inlet
2% for ASME nozzle j.

The displayed values are the RMS values of these plus the RMS values of the errors
of the inlet data weighted for their affect on the calculation. The orifice size is
calculated for the upper range values, the correction factors are calculated for the j:
normal flow in order to achieve the maximum usable accuracy.
P
i
ISO Flow Element - Program Features j
!

Programs will:
Perform sizing calculations

Calculate either.- Orifice size, Flow rate or Differential range [


Calculate vent or drain hole size if required
Calculate the minimum plate thickness
Calculate permanent pressure and power loss I
Calculate accuracy percentage
Supply fluid properties at flow conditions )
Supply steam data
Supply pipe sizes
Provide material selection
i

Use English or SI engineering units in any mixture


Use mass or volume flow units
Import process data
Print a calculation sheet using the Windows Print Manager
Save the data

Prepare instrument data sheets

WYSIWYG style
Initially general- sheets for bid purposes
Supply data base of standard specification items
After vendor selection, revise for permanent records
Print a data sheet using the Windows Print Manager
Save the data j
I
"
i

Print a summary of saved records

Print all records )

60
Print selected records
Print only records having required characteristics
:

This I a program for calculating the size of ISO 5167 flow elements. The available
options are:
Concentric Flange Taps Gas or Liquid
Concentric D and D/2 Taps Gas or Liquid
Concentric Comer Taps Gas or Liquid
Concentric 2 Vi and 8D Taps Gas or Liquid
Eccentric Flange Side Taps Gas or Liquid
Segmental Flange Taps Gas or Liquid f
Quadrant Edge Comer Taps Gas or Liquid :
Conic Comer Taps Gas or Liquid
Restriction Orifice Plate Gas or Liquid
Venturi Machined Inlet Gas or Liq uid
Venturi Cast Inlet Gas or Liquid
Venturi Welded Sheet Inlet Gas or Liquid
Venturi Universal Gas or Liquid
r
Lo Loss Tube Gas or Liquid
Flow Nozzle ASME Long Radius Gas or Liquid
Flow Nozzle ISA Gas or Liquid
Flow Nozzle Venturi Nozzle Gas or Liquid
)
Mm few üffii
sPÜIii '
ï 1»
- mi xi
mm
H low Element Selection

V . JJS

?
:

!! Brjfic" Plates. , ) l„no„lS


*! N c. 1
> •• • v v. . .. . i: .
• .. . . • . :* . • *«
il© 1Concentric -
Flange Taps O Venturi - Machined Inlet V
4

IO 2 Concentric - D and D / 2 Taps pO Venturi - Cast Inlet


IQ 3 Concentric - Corner Taps SO Venturi - Welded Sheet Inlet
SO i Concentric - 2 1 / 2 and 8D Taps O Venturi - Universal
A
jQ 5 Eccentric - Flange Side Taps O Lo - Loss Xube
K
-0
? 6 Segmental - Flange Taps * O Flow Nozzle - ASME Long Radius|
a
O Z Quadrant Edge Corner Taps QO Flow Nozzle - ISA
if 5
O S Conic - Corner T aps O Flow Nozzle - Venturi Nozzle
P -
:

JO â Restriction Orifice Plate


If

I mmmmmmmmmm mmm m
iÜÜSi
JO Gas p© Liquid|
||
j «
Vz -- V-V

/
:

61
ISO Flow Elements - Program Menu Options
• •

New calculation
Select the required calculation option and the fluid option, then select OK (or
double-click if at least one of the options is already selected).

File
Default files
Recalls file data using the files in the default drives and paths. f
f

Other files
Recalls file data using the Windows file selection procedure.
Data file maintenance
Edit Tag Numbers
Provides the facility to change the Tag Numbers on file.
Or delete records from file.
Sort data file
Rearrange the Tag Numbers in ascending order. t
Delete the items marked if the edit was saved.
File default path
Data files
Path for the default calculation data files. ,
User units :

Path for the default engineering units file.


Headings j
Path for the printout headings file.

There are three paths. If a Drive and Path different from the Default Path and Drive j
provided in the initial Set Up Procedure was used, the program will update them to j
the Drive and Path which was installed. They are saved in sequential file
ISOCALC.DRV which resides with the programs. To check or change the paths, j
either call up the Drive and Path for edit or use a text editor to or change the file i

contents.
I

Convert V3 file stage 2 )


Instrucalc version 3 file conversion to Windows format.
Exit

Exits from Instrucalc to Windows Program Manager.

Color
Provides color options for Instrucalc displays, using the Windows palette.
) I
62
Edit Tables (Version 5.1)

InstruCalc uses Data Tables for Gas, Liquid, Pipe Size and Material properties, these
contain data from which exact properties for the flow conditions are calculated. It also
has tables for equipment data. These option provides an easy means of customizing
them. Items can be added, inserted, deleted and changed. Restrictions are built into
the Materials Coefficient of Expansion table on insertion and deletion because the
row number is used to save data in the calculations.

Each program can edit the tables used in the program. Take note that some, such as j
the Gas, Liquid and Pipe Size are used by other programs and may include data
required only by them. ]
Editing is performed by either clicking the appropriate line in the Grid or entering the
line number in Row to Edit and clicking Recall Row. Edit the data and Load Row to
the Grid. When a box in the edit line is clicked, infonnation on the data required for
that box is displayed above. Save Grid overwrites the old file. A backup file is
recommended before you start. The file name is in the heading of the Edit Form and
the files are in the program directory.

Note that data cannot be edited directly in the grid.

) Print Summary
Goes to the print summary program.

ISO Flow Elements - Program Lead Sheet


The program will only stop at the Lead Sheet if it fails to find the default paths file.
To continue, type in the paths and save the file.

The Data Files are specific to a project and an instrument type


The Units File may be common for all projects and specific for an instrument type
The Headings File maybe specific for a project and common for all instruments

63
ISO Flow Element - Liquid Calculation. !

,. .
-
;
E
Umts Fiu .iyi ü pc j Base cord Inlet pressure a
- Output data
:

ÊmM
'
m mM n Beta ratjo
Mmm
mmm
wMK mm
ÊÊÊÊMÈÊ
msM ÊÊ
p Norm differential
g!
Il Reynolds number
inH 20

\
«««fits
WÊamÊÊaism mm « Max pressure loss inH 20
M ax power loss hp
r

Accuracy percent
up M l ,
ml Min plate thickness in
n
Mi
; v
3 y:.:7 'SV ; . :

warns
*

-
• Vi
'

k&&#*.=&
••

&:£ P> normal


-1- . hr y
: Calculation factois How .
> .y. . - .. -
* ^
:
• : v , 1,:\

li
s

Thermal expansion
> s Disbharÿe ttîëlflf îciëni "
WmBf

^ SKSBrn |:y T - - " y y- Or. - ^


^
' 1
V v ? .
.

o .-.:rr > . Id Jit yii


material g SÉ 304 stainless steel S3 ;"
l à fv OO/oiOO '

\ ï:


: :>?
ri! Carbon steel :
At
n Vent hole -- -
| « ati m
11
r i < *v > Vj ï'
!lsssss
ilj | Drain hole I: ;§|© Orifice size
r:S
Calculate I© _ .
s- ;^^^:« ^i-|
Standard
:
uiam uuic
cis
size|
-- *
iajf
,,
IP D ifferential range
Flow to
.
i;

.
size m -%
E
Si:!-
? / '.ï nrr.r.e.:r..“.> »•.::*• "Til' v.r
m0 Custom
ül
0 /

SB
Ifm .rj.'. i

& )
- jftynyr r ‘-y
»
r
«

All liquid flow element calculations only differ in the formula involved . The ?

procedures for each are the same. The pipe taps orifice plate and the restriction orifice
plate both have a permanent pressure loss of their differential and use the same
procedure.

Version 5. Option added. If the exact inlet pressure is not known, but a source
pressure is known then use the option to calculate the flow element inlet pressure.
First use an approximate inlet pressure and calculate the flow element to set up the
variables, take the option and calculate the system losses, three cases are available.
Transfer the selected case to the flow element calculation, re-select the fluid
properties and recalculate the flow calculation. Light hyrocarbons may require a :•

specific gravity correction . Volatile liquids may have a vapor pressure problem.

Engineering Units ,

There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available -

Mass Flow - English Units . Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit .
i
64
'

Volume Flow - English Units . US gallons per minute and degrees


Fahrenheit.
Mass Flow - SI Units. Kilograms per second and degrees *
:•
Centigrade.
Volume Flow - SI Units . Litres per second and degrees
Centigrade.
User Units . A set of units selected from the Liquid
Flow Engineering Unit screen t

To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units .

The Liquid Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed. It shows the available
. options and the current unit selection . Select the required units and save the User file.

Unit Selection

A new calculation defaults to Mass English Units. r -

The Unit Selection can be made at any time. The input data will be converted to the i
new units. If a volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity at base
conditions is not available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual input entry >
) can be changed by selecting the Review Units option and choosing from the Liquid 5

Flow Engineering Unit screen .

Fluid Properties
:
The Fluid properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are >

entered. The properties required for a calculation are available for pure liquids and >

mixtures and are provided in the selected units. Caution should be used for mixtures

of dissimilar fluids because the mixture law may not apply.

For a pure liquid find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the fluid
properties will be entered .

For a mixture select the first component. In the component box, enter the !

percentage. Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then select
calculate in the component box and the program will calculate and enter the mixture
values. The fluid properties database is user updatable. K

65
.

Calculation options are: • i

Orifice size.
Flowrate. :i

Differential Range.
ji

i!
Orifice size -
S:

OiFlowrale
J . Differential range

Select the calculation option and the necessary input data is enabled. The required
!
u

variable will be disabled and will receive the calculated value.

Vent Hole option


i
i|
If the flowing liquid contains gas bubbles, a vent hole will enable them to pass the
orifice plate.
A yes selection will select the recommended hole size and compensate for it in the :

calculation.

)
Pipe Inside Diameter

- 511
- Bâf
âï L'
mini tas?!:

i
Ifeti
m :

M: :
:
:j
I12 5S . 156 12.438 •

112 1 0S . 18 12.39
Ifi 12
12 20
30
. 25
. 33
12.25
12.09
; 12
S 12
STD
40
. 375
406
12
11.938
i
I j
;

1i 12 60
.

. 562 11.626
II 11 22 80 . 688 11.374
üi i

I 100 . 844 11.062

*
M® W ÈÊmSMiÈÊËà mm 1 :

To look up the pipe dimensions, click the pipe inside diameter button.

66
;

;
:

The pipe sizes screen will be displayed.


Enter the nominal pipe size.
Click the Search button to display the available sizes.
Select the required inside diameter (Double-click or click OK).

ISO Material Selection i


?

The sheet displays the material options and the current selection. The temperature
thermal expansion coefficients are selected with the material. A thermal correction
for both pipe and orifice plate is included. Either make a new selection (Double
click or click then click OK).
Or click Cancel to return with no change. The program will return to the calculation.
!
!

Element Material

Click the Element material button to display the materials screen. On


!
t
t
the element materials screen, select the required material. f

msmsm
PfMjt
i
304 stainless steel ill
j- Iff 310 stainless steel lû '

j ;; §jf 316 stainless steel


.
§
!; §§| 330 stainless steel h 0
Ï

i §§ 347 stainless steel


|
11 pi Aluminum bronze
p
|:||Beryllium copper
fi If
« Carbon steel
jilg Copper
m !

il H Cupronickel 3Ü Z
| Iff Hastelloy B Mi
m
jjljf
:
Hastelloy C
tel Haynes stellite 25 m mm
Vs

twmmm HI
immm
i

;
;

)
. !
{
V

67 :
v
!
Pipe Material

Click the pipe material button to display the materials screen. On the
Pipe materials screen, select the required material. i

SB»
.
^gpr
•ji îg '"

|fc 301 stainless steel mm


\ pl 304 stainless steel
Si 310 stainless steel : r
T

H 316 stainless steel ÙÊ


m% I
§B 330 stainless steel
fp 347 stainless steel
tS Aluminum bronze
Beryllium copper
m
M
i
;

IM Carbon steel
M Copper
«

\
|
|
; g Cupronickel
j 3Ü X mI
; î I® Hastelloy B iï l
i ® Hastelloy C ÿà$
:&r. i w.>

: x i

i Si Haynes stellite 25 Eb m
-
[
kppimmmm
W $ ipi
f ïüüsi m
i
! rngmmmmB : r.
jMiÉMftiiSiagiaMis :

) :
i
Input Data

The options selected enable the input boxes of the data required for the calculation
and disable the input boxes for the calculated outputs and the data not required. The !
;

maximum flow rate is the upper range value. The normal flow will be the point of
greatest accuracy. Specific gravity at base conditions is only required for volumetric
flow.

Calculate

Click the Calculate button.


The program will validate the input data.
If not valid it will display the unsatisfactory data.
If valid it will -
Calculate the output data.
Display the results .
Enable the calculation printout.
Enable the data sheet option .

68

I
) Calculation Results

The output data should be examined for adequacy.


Best accuracy is for beta ratio in the area of 0.55.
Change data as required and recalculate.
The plate thickness is the recommended minimum.
:

---
I

.
Filing and Moving On «

*»^
f
*
*
1
IfM
The options in the File menu are: •
f

IW
*

Program menu - Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
Prepare data sheet -Is enabled after a calculation is made, it displays \
the screen to prepare a data sheet form for the calculated item.
New record - Clears the screen for a new calculation.
Save - Using the default path, it saves a new record if not previously
saved or saves changes to an existing record .
-
Save New Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new }
record (Use to duplicate similar items i.e. Recall an existing
,

record . Edit as required and Save New).


.
Save As... - Uses the Windows file access system. Saves to a file
>

anywhere.
) Import data - Select the units and read Input data supplied in
i

sequential files.
File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation
records.
The default paths are:
The Data Files . ( ISODAT.TAG and ISODAT.DAT).
The User Unit Files . (ISODAT.UNS). *

The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS.DAT).


Print flow calculation - Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays
the screen to print a calculation. ;
-
Exit Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program )

Manager. :•

:•

>

) :•
:

69 t
!
ISO Liquid Engineering Units


wmm
!
2*A
:-5K
œ nOahrahOe rme lame r
ow quantity
i % Mass 1:: / Volume
, Im n © inH 20 IKl© psig IO inH 20 g . ..* v
« : :•

p kPa
Jir? ?* w*> i *

0* "SiSgal f O kPao lO * % - > - mm


«r mV,.
r -/.; I
: MIO cm
r SO tonne pO ft3 Silo
1 Ô
O-- / 2 |gjlO mmH 2 l mî O ft inhgg kg cm... g
> oHg
) s
i >Y .... . . v..
- SS u w ! i 0 mlirtl m
.T ' | . .1 \ * ' »•> - "
î:|K:>|
:y|V

i liô pQ
uicion i
^lpO
g MPagjQ Other
.. .- $ aSfi|Q J? «
UKgal
m
m mmO
* .'
/
. Other
.
;

. ther
? 5
nio
' faj!* 1}'' ' •‘ •

tfO m3 S3.

! ; lo uston farm -~,ifeM !


<

et55»

- ^^—
'

\ Efe«. :5KWffl:ass» S
! If © P** fO |
inH 20 g 1 | f © in ^
1
ftO
• other glO Otherpji
aQ at? i© !?aM 1!Sflk . m
. . Cancel
o^
, „
inhgg|0 kg /cn 2g ri§;; || | » Wm
u i SM;? V
^ I - - -
jO M Pag Other JO &Ê ;
^-rlv ilbZZ4a> Ü?j
-..
QC>iS/'aj£i!6u . .

l î iio
: mAStmIJOmA
Sd
Æ SIË më *ê»; : : aSsJt : !

S àve U set file


«MMrahifë wmmmM mmommm
;&S55

I© psia- |0 inH 20 a ITPSlI


ia
p- ^* ifc
BBias - . teg ù- »
WM ©
- ^- Paa liO.~ mmhga 1 ( .?SL«.48
degF glfgwj . . 1 fep
MSI 40 Ill
'V rv.-JFII
i< / \ L D
< ,: • V' jrr.’.Srr rs?

W'.A'Â
®J

^w
m US J
pte ^ Ml i p | ^ &inhga
iLi: ÉîpiO - - degKR -| -*
j lO bara |SO îlHi; /Il CS
-

®i ff lO
IliÉSS'ffiçnpiS iQ - .MPaa
- . - --
|Q kg /.-cm 2a|
|0 Other
yys smsd-.'. ^
=
-^ . ~ '
§
mhor
aarerjv?
'* T*' *VT T> J T* •

::r
*


. J*

ïI v 3
.
A v ' f MX

1 rv >r.'“ :\

> ;.ï: 'c ï; 43.;v ;:iïx


Æ i:,îrL::;:
i :^~ IB .

.-
icW=JT
)

The screen shows the process variables used in a liquid calculation and list the
available options. To assure full coverage each (except Flow Time Base) has an
“ Other” option. This is a user defined unit. Double click the option and it will
display the name and multiplier to convert it to the standard units. The standard unit
is always the first item in the list.

The screen shows the current selection. Any unit may be selected and will be used in
the calculation if OK is selected. To create a User File for the User File Unit option
in the calculation, select the desired units and click the save button. A double click
on any unit option selects that option and returns to the calculation .

Data conversion

For all items except flow, the unit change represents only a multiplier to convert the
input data and the data is always converted . The Flow Quantity option has Mass
and Volume options. The relationship between mass flow and volume flow is a
multiplier and the specific gravity of the fluid. It is conventional when measuring
flow by volume that it be at a standard temperature (Usually 60 degrees Fahrenheit).
Two specific gravity values are necessary for a volumetric flow calculation, mass
/

70
i

:•

flow cannot be converted to volume flow until the specific gravity at standard
conditions is available. Conversion factors and units are based on API 2564.

Definition of units :

Mass flow units :


lb = pounds

!
kg = kilograms
tonne = 1000 kg = 1 Mg
g = gram
UKton = 2240 lb
-
USton 2000 lb
Other = user defined mass unit
Volume flow units : :

USgal = US gallons i
litre = litres
ft3 = Cubic feet
i

UKgal = UK gallons I-
m 3 = cubic metres
bbl = barrels (42 US gallons)
cm3 = cubic centimetres
Other = user defined volumetric unit
I
Flow time base :
/s = per second
/m = per minute
/h = per hour ;

/d = per day
i
Gauge pressure :
psig = pounds per square inch gauge
kPag = kiloPascals gauge
atg = atmospheres gauge
inhgg = inches of mercury gauge
MPag = megapascals gauge !

inH20g = inches of water gauge


mmhgg = millimetres of mercury gauge
barg = bars gauge
kg/ cm2 g = kilograms per square centimetre gauge
Other = user defined gauge pressure unit
Absolute pressure :
psia = pounds per square inch absolute
kPaa = kiloPascals absolute
1
ata = atmospheres absolute 1-

inhga = inches of mercury absolute i.


!

MPaa = megaPascals absolute


inH20a = inches of water absolute

71
mmhga = millimetres of mercury absolute )
bara - bars absolute
kg/ cm2a = kilograms per square centimetre absolute
Other user defined absolute pressure unit
~

Temperature :
degF = degrees Fahrenheit
degF = degrees Centigrade
degR = degrees Rankine }
degK = degrees Kelvin \
Other = user defined temperature unit :
Viscosity :
cp = cèntipoises
Pa.s = Pascal seconds
cs = centistokes
kPa.s = kiloPascal seconds
Other = user defined viscosity unit
Differential pressure :
inH20 = inches of water j.
kPa = kiloPascals
inhg = inches of mercury
mmH20 = millimetres of water !

mBar = millibars
Other = user defined differential )
Pipe and orifice diameter :
in = inches
mm = millimetres
cm - centimetres
ft = feet
m = metres
Other = user defined size

ISO Calculation Data Printout


(Print flow calculation)

This program will print the input and output calculation data and one associated
comment. The comment is included in the data sheet for reference purposes. It also
creates the default printout headings. The headings are printed at the top of all
printouts. They are saved in the HEADINGS.DAT file. This is the third default
path. If all programs are set to the same path, this becomes the default headings for
all program printouts.

72
!

!i

i!

r mr R : ;. ;; ; •

^

\\
-^
- •
•• : •• ' •
:
-. r r:.- V.-.
! '
. ; i . . .
^ : -4 -H H -
* • * *
:
"
.: :
:

i .W 1
»is: r
Octagon Engineering Corporation ! I
•:!v ÈMM
É0 .
3
3Î ?
St
L ij&SfcS? riant Conversion !!
;

i 7

L -
®éP 2000 Update
!
Sft Æ
2314
fess

;-
i» SfilBtn
iBISl
;•

ipir «emmmmmmmm
«
& 27;
itlc Instrucalc 5
m
w
m
m i
M
lii
PS
mmt
ài
S
:
S
J
. :, ;;
* SE®
Save sâi
Headings M: Cancel
:- ri: > r ;• ; ?
OK
! sa; : > 1* !: •'
ÜM -V
feiSS
; Vi. rï
Wv.ê

Save headings. Saves the headings . :

Cancel. Returns to the calculation form without printing.

OK. Prints the headings and calculation using the Windows Print Manager, then :

returns to the calculation form . :

)
73
ISO Flow Element Data Sheet
(Prepare Data Sheet)
Octagon Engineering Corporation
ISO Flow Nozzle - ASME Lone Radius - Liquid Flow
Spec. Sheet
Plant Convert ion Project 2314 Rev.
2001 Update Req. Date
By Appr.

Tag Number
Element 1 ) Design tpe Flow nozzle - ASME long radius
data 2) Design standard
3) Element material 304 stainless steel
4 ) Ring oint data
5 ) Manufacturer
6) Model
7) Beta ratio (d/ D)
8) Orifice diameter
9) Pipe & flange inside diameter
10) Flange type
11) Vent hole diameter Not required
12 ) Element thickness .125 in
Flange 1 ) Flange type
data 2) Flange material Carbon steel
3) Supplied with flow element
4) Flange rating & facing

Tap data 1) Pressure tap location In nozzle


2) Pressure tap size
Flowmeter 1) Sensor type
data 2) Differential range 10 in H20
3) Static pressure range
4) Chart or scale range
5) Chart multiplier
Process l) Service
data 2) Line number
3) Fluid name
4) Fluid state Liquid
5) Maximum flowrate lb/h
6) Normal flowrate Ita/h
7) Operating pressure psig
8) Operating temperature degF
9) Operating specific gravity
10) Base specific gravity Not required for mass flow
11) operating viscosity CP
Notes

The first use of the data sheet is to obtain competitive bids. It should initially
emphasize the engineering requirements and be fairly general regarding the details.
When a vendor is selected it should be updated to the exact details so that the data
sheet is a record of the instrument purchased. The relevant data from the calculation

74
) . is automatically displayed. Minor editing, such as rounding can be performed.
Major editing should be done in the calculation routine in order to preserve the
integrity of the calculation. j
A user defined database is available to enter data for those inputs which have a
limited number of options. To activate this, double click the input box, the data on
file is displayed. Double click the required option and the data is transferred to the
data sheet form. , jj

1
The data base should be customized for the project requirements. To edit the data;
click the selected item. Edit the data in the active top line, select Replace, continue
with the edit and Save on completion. The Input data menu option has an option to
enter either the first or the second item in the list for all items. If the data base is
constructed so that the first item is the first standard selection and the second item is
the second standard selection then two standard data sheets are available for a single
keystroke. This feature only enters data into empty input boxes. Some input boxes
require unique data which is typed in.

|
Space is provided to enter information for non standard options. Enter the title and
data, it will be saved with the other data. Three lines are available at the bottom of
the data sheet. The input data is limited to 25 characters and 60 characters for each of

) f A/-
the notes.
.:
File options

'

,
"
: '
"

Print Data Sheet Prints the data sheet using the Windows Print Manager.
• "
'

Refer to Windows Help


Go to calculation. Returns to the calculation form using the same record
Update headings Overwrites the headings with the current default set

75

i
;
ISO Orifice Size - Gas Calculation
:
r . v.v.-.
PHSffiP
File IJmt 7 Fluid properties - i
;S - k
Basecond Inlet pressure Help
n u t m
^ : A
lp ui *t - q
H ala
n t n

^
i

m “ ratio
Beta
?

'Ï Z
Norm differential inH 20
& msmMw® hw: .
.
:
Reynolds number
Max pressure loss inH 20
M

i
§ Hax power loss hp
rs4
«Mil $

?
Accuracy percent
g Min plate thickness in
£
1
N
A ms Max diff range Ï mH20
I :r
""
: :
:.
^
"
,• • • : •• '•
& & '

lï »
£I Calculation factors normal flow ii
;A =
æ g
Thermal expansion
annnSi
&>
as
SMI
& is
® .3»
-v ;

& d
;
;
Discharge coefficient v ::
:'
- "
rv v >v : .
• - ‘:
• ; '
'
- v
-
: •

lilt Gas expansion .; If. ; v. v


--
< .
$ '

Mp
• I
y -<y. % •

Base pressuré - factor


? m
1 m
5*

HMmll
& %
a D
_ _ .v
. Pr
Base . ^
temperature
r. ... >
-.
. ... fact
m v
. - . ..
: *
? \?
'
r
•• • • •
v '

*

7 • •'
/ ;:I;
. .

,
s;: . • / :

-
'

.i
.

\
-:-; •
Element material
rS
Pip« material
304 stainless steel IggSS,
Carbon steel
IPQ- M.enl. ho. .e. - %i m
. ^ ... .
,
r ^ ~ yj al

liT l Drain hole 3 I


awwtt' r:v 2v ~ v rT?:rx r rvair rr v tiv
* i

i r
i -,
^ © .Orifice
.. —
size— , M\ I

I
• r ^i v •• -
Biii
'
^ gaivirr ix

.3 | SO Flowrate
£?îpa ïsùf
âf ë
^
S
£ © Standard
- . IT
size i4O Differential range m
r 'i/ 'T

IS
iHSHillffl
3 « :
Custom size lO . .
i

ii Ü HiM

All liquid flow element calculations only differ in the formula involved, the
procedures for each are the same. The pipe taps orifice plate and the restriction
orifice plate both have a permanent pressure loss of their differential and use the same
procedure.

Engineering Units

There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available :

Mass Flow - English Units . Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit. :j
;!
Volume Flow - English Units. Standard cubic feet per minute and •
!

degrees Fahrenheit .
Mass Flow - SI Units. Kilograms per second and degrees
Centigrade.
Volume Flow - SI Units . Standard cubic decimeters per second and
degrees Centigrade.

76
) User Units . A set of units selected from the Gas
Flow Engineering Unit screen.

To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units . The Gas Flow
Engineering Unit screen will be displayed . It shows the available options and the
current unit selection.
!

Select the required units and save the User file.

Unit Selection

A new calculation defaults to Mass English Units.


i
The Unit Selection can be made at any time. The input data will be converted to the
new units. If a volumetric flow unit set is selected and the molecular weight is not
:*
available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual input entry can be changed
by selecting the Review Units option and choosing from the Gas Flow Engineering i

Unit screen. L
Base Conditions
]

The Base Conditions option will display the current values of base pressure, base
f
) temperature and the barometric pressure. They should be checked and modified and :

saved to suit the operating conditions. ISO specifies a base temperature of 14.696psia
(101.325kilopascals) and 59° (15 degC). AGA specifies abase pressure of 14.73psia
for natural gas, 14.696 for liquids with a vapor pressure equal or less than one
atmosphere, and a base temperature of 60°. |

Fluid Properties
i

I
The Fluid properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are entered .
}

The properties required for a calculation are available for pure gases and mixtures and
are provided in the selected units. Caution should be used for mixtures of dissimilar
fluids because the mixture law may not apply.

For a pure gas find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the fluid
properties will be entered .

For a mixture select the first component. In the component box , enter the
percentage. Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then select
calculate in the component box and the program will calculate and enter the mixture
values. The fluid properties database can be user maintained.

77
Calculation options are: )
!
Orifice size. :

Flow rate.
Differential Range . ;

-
Orifice size ! i
i
Flowrate

^ Differential
. range

Select the calculation option and the necessary input data boxes are enabled. The
required variable will be disabled and will receive the calculated value.

Drain Hole option

If the flowing gas contains moisture droplets a drain hole will allow the liquid to pass
the orifice plate. A yes selection will select the recommended hole size and
compensate for it in the calculation of the orifice bore. Î
.J=
;
::

Pipe Inside Diameter


' :

mmm
mw
mm a warn
«
a
12
mm
m :
mm Im 9are —
- m mm
s
m
am 12
12
5S
1 0S
i:. -;

. 156
. 1 8
12.438
12.39
©

m
i
y.
*
Si

m
f
iü M i t. ;
m 12
m 12 20 .25 12.25
.. .
il 30 . 33 12.09
\m .
STD . 3 7 5 12
m 11 22
A:

m 40 . 4 0 6 11.938
si
m
:
s
12 60 . 562 11.626 MM
h
m 12
12
80
100
. 688
. 844
11.374
11.062 m
S
I .
:

il
mm©# BBNR SSHH
£53
;
i

:
i.
To look up the pipe dimensions, click the pipe inside diameter button .
I
The pipe sizes screen will be displayed.
Enter the nominal pipe size.
Click the Search button to display the available sizes. :

Select the required inside diameter (Double-click or click OK). :


j :

78

J
i

!
:
:
!

ISO Material Selection


The sheet displays the material options and the current selection. The temperature
thermal expansion coefficients are selected with the material. A thermal correction
for both pipe and orifice plate is included . Either make a new selection (Double
click or click then click OK).
Or click Cancel to return with no change. The program will return to the calculation.

Element Material

Click the Element material button to display the materials screen. On


the element materials screen, select the required material.

§pfl
§l 304 stainless steel
310 stainless steel
T 31 S stainless steel
if 330 stainless steel
!H Aluminum bronze
l t Beryllium copper
|
) fH Carbon steel
ft Copper
É Cupronickel 30%
f
fil Hastellpy
j§§
Hastelloy B
C
Haynes stellite 25
'

^ gg
:
|
| g
8|

79
:

Pipe Material )
Click the pipe material button to display the materials screen. On the
Pipe materials screen, select the required material .
i V./sSr ?à KS?<


i

i
* 301 stainless steel
* 304 stainless steel t

«
at
310 stainless steel
316 stainless steel
330 stainless steel
i
a Ij
I
« 347 stainless steel
Aluminum bronze

# Copper
i
Beryllium copper
Carbon steel
Cupronickel 30%
1
m Hastelloy B ft
tit
m
'

i Hastelloy C
W .

i; ÿsmmm^

!M
Haynes stellite 25 2|
|g
.

ï Mlt *
Input Data.
The options selected enable the input boxes of the data required for the
calculation and disable the input boxes for the calculated outputs and the data
not required.
The maximum flow rate is the upper range value.
The normal flow will be the point of greatest accuracy.

Calculate.
Click the Calculate button.
The program will validate the input data.
If not valid it will display the unsatisfactory data.
If valid it will:
Calculate the output data.
Display the results.
Enable the calculation printout.
Enable the data sheet option.

Calculation Results
The output data should be examined for adequacy.
Best accuracy is for beta ratio in the area of 0.55.
Change data as required and recalculate.
The plate thickness is the recommended minimum. )

80
'

J Filing and Moving On

The options in the File menu are:


Program menu - Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
Prepare data sheet -Is enabled after a calculation is made, it displays
the screen to prepare a data sheet form for the calculated item.
New record - Clears the screen for a new calculation.
|J
Save - Using the default path, it saves a new record if not previously i
saved or saves n
changes to an existing record. J
Save New - Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new
record (used to duplicate similar items, i.e. recall an existing
record. Edit as required and Save New).
Save As.... - Uses the Windows file access system. Saves to a file
anywhere.
-
Import data Select the units and read Input data supplied in
sequential files.
File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation jj
records.
The default paths are -
The Data Files . (ISODAT.TAG and ISODAT. DAT). jj
The User Unit Files. (ISODAT.UNS). ||
) The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS.DAT). jj
Print flow calculation - Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays
the screen to print a calculation.
: i

Exit - Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program :j


Manager.

i
i
i
)

81
M

i!

i!
j!
ISO Gas Engineering Units
;•:

-
3 irri SS'a7*: ^ -^ S ïiï'; jr' ki :/ v : -i vï ï LHit 13.57;"3 >
'

&mm
s'

m

WmmmSÊ‘ © kPag
&kg Wio
t psig Q inH 20 g -© psig
-O
inH 20 g ; © cp
-
< w=
S© psïa $s ;
§

I iOp; kP
.! -
f
. H
£-i.1'..i^.o VJ

1
** / s A y’

P barg99 |O mPa s |
^

IO JO barg Jl tP atg
mmhgg kPdU| mmh Pds
mhga ^
.
lo I .
Ô sdm 3 f O atg JO Ô O
o tonne IQ -sm3|O inhgg jjO kg/cm 2g : ^O inhgg- O kg /c,n 2- uP
© $ • § .
À

I
>t? . -- . .vyv .'.r.
lOrv mmhga f jit' ‘ * »•' •*• *'*• • • •
*
Sr ? : »’ MCrt *

r -;?
OMPag B Stt,erS1JOl)ih«1 O Other
» ^* 'A
* * : -V S: “ ' ;| ' -.à.SÆ : >v; L r;S
Og
ô UKton - -
Ô Msf 3 (

tesaü mmmm
| :*•i dj?
^
O US Ion
fiSl&SiM ,-Vi,:- riPide diameter AOnfice diunmlei - Ciilicà f temperaluro -, ëîtmmm
tO Uthci O Others Brr®®® É8® in
i 1
M§ Ifd WtSl |

J *^
:0 degF ;i
rfPmm « ijSsS
% O degF IO degC ® gO degC g
"
;

So Ss t ® Jh
mo cm
ɧSO ft .J
°
o
» :.
ft m
| omî;ra®l | ^0 Other^ ^^I 1B ‘ ï& cîaS’SaSÉï :

1 !:
- -^ .

«1,,- 1fll
. ^.
*: I
: " X'jiNvW X C \ > > »1: ••»••£

if life
A

© /m ü O /d i 5 MWiimiaaææ
;

MO Othei H?
;l

O o hc j® psia JO mmhga
i awwit
> pauKiBa»dHi
0 ’ psia
^
wmmmmm - - - — . ^ ^' - -
r .
vrr : rw ?*> : >crc \ :

I
• *
kuu «* * K

O kPaa| 0 inhga kPaa lO


S®0 inll 2D gg - Temperaturev O ata O baia O inhga | | I;
HiOjtPag§ II® lbkg//ftm33 gi o MPaa IO kg /em2a| SO
Sf *. .
^ mmhga.. . Jvîi
|
c »
*îi I W f l i* y X

11
2|
! SfSO H|o
18| « ~i |
4o desR ® *$CQ g/cm3 ppr
fi P gg te sa fflBSsassH
lO^ Other| i ^
*ü m üi
^
^ o^'il ^pjOOdcgk ^
pjoiss
\ i
î p.mSWESEÎ7
0 ther
,i ;
ï& è Save user file fiK
w-i
[
E _ M
MBM8
1rJzri\ - ! ' ; ;;-;

\
^ /. ^.;
* d ;
The screen shows the process variables used in a liquid calculation and list the
available options. To assure full coverage each (except Flow Time Base) has an !!
“ Other” option. This is a user defined unit. Double click the option and it will
display the name and multiplier to convert it to the standard units. The standard unit
is always the first item in the list.

The screen shows the current selection. Any unit may be selected and will be used in
the calculation if OK is selected. To create a User File for the User File Unit option
in the calculation, select the desired units and click the save button. A double click
on any unit option selects that option and returns to the calculation.

Data Conversion

For all items except flow, the unit change represents only a multiplier to convert the •
i

input data and the data is always converted. The Flow Quantity option has Mass and
Volume options. The relationship between mass flow and volume flow is a multiplier
and the molecular weight of the gas conversion can only be made when the molecular
weight has been entered .

82
!:

\ Definition of units

Mass flow units : i:

lb = pounds
kg - kilograms
i
tonne = 1000 kg = lMg
g = gram V

UKton = 2240 lb
USton = 2000 lb
Other = user defined mass unit
Volume flow units :
!
:

sft3 = standard cubic feet :

sdm 3 = standard cubic decimetres


sm.3 = standard cubic metres
Msft3 = million standard cubic feet
Other = user defined volume unit
Time base :
/s = per second
/m = per minute
/h = per hour
/d = per day
Gauge pressure :
) psig = pounds per square inch gauge
kPag = kiloPascals gauge
atg = atmospheres gauge
inhgg = inches of mercury gauge
MPag = megaPascals gauge
inH20g = inches of water gauge
mmhgg = millimetres of mercury gauge
barg = bars gauge
kg/cm2g = kilograms per square centimetre gauge
Other = user defined gauge pressure unit
Absolute pressure :
psia = pounds per square inch absolute
-
kPaa kiloPascals absolute
ata = atmospheres absolute !

bara = bars absolute


Mpaa = megaPascals absolute
kg/cm 2a = kilograms per square centimetre absolute
inhga - inches of mercury absolute
mmhga = millimetres of mercury absolute
Other = user defined absolute pressure unit
Temperature :
degF = degrees Fahrenheit
degF = degrees Centigrade

83
degR = degrees Rankine J
degK = degrees Kelvin

Other user defined temperature unit
Viscosity :
cp = centipoises
Pa.s = Pascal seconds
cs = centistokes
kPa.s = kiloPascal seconds
Other = user defined viscosity unit l
Differential pressure : <


inHPO inches of water
kPa = kiloPascals
inhg = inches of mercury
mmH20 = millimetres of water
mBar = millibars
Other = user defined differential
Pipe and orifice diameter :
in = inches
mm = millimetres
cm = centimetres
ft = feet
m = metres
Other = user defined size )
Density
lb/ft3 = pounds per cubic foot
kg/m3 = kilograms per cubic metre
g/cm 3 = grams per cubic centimetre
lb/in3 = pounds per cubic inch
Other = user defined density unit

Print (ISO Flow Element) Summary


The program will provide a printout summary of data sheet records on file. Access
from the flow element selection screen.
It can provide a printout of either:
All fields
Selected fields
Fields equal to
Fields not equal to
Fields equal to or less than
Fields equal to or greater than
Fields less than
Fields more than

84
!
ISO Data Files
INSTRUCALC V5 Random access file specification for ISO flow elements
ISODAT.Dat. Tag Numbers are stored in the sequential file ISODAT.TAG. Its
number in the file is the record number in the random access file.

Type FileData ;

Calculation info V

ProgNum As Integer 2 bytes.Program number Liq <18 :Gas>20


ElemMatlNom As Integer 2 bytes.Element material number
2 bytes. Pipe material
I
PipeMatlNum As Integer
FloBasis As String * 3 3 bytes."Mas" denotes a mass calculation, "Vol"
a volume
Vent As String * 3 3 bytes. "Yes" or " No" for drainhole
FS (1 To 15) As Single 60 bytes.Units conversion factor
GS(1 To 20) As Single 80 bytes.( l -15)Calc Input data, 16) beta,
(17)EdgeRad (18)Norm flow, (19)VentSize
UnS( l To 15) As String * 8 120 bytes.Unit Name i.

Data sheet info


SdS( l To 7) As Single 28 bytes.
AraS ( l To 16) As String * 25 400 bytes . Data sheet array selections
) Txtl (1 To 3) As String * 25 75 bytes.Data sheet service,line num, fluid
Txt2( l To 3) As String * 60 180 bytes.Data sheet notes
TXT3(1 To 7) As String * 10 70 bytes.Data sheet
num,spec,rev,date,req,by,appr
End Type Record len= l 025

Common data all Elements

ElemMatlNom and PipeMatlNum


If material number = 1 Then Material = "301 stainless steel "
If material number 2 Then Material = "304 stainless steel"
~

If material number = 3 Then Material = "310 stainless steel "



If material number = 4 Then Material "316 stainless steel"
If material number = 5 Then Material = "330 stainless steel " :•

If material number = 6 Then Material = "347 stainless steel"


If material number = 7 Then Material = "Aluminum bronze"
If material number = 8 Then Material = "Beryllium copper" :

If material number - 9 Then Material = "Carbon steel"


If material number = 10 Then Material = "Copper "
If material number = 11 Then Material = "Cupronickel"
If material number = 12 Then Material = "Hastelloy B"
)

88
)
YTSP = 359DJ. =
j

3. Calculate Beta Ratio


|30 = 0.6991YTSP
FAV
^
04919

4. Calculate orifice bore


d = Po - D

For complete details of all formula and techniques refer to the ISO 5167 and The Flow
Measurement Engineering Handbook By R.W.Miller. These describe the development of the formulas,
the application limitations and installation requirements for predictable results as well as a large amount
of other valuable information.

Nomenclature
Flowrate upper range variable Ib/h
Flowrate normal flow Ib/h
H inches of water
Differential upper range variable
f
Differential normal inches of water
c
M Orifice sizing factor dimensionless
D pjpe inside diameter at flowing temperature inches
d Orifice inside diameter inches
Density at flow conditions Ib/ft3 )
^
p
cp Absolute Viscosity centipoise
D Reynolds Number dimensionless
Beta Ratio dimensionless
C Orifice discharge coefficient dimensionless
C INF
Orifice discharge coefficient for infinite Reynolds Number dimensionless
Y Gas expansion factor dimensionless
p
f Upstream pressure psia !
k Ratio of specific heats dimensionless
Thermal expansion factor dimensionless
PSONIC psia
Downstream pressure for sonic velocity

87
'

>

ISO Flow Element Calculation Routines


Routines are similar all devices except that the discharge coefficient formulas vary. II
The gas restriction orifice is checked for critical flow, see RO Sonic Gas Routine.
Set initial values. C=0.6:Y=1 i!
:I

1. Calculate the Normal Differential Range :

:
i

\ 2
f
w,N
HN = HM.
.
2 Calculate the SM Factor

SM = 358.9628.D 2N. . .
3 . Calculate Reynolds Number
w,
FA VYn HN i
D
6.31533. WN .
:
;

D. fip I!
4. Calculate the beta ratio
2
-0.25
f
C i
1 + Y.
v SM |i

5. Calculate the discharge coefficient at infinite Reynolds Number


Typical for comer taps y

C1NF = 0.5959 + 0.3121PQ 1


p*
- 0.184
6. Calculate the true discharge coefficient
; b
C - C|NF +
RD :l

Where typically
2.5
b = 91. 71PO
and n = 0.75 for corner taps
7. If the fluid is gas then calculate the expansion factor

f Ho )
Y = 1- 0.41+ 0.35pi
f u
ü
"
N s
27.73KPfJ
' ^
8. Repeat from step 4 until the value of the beta ratio changes less than 0.000001 !
9. Calculate orifice bore
d = 'D
Po
R. O. Sonic Gas Routine
1. Check for sonic velocity
k_
-rk -
2 k-1
PSONIC = Pf
k +1
2 . If the discharge pressure is more than -
p
* SONIC
then use pipe tap calculation
Else

86

I
) !
Procedure for a new Summary

Select Options

Clear checks Clears all checks on the form


Clear Other Data Clears all other data on the form
Make new field selections
-
Each field has four boxes
A check box to select the field
A box to specify the field width
A box to enter data to compare
A box to specify the compare method (Double click for
data)
Select data relationship
And or or
Click Print to print using Windows Print Manager

File Options

Save print options


Saves a standard printout
Go to Program Menu Form )
Returns to program menu for further work on this module
Exit
Returns to the Windows Program Manager

Procedure for a standard printout

Select Options
Recall saved options
Print
Procedure to print all fields

Select Options
Check all
Print

Other Options
Select font
Windows font selection procedure
Select Printer
Windows Print manager

85
I
)
. If material number = 13 Then Material = "Hastelloy C"
If material number = 14 Then Material = "Haynes Stellite 25"
If material number = 15 Then Material = "Inconel X"
If material number = 16 Then Material = "K - Monel"
If material number = 17 Then Material = "Nickel "
If material number = 18 Then Material = "Pyrex glass"
If material number = 19 Then Material = "Tantalum "

FloBasis

If material number 20 Then Material = "Titanium"
"Mas" denotes a mass calculation, "Vol " a volume
Vent "Yes" or "No" for drainhole

Liquid calculations
If ProgNum = 1 Then Program = "Concentric Orifice Plate - FlangeTaps - ISO -
Liquid"
If ProgNum = 2 Then Program = "Concentric Orifice Plate - D and D/2 taps - ISO -
Liquid"
If ProgNum = 3 Then Program = "Concentric Orifice Plate - Comer taps - ISO -
Liquid"
If ProgNum = 4 Then Program = "Concentric Orifice Plate - Pipe taps - ISO - Liquid "
If ProgNum = 5 Then Program = "Eccentric Orifice Plate - Flange side taps - ISO -
Liquid "
If ProgNum = 6 Then Program = "Segmental Orifice Plate - Flange taps - ISO -
) Liquid"
If ProgNum = 7 Then Program = "Quadrant Edge Orifice Plate - Comer taps - ISO -
Liquid"
If ProgNum = 8 Then Program = "Conic Orifice Plate - Comer taps - ISO - Liquid "
If ProgNum = 9 Then Program = "Venturi-Machined Inlet - ISO - Liquid "
If ProgNum = 10 Then Program = "Venturi-Cast Inlet - ISO - Liquid"
If ProgNum = 11 Then Program = "Venturi-Welded Inlet - ISO - Liquid "
If ProgNum = 12 Then Program = "Universal Venturi - ISO - Liquid"
If ProgNum = 13 Then Program = "Lo-Loss tube - ISO - Liquid"
If ProgNum = 14 Then Program = "Flow nozzle-ASME long radius - ISO - Liquid "
If ProgNum = 15 Then Program = "Flow nozzle-ISA - ISO - Liquid "
If ProgNum = 16 Then Program = "Flow nozzle-Venturi - ISO - Liquid "

All liquid flow elements


GS(1) = Maximum flow FS(1) UnS( l )
GS 2 = Flow temperature
( ) UnS (2)
GS(3) = Inlet pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
GS (4) = Differential range FS (4) UnS (4)
GS (5) = Specific gravity at flow conditions A

GS(6) = Specific gravity at standard conditions


GS (7) = Viscosity FS(7) UnS(7)
GS(8) = Pipe inside diameter FS(8) UnS(8)
!

I
89
*
\
I!
ji
GS (12) = Orifice size FS(12) UnS(12)
GS(18) = Normal flow FS (1) UnS( l )
GS (19) - Drain hole size FS(12) UnS(12) \\
SDS( l ) = Normal flow differential FS(4) UnS(4)
SDS(3) = Plate thickness FS(12) UnS(12)
SDS(4) = Beta ratio
SDS (5) = Chart multiplier
ii

If ProgNum = 17 Then Program ="Concentric Restriction Orifice Plate -


1!
-i
I

Liquid" i
Liquid RO data
GS(1) = Maximum flow FS(1 ) UnS( l ) I!
GS(2) = Flow temperature UnS(2) :

GS(3) = Inlet pressure FS (3) UnS(3)


GS (5) = Specific gravity at flow conditions !! 1

GS (6) = Specific gravity at standard conditions ;

GS(7) = Viscosity FS(7) UnS (7) ji


GS(8) = Pipe inside diameter FS (8) UnS(8) Ü
GS(10) = Vapor pressure FS(10) UnS( lO)
GS(12) = Orifice size FS(12) UnS(12) ii
GS(16) = Discharge pressure
GS(19) = Drain hole
FS(3) UnS(3)
FS (12) UnS(12)
I
SDS (3) = Plate thickness FS (12) UnS (12) ) li
SDS(4) = Beta ratio

Gas calculations
If ProgNum = 21 Then Program - "Concentric Orifice Plate - FlangeTaps - ISO - ii
Gas"
If ProgNum = 22 Then Program = "Concentric Orifice Plate - D and D/2 taps - ISO -
Gas"
If ProgNum = 23 Then Program = "Concentric Orifice Plate - Comer taps - ISO -
Gas"
If ProgNum = 24 Then Program = "Concentric Orifice Plate - Pipe taps - ISO - Gas"
If ProgNum = 25 Then Program = "Eccentric Orifice Plate - Flange side taps - ISO - i
Gas"
If ProgNum = 26 Then Program = "Segmental Orifice Plate - Flange taps - ISO - Ii !
Gas"
If ProgNum = 27 Then Program = "Quadrant Edge Orifice Plate - Comer taps - ISO - i!
I!

Gas"
-
If ProgNum = 28 Then Program = "Conic Orifice Plate - Comer taps ISO - Gas"
If ProgNum = 29 Then Program = "Venturi-Machined Inlet - ISO - Gas"
If ProgNum = 30 Then Program = " Venturi-Cast Inlet - ISO - Gas"
If ProgNum = 31 Then Program = "Venturi-Welded Inlet - ISO - Gas"
If ProgNum = 32 Then Program = "Universal Venturi - ISO - Gas "
) j
i

90 :
:

If ProgNum = 33 Then Program = "Lo-Loss tube - ISO - Gas"


If ProgNum = 34 Then Program = "Flow nozzle-ASME long radius - ISO - Gas "
If ProgNum = 35 Then Program = "Flow nozzle- ISA - ISO - Gas " .

If ProgNum = 36 Then Program = "Flow nozzle-Venturi - ISO - Gas" l\

All gas flow elements


GS(1) = Maximum flow FS(1) UnS( l )
GS (2) = Flow temperature UnS(2)
GS (3) = Inlet pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
GS(4) = Differential range FS(4) UnS(4) S
GS(5) = Molecular weight
GS(6) = Ratio of specific heats
-
GS(7) Viscosity
GS(8) - Pipe inside diameter
FS(7) UnS(7)
FS(8) UnS(8)
II

GS(9) = Compressibility factor FS(9) UnS(9) li


i:
GS (10) = Critical pressure FS (10) UnS( lO)
GS (11) = Critical temperature UnS( ll )
GS (12 =) Orifice size FS ( 12 ) UnS(12)
GS(13) = Base pressure FS ( 13 ) UnS (13)
GS (14) = Base temperature UnS(14) !

GS 15 =
( ) Barometric pressure FS ( 15 ) UnS (15) :

) GS (17) = Quadrant edge radius or Segment diameter FS( 12) UnS (12)
GS(18) = Normal flow FS(1) UnS(l )
GS(19) = Drain hole size FS( I 2) UnS(12)
SDS ( l ) = Normal flow differential FS(4) UnS (4)
SDS(3) = Plate thickness FS(12) UnS (12) :

SDS(4) - Beta ratio


SDS(5) = Chart multiplier
:
If ProgNum = 37 Then Program = " Concentric Restriction Orifice Plate -
Gas"
Gas RO data
GS(1) - Maximum flow FS (1) UnS( l )
GS(2) = Flow temperature UnS(2)
GS (3) = Inlet pressure FS (3) UnS(3)
GS(5) = Molecular weight
GS (6) = Ratio of specific heats
GS(7) = Viscosity FS(7) UnS(7)
GS(8) = Pipe inside diameter FS(8) UnS(8)
GS(9) = Compressibility factor FS(9) UnS (9)
I

GS(10) = Critical pressure FS(10) UnS( lO)


GS(11) = Critical temperature UnS( ll )
GS (12) = Orifice size FS(12) UnS(12)
)
i

91

GS (13) Base pressure
GS (14) = Base temperature
FS(13) UnS (13)
UnS(14)
GS(15) = Barometric pressure FS (14) UnS(14)
GS (16) = Discharge pressure FS(3) UnS (3)
GS (19) = Drain hole size FS(12) UnS (12)
SDS(3) = Plate thickness FS(12) UnS(12)
SDS(4) = Beta ratio

Miscellaneous Files
ISODAT.UNS Sequential file. User unit data
ISODAT.STP Sequential file. Base conditions
ISOSPEC.TXT Sequential file. Data sheet item selections
HEADINGS.DAT Sequential file. Printout titles
ISOSUM.DAT Sequential file. Standard summary selections
ISOCALC.DRV Sequential file. Default drives and paths
ISOCALC.COL Sequential file. Color selections

ISO Import Process Data


To Import process data into a calculation:

Make a sequential file for each calculation. Files to have a filename(Suggest the tag
number) with no extension (i.e. FE-100). After INSTRUCALC reads the file it will
rename the file to "FILENAME.OK". This will divide the files into two lists, those
which have been processed and those which have not.

To read a file:
1 . Go to the required calculation and select the required units.
2. Take the Import data menu option.
3. Find the required file. (Using standard Windows procedures)
4. Select the file and the data will be loaded.
5. Proceed with the calculation and save the data. (Now in the INSTRUCALC file)
6. The sequential file will be assigned the extension ".OK", and will disappear from
the list.
7. If a review is required, use the Windows file procedures for files with an extension

8. Revised process data should be provided without extensions. The Instrument


engineer will then have an instant review of work not yet performed.

92
:

\ !

) Data input sequential file requirements : \


(In input order)
!

! !

Gas Flow elements Variable Gas restriction orifice


name '

:
1 Tag number (Seq file) Tag number (Seq file)
i j

2 Fluid name Txtl (3) Fluid name Txtl (3)


3 Maximum flow G( l ) Normal flow G( l )
II
4 Normal flow G(18) Temperature G(2) H
5
6
Temperature
Inlet pressure
G(2)
G(3)
Inlet pressure
Barometric pressure
G(3)
G(15
f!
7 Barometric pressure G(15) Discharge pressure G(4)
8 Differential range G(4) MW G(5)
9 MW G(5) Cp/Cv G(6)
10 Cp/Cv G(6) Viscosity G(7) .
11 Viscosity G(7) Pipe size G(8 ) i

12 Pipe size G(8) Density G(9)


13 Density G(9) Critical pressure G(10) N
14 Critical pressure G(10) Critical temperature G( ll ) u :

15 Critical temperature G(11) Line number TxtTl (2)


16 Line number Txtl (2) Service Txtl ( l )
17 Service Txtl (l ) II
: i

I !:
!

||
:

Liquid flow elements Liquid restriction orifice il


1 Tag number (Seq file) Tag number (Seq file)
2 Fluid name Txtl (3) Fluid name Txtl (3)
3 Maximum flow G( l ) Normal flow G( l )
4 Normal flow G(18) Temperature G(2)
5 Temperature G(2) Inlet pressure G(3)
6 Inlet pressure G(3) Discharge pressure G(4) ;
i
I

7 Barometric pressure G(15) Barometric pressure G(15)


8 Differential range G(4) Vapor pressure G(10)
9 SG @ FTP G(5) SG @ FTP G(5)
10 SG@ Base G(6) SG @ base G(6)
11 Viscosity G(7) Viscosity G(7)
12 Pipe size
13 Line number
14 Service
G(8)
Txtl (2)
Txtl ( l )
Pipe size
Line number
Service
G (8)
Txtl (2)
Txtl ( l )
I
)
•:

93
ISO Pipe Inside Diameter ) |
The orifice pipe run is the straight sections of pipe, upstream and downstream of the
orifice plate, as specified in ISO 5167 and AGA3 and ANSI 2530. The ISO pipe
inside diameter is the average of 12 measurements of the upstream section of the
meter measured at a room temperature.
?

Initially, in most cases, the orifice pipe run is not available and the standard size is [
used. This is available in a program look-up table. To find the size, select the meter Ï
run size button to display the pipe size screen, enter the nominal size of the pipe and
select the search button. The available wall thickness and the corresponding inside
diameters for the nominal size are displayed. Select the required size and it will be
transferred to the calculation. When the meter tube becomes available, measure the
inside diameter and back calculate either the amended flow rate or differential
pressure.

Metric dimensions are in millimeters and nominal sizes are based on 25 mm per
nominal inch. If Units other than inches or millimeters are used , the data transferred
back to the calculation will be converted to the calculation units.

J
94

i
\

Chapter 3

RELIEF VALVES T

\!
Relief Valve Programs

Liquid Relief - Known Flow


Gas Relief - Known Flow
Steam Relief - Known Flow
Heat Exchanger - Entrapped Liquid
Heat Exchanger - Tube Failure
Pipeline - Entrapped Liquid
Fire Size - Liqidd Vaporization
Fire Size - Gas Expansion
Î

i .

95 f
)
RELIEF VALVES Program Overview
.

Most instrument engineers do not consider pressure relief valves as instruments. ISA
publishes a specification sheet for them, yet very rarely does ISA mention them
again. Engineering contractors generally delegate them to their Instrument !

Department, yet operating companies rarely do. They are vital to the safe operation
of the plant, and the person responsible for them must be familiar with API 520 parts
1 and 2, NFPA #30, the ASME pressure vessel code and any other authoritative body. r
Every ASME coded vessel must be protected with an ASME certified relief valve.
The manufacturers are a valuable source of information for much of the sizing data. f
To size a relief valve, plant operations must be thoroughly understood, an analysis of
all possible contingencies must be made and the worst case selected (typical cases are
shown in Table 4-1). It is not normal to consider double contingencies such as an
external fire and, at the same time, an operations error, unless there is a real
possibility of it happening. Good engineering judgment is called for. The valves are
inexpensive insurance for the plant, and the underinsurance can be an unmitigated
disaster.

ASME and other governing authorities require pressure relief valves to be installed on
all equipment that can be blocked in, and are rated at 15 psig or more, although it is
i
pennissible to have a block valve car sealed open. Rupture discs are sometimes
installed under a relief valve where bubble- tight shutoff is required or where )
corrosive or dirty service conditions exist. In such cases a pressure gauge should be :•
:
installed between the two so that rupture disc failures can be detected. The relief :•

valve capacity must be decreased by 25% of the rated capacity if used with a rupture
disc, unless the capacity of the combination has been established in accordance with L

the appropriate paragraphs of UG-132 of ASME Code Section 8. Dual valves, with a
special three-way valve that ensures full relief area is always available, can be
installed where servicing may be required between unit shutdowns.

When sizing pressure relief valves, remember that they are basically differential
pressure devices. They open when the inlet pressure minus the back pressure equals
the set pressure. Most valves relieve into a relief header which is tied into the flare.
If the relief header already has some valves discharging into it, a higher backpressure *

will be exerted on those valves not yet open, and a higher inlet pressure will be
required to open them.

The installation of the valve can significantly affect its performance and selection. If
the inlet piping has too much friction pressure loss, the valve will open at its correct
set pressure but may start to close as the pressure drops, only to open again as the
.
pressure builds up again. The inlet piping pressure loss due to friction should not
!

i
exceed 3% of the set pressure, based on the valve capacity flow, not the flow used in
the sizing calculation.

96
\
;
l!
Since most valves are set at the maximum allowable working pressure of the vessel,
and since the ASME codes allow the pressure to exceed this by 10% (or up to 21%
for external fire sizing), any downstream piping should be sized to limit the built up
backpressure to 10% of the lowest set point if standard valves are to be used.
i!
There are essentially three types of valves - standard valves, bellows valves and pilot i!
operated valves (some typical valves are shown on the next page). The bellows valve
has a bellows installed over the seat mechanism to keep the backpressure at !!
1!
I

atmospheric pressure. The pilot operated valve operates with more precision and
flexibility than the others.

Standard valves are usually selected for cases where the backpressure is likely to be
nearly constant. (This is not necessarily atmospheric pressure.) The spring is
adjusted to give the desired opening pressure. A variable backpressure of 10% of set
pressure is usually allowed, for a valve is usually sized on the basis of critical flow.
!
:

Therefore, a 10% overpressure would only delay the valve opening; it would not !i

affect flowrate or accumulation (accumulation being defined as the allowable increase


in pressure during discharge through the relief valve). I
!

ii
.

Where backpressure variations exceed 10% of the set pressure, a pilot operated or
balanced bellows valve is normally chosen. The bellows must be vented to the
atmosphere. These valves inherently require more maintenance than standard valves.
I

) Failure of the bellows by corrosion, rupture, or plugging of the vent converts them to
standard valves. The bellows valves have backpressure and size limitations and,
i
;!

where the backpressure is sufficiently high to prevent sonic velocity through the
valve, they usually have a smaller capacity than the standard valve.
!!

The set pressure is the pressure at which a liquid valve starts to lift and a gas or vapor iA!
valve pops open. Maximum flow is achieved at a slightly higher pressure called
accumulation. ASME has very definite limits as to the accumulation rise if the set
pressure is also the maximum allowable working pressure. Accumulation is defined
as: (set pressure psig x over pressure factor + 14.7) psia. i

;i
The backpressure required for the calculation is the total backpressure. This is the
sum of the superimposed backpressure and the built up backpressure. The l

superimposed backpressure is the pressure imposed on the valve before it opens. It


affects the set pressure of the valve. The built up backpressure is the increase in the
outlet pressure caused by the friction loss in the discharge piping during relief flow
through the valve. This will not affect the set pressure. For liquids, the total
backpressure will always affect the capacity of the valve, for gases it will not affect
the capacity unless the backpressure increases to the point where sonic flow no longer
exists through the valve. Sonic velocity occurs when the pressure drop across the
valve is approximately 50% of the absolute inlet pressure. Because of the ASME
!:
Ï

limitation of 10% most valves will have sonic velocity through them. The API RP-

97
520 formula include a method of predicting subsonic flow and compensating for it.
The program always checks for this and makes an allowance for backpressure when it
is necessary.

The backpressures are largely determined by the discharge piping. The ASME
suggested maximum piping pressure loss for a standard valve is 10%, a bellows 30%
and a pilot operated valve, 50% of the set pressure. The ASME inlet piping pressure
loss must not exceed 3%: It is suggested that after a calculation is made and the
maximum flow capacity and size is known that the line pressure loss program in
chapter five is run to determine the minimum pipe sizes and the maximum equivalent
line lengths for the inlet and outlet sizes. Sonic velocity should be avoided in the
lines. Use this data to design the piping. You may be surprised to find that even with
close coupled valves that a larger line is sometimes required in order to stay below
the 3% figure.

Accuracy of the Calculations

The formulas used have been accepted over the years. The ASME gas formulas
apply only to pressures exceeding 15psig. All formulas are empirical by nature and
generally adequate over the range of normal circumstances, the challenge is to
recognize what are not normal circumstances. The fire sizing calculations have
options to use either the API 520 or NFPA #30 method to determine relieving ;
flowrate. The program places limits on the input data to reject obvious errors, such as
negative flowrates. Relief valve sizing, particularly fire sizing, is not an exact
science, the user is wise to be cautious and conservative. It is entirely possible to
enter impossible data and still get an answer. The programs are an aid to engineering
not a replacement of. The principles of GIGO apply. The results should be
interpreted by a competent person.

Most of these data are based on ASME Section 8: Pressure Vessel Code, ASME
Section 1, Power Boiler Code, API RP520, The Recommended Practice for the
Design and Installation of Pressure Relieving Systems in Refineries, API 2000,
Venting Atmospheric and Low Pressure Storage Tanks and The National Fire
Protection Agency #30. It is recommended that copies be obtained for reference
purposes. Either the ASME or the API 520 formula can be selected for liquid sizing.
It should be noted that for ASME coded vessels built after 1985, the ASME formula
applies. Be careful to specify the ASME certified liquid trim valves for these.

Program Options
Standard or balanced bellows
Rupture disk allowance
Selecting orifice designation j

98 Î
:

:
ASME or API liquid calculations
(New ASME approved vessels require the ASME formula, vessels designed
prior to the adoption of the ASME formula may still use the API formula)
Calculate the inlet and outlet pipe losses
ASME limits the inlet losses to 3% and the outlet losses to 10% !
j

Sizing Considerations

Relief valve sizing, particularly fire sizing is not an exact science. There are many L
contingencies, such as loss of coolant, loss of power, blockage of lines, equipment
failure, operator error. The one requiring the largest valve is the one required. It is
not normal to consider double contingencies unless there is a real possibility of it
happening. Good conservative engineering judgment is called for. The valves are :

inexpensive insurance for the safety of the plant. Under insurance can be an
unmitigated disaster.
:

ASME and other governing bodies require relief valves to be installed on all
pressure equipment that is rated at 15 psig or more and can be blocked in by valves
which are not car sealed open.

*
. i
>

Rupture disks are sometimes installed under a valve where bubbletight shutoff is
required or where corrosive or dirty service conditions exist. In such cases a pressure
gage should be installed between the two so that rupture disk failures can be detected.
The relief valve capacity must be reduced to 90% of its capacity if used with a rupture
disk, unless the capacity of both have been established in accordance with the
appropriate paragraphs of UG-132 of ASME Code Section 8.
\
Dual valves, with a special three way valve which ensures full relief area is always I
available, can be installed where servicing is required without a plant shutdown.
S
:•

The set pressure is the pressure at which a liquid valve starts to lift and a gas or vapor
valve pops open. Maximum flow is achieved at a slightly higher pressure called
accumulation. If the set pressure is also the maximum allowable working pressure of
the vessel (which it normally is) then ASME allows:

Section 1 fired pressure vessel Accumulation = Set pressure + 3 % + 14.7 psig


Section 8 unfired pressure vessel Accumulation = Set pressure + 10% + 14.7
psig
Section 8 pressure vessel fire sizing Accumulation = Set pressure + 21 %.+ 14.7 psig

The back pressure required in the calculations is the total back pressure. This is the
sum of the superimposed back pressure plus the built-up back pressure. The
superimposed back pressure is the pressure imposed on the valve before it opens. It
affects the set pressure. The built-up back pressure is the increase in pressure caused
by the friction loss in the discharge piping during relief flow through the valve. This

99
does not affect the set pressure of the valve. For liquids, the total back pressure will :
;

always affects the capacity of the valve. For gases it will not affect the capacity
unless the back pressure rises to the point where sonic flow no longer exists though
the valve. Sonic flow occurs
when the pressure drop is approximately 50% of the absolute inlet pressure. Since
the ASME limitation is 10% then sonic flow will always exist.

Types of Valves
There are two types of common valves
i
t

Standard valves 5

Bellows valves
Ï
The bellows valve has a bellows installed over the seat assembly to keep the back
pressure on the valve at atmospheric.

Valve Application [
1

If back pressure is relatively constant (not necessarily atmospheric) a standard valve


is normally used. The spring is adjusted for the back pressure. If the valves discharge
J

into a common header and have different set-pressures, then standard valves may not )
be suitable for the low set pressure valves because the 10% back pressure of the high :

set pressure valves will exceed the 10% of the low pressure valve. If the pressure rise :

is less than 30% of a valve set pressure then a bellows valve may be the option. If it is
less than 50% then a pilot valve is an option. :

:•

RELIEF VALVE Program Features


Perform sizing calculations

Calculate either.— ASME single, ASME multi, or API method


Calculate fire sizes and vessel wetted areas
Calculate liquid thermal expansion sizes
Calculate inlet and outlet pipe losses
Supply fluid properties at flow conditions
Supply steam data : •

Supply pipe sizes


Use English or SI engineering units in any mixture
Use mass or volume flow units
Import process data
Print a calculation sheet using the Windows Print Manager 1 :

100
:

Save the data

Prepare instrument data sheets

WYSIWYG style
Initially general-sheets for bid purposes
Supply database of standard specification items
After vendor selection, revise for permanent records |
Print a data sheet using the Windows Print Manager j-
Save the data
?
!;

Print a summary of saved records


i
. .. !

Print all records


Print selected records
Print only records having required characteristics

101
This is a program for calculating the size of relief valves for:
Liquid Relief Known Flow
Gas Relief Known Flow
Steam Relief Known Flow
Heat Exchanger Entrapped Liquid
Heat Exchanger Tube Failure
Pipeline Entrapped Liquid
Fire Size Liquid Vaporization
Fire Size Gas Expansion

ü RemmmmamiiMmm**?w* :
E .l T c J ^^
* V ttfr
" -

-
- -
Program Selectioh

-
L "
- . J

“ / .
• • •
- : ••• - I r . :. J. U

© X Liquid relief - Known flow O .5 Heat exchanger - Tube failure


O 2 Gas relief - Known flow O É Pipeline - Entrapped liquid

i
I
O 3 Steam relief - Known flow O Z Fire s< 2e ‘ Liquid vaporization

O 4 Heat exchanger - Entrapped liquid O 8 Fire size - Gas expansion


•L
:

• T - .j ,
)
C:. - •: :
*
: -
fî '

l ï -

m% . .v. .-
jii ï ï iy
m
^SSSF^ ^S^m&
a

:
f

m mi- in mmm
SÜI11S
mm
KMHMH : is m
V
$< : £ ¥ :
ï :
V-

Bii
Jgpjf The programs are based on the À SME pressure vessel code.
»1 Options are provided to calculate according to NFPA #30 or API EUl -
*
* —
«»2520I. a« required
i
«
aggy
®|1I i

The Liquid Relief - Known flow calculation has options to use the API or the
ASME formula.
The Gas Relief - Known flow calculation uses the ASME formula. It has options for
section 1, section 8 or the fire code. The reaction force and the noise level are
calculated.
The Steam Relief - Known flow calculation is an ASME calculation, it also has
options for Section 1 , section 8 and the fire code and calculates the reaction force and
noise level.
The Heat Exchanger - Entrapped liquid calculation is for a blocked in liquid filled
exchanger which has the heat turned on. It calculates the flow caused by the liquid
expansion and is either an ASME or API calculation.

102
) The Heat Exchanger - Tube failure calculation is for tube rupture where the tube
pressure is 50% greater than the shell pressure. It assumes no vaporization of the
shell side product. It is either an ASME or API calculation.
The Pipeline - Entrapped liquid calculation is for liquid expansion in long, blocked
in, pipelines on a hot day. It usually only takes a very small relief valve to avoid
blowing the gaskets. The calculation can be either ASME or API.
The Fire size - Liquid vaporization is the most complex calculation . It gathers the
flame wetted area of up to 15 liquid containing vessels. The heat input is calculated
either by The API 520 or the National Fire Protection Association NFPA #30, method
and a relieving flow rate is determined. The ASME formula determines the valve |
size. The reaction force and relieving noise level are also calculated.
The Fire size - Gas expansion also gathers the flame wetted area, this time of up to
15 gas containing vessels. The required size is determined by the API 520 formula.

The maximum flow is then back calculated from the valve size. The reaction force
and relieving noise level are then calculated. j

RELIEF VALVE Program Menu Options


New calculation

Select the required calculation option and the fluid option, then select OK
(or double- click if at least one of the options is already selected)

File
Default files
Recalls file data using the files in the default drives and paths .
.
Ç

Other files
Recalls file data using the Windows file selection procedure.
Data file maintenance
Edit Tag Numbers
Provides the facility to change the Tag Numbers on file.
Or delete records from file.
Sort data file
Rearrange the Tag Numbers in ascending order.
Delete the items marked if the edit was saved .
Data files path
Path for the default calculation data files.
User unit file path
Path for the default engineering units file.
Printout headings file path
Path for the printout headings file.

103
There are three paths. If a Drive and Path different from the Default Path and Drive )
provided in the initial Set Up Procedure was used, the program will update them to
the Drive and Path which was installed . They are saved in sequential file
RVWCALC.DRV which resides with the programs. To check or change the paths,
either call up the Drive and Path for edit or use a text editor to or change the file
contents.

Convert V3 file stage 2


Instrucalc version 3 file conversion to Windows format.

Exit
Exits from Instrucalc to Windows Program Manager.

Color
Provides color options for Instrucalc displays, using the Windows palette.
I

Edit Tables (Version 5.1) ;


InstruCalc uses Data Tables for Gas, Liquid, Pipe Size and Material properties, these
contain data from which exact properties for the flow conditions are calculated. It also
has tables for equipment data. These option provides an easy means of customizing
them. Items can be added, inserted, deleted and changed. j
)
Each program can edit the tables used in the program . Take note that some, such as
the Gas, Liquid and Pipe Size are used by other programs and may include data
required only by them.
Editing is performed by either clicking the appropriate line in the Grid or entering the
line number in Row to Edit and clicking Recall Row. Edit the data and Load Row to
the Grid. When a box in the edit line is clicked, information on the data required is
displayed above. Save Grid overwrites the old file. A backup file is recommended
before you start. The file name is in the heading of the Edit Form and the files are in :

the program directory.

Note that data cannot be edited directly in the grid.


j
Print Summary
Goes to the print summary program. !
)

104
i!
.

RELIEF VALVE Program Lead Sheet


The program will only stop at the Lead Sheet if it fails to find the default paths file.
To continue, type in the paths and save the file.
!
The Data Files are specific to a project and an instrument type
i.

The Units File may be common for all projects and specific for an instrument type
The Headings File may be specific for a project and common for all instruments
I!
t
t

H
Relief Valve Size - Liquid Calculation Known Flow
- -- - - ..
-
.
[ r. . it*; : i î frr dr wn r j
m 3 mm
ssiisiis
A
: it: mim
'

File Eng leering units Fluid «sKss Pipe losses '


Help i Ü Tj Ç .; • %'& - ;
• "
&}J=gu *

Output data • .• -
:
mmm Mil r-rmr nsi gà Relief pressure
MU - s Calculated area
1 m2
fW Â ^
:« mmm — — Viscosity- collection — çî •
pm i
it
-
»»ra î »œîîra îî2>w®44s.ia!»®vs>?:*ï
^
'

JCo,l <; © ASME single P ASME multi gO API

^ r
laaiia
rSilfllpgpiP . tg iM ^
-

O Yes 1I
:

:
. .^
.
;
r.

,
' •

,
»»
!

^
* b ck pmw psio
) ?!
v» h
I
a
milice toig lipn
r.

fill
S

g
i!
1

jMHHHHHHHNn g
?
10
i iiaaliiiPiiSitti î
t
É
fife »! iw - üœ
Pfi ssssris
ii
M
!
0
mmftiTS 8 &
*n& I mm o HI
ât
î 38£BQf
'
m
âk8S3M!BSSB2&mmm, mmmmm
%
^âS ÈÏ S
mmm mm
SSS — •: -: Aï *ï sas» ÉÂÆ rgfr.gasjg lire? :>I:

ii
The pipe loss option will determine the inlet and outlet losses as well as the total back
I!
pressure. The ASME valve discharge coefficient is 0.62, for API it is 0.64. They will
allow a different value for tested and approved valves. This data is available in the
n
relief valve manufacturers catalogs. The rupture disk derating factor is 1 for no
rupture disk, the ASME derating factor is 0.9, they will allow the use of a different »i

factor for tested and approved assemblies. This data will be in the rupture disk r
manufacturers catalogs.

105
For Bellows Valves, the back pressure characteristic varies between manufacturers, )
the program follows the curve in API 520. The manufacturers data should be used
when available.

Engineering Units

There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available:
i

Mass Flow - English Units. Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit
Volume Flow ~ English Units . US gallons per minute and degrees
Fahrenheit
i
Mass Flow - SI Units. Kilograms per second and degrees :

Centigrade ;

Volume Flow - SI Units. Litres per second and degrees Centigrade


User Units . A set of units selected horn the Liquid
Flow Engineering Unit screen

To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units. L
The Liquid Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed . It shows the available
options and the current unit selection. Select the required units and save the User file.
i

Unit Selection

A new calculation defaults to Mass English Units.

The Unit Selection can be made at any time. The input data will be converted to the
new units . If a volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity is not
available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual input entry can be changed ;

by selecting the Review Units option and choosing from the Liquid Flow
Engineering Unit screen.

Fluid Properties

The Fluid properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are
entered. The properties required for a calculation are available for pure liquids and
mixtures and are provided in the selected units. Caution should be used for mixtures
of dissimilar fluids because the mixture law may not apply.

For a pure liquid find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the fluid
properties will be entered.

For a mixture select the first component. In the component box, enter the
percentage. Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then select
) \Î

106
V
] calculate in the component box and the program will calculate and enter the mixture
values. The fluid properties database is user updateable.

Sizing Code

In the Summer 1984 Addenda to the Pressure Vessel Code, ASME published a
formula for liquid sizing. All vessels registered after 1984 must be sized with the
ASME formula and use special liquid trim valves with capacity approved by ASME
for liquid service and stamped accordingly. Vessels built before this may still use the
API formula and the old valves.

Valve Type

If the relief is to discharge into a relief header and be subject to varying back
pressure, a bellows valve may be required, otherwise select a standard valve.

Rupture disk

A rupture disk is sometimes installed under the valve for bubble-tight or corrosive
service, otherwise select No.

Input Data
)
The enabled input boxes define the data required for the calculation.
When selecting the options the standard factors are entered
Overwrite the factors with the manufacturers, if desired.

Calculate

Click the Calculate button.


The program will validate the input data.
It will select the valve area and valve orifice designation.
Calculate the output data
Display the results

Editing Data

The output data should be examined for adequacy.


If a different valve area is required then overwrite the data.
Change data as required and recalculate.
When the selection is final then take the pipe losses option . The inlet
losses should not exceed 3% and the discharge losses should be less
than 10%.

107
Filing and Moving On J
i

The options in the File menu are:


-
Program menu Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
Prepare data sheet - Is enabled after a calculation is made, it displays
the screen to prepare a data sheet fonn for the calculated item.
New record - Clears the screen for a new calculation.
-
Save Using the default path, it saves a new record if not previously j
saved or saves changes to an existing record. j-
Save New. .Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new
- {
record (Used to duplicate similar items i .e. Recall an existing
,

record. Edit as required and Save New)


-
Save As.... Uses the Windows file access system. Saves to a file
anywhere.
-
Import data Select the units and read Input data supplied in
sequential files.
File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation
records 1
The default paths are:
The Data Files. (RVDDAT.TAG and
RVDDAT.DAT).
The User Unit Files. (RVDDAT . UNS )
The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS . DAT) )
Print calculation - Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays
the screen to print a calculation.
-
Exit Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program
Manager

Si
!\ \i
lj

:

J [j
t:

108

:
.
!

Relief Valve Size - Heat Exchanger Entrapped Liquid


Calculation
- IQI *1;
Sr?®

AA- ’-
‘ •
v
i r--!? r -o-rw-ii^- i^ -rv
'

: ..-? r :'î' : :• !!! =


•'• '

~
- : ldi £
£r$ j
'
: : ; Sag i
St data mm Output data
Hi X
<

111© ASME single|Q ASME multi |[ Q API iff


Calculated area in 2

Igpj Calculated flow Ib / h


t
fififiI© Standard |
« Valve
rs
tv[ B O fiellows|
| Relief pressure psig
)

IO Yes mn Viscosity correction


fflÊËÊSÊÊmm *
, 3
Valve capacity Ib/ h
m

U Max back pressure psig


a %
ImÊBBHBBÊBSm î
3
y
I Valve orifice designation
A

MHHB h
f

ti
â!
t».

mmm
m

f
ii

ï : mIStf". ïô

fi
il . !!
Lfl i2

fil TFTPT i
1

;
il itaswifsiss fi s

ffi°?# %
HH»
&*S'.

mü! i
i
mm
nwsmsmmmmsm
ti
S £
Jm
) §
m ye
•i

i?:; ï
Sm i

S3
fi:
e fi-
% msè Bip 0
? ^-
»S : &»<4U24
KIR ]
JTXV; :r:- rz ^ .v - i r"i;Lv ;Ji ;fi TwJCÏ vY i v‘ . --

The program determines the relief valve size if the heat is turned on and the other side 1
of the heat exchanger is blocked in. It is for liquid relief only. The pipe loss option
will determine the inlet and outlet losses as well as the total back pressure.

The ASME valve discharge coefficient is 0.62, for API it is 0.64. They will allow a !
different value for tested and approved valves. This data is available in the relief
valve manufacturers catalogs. :•
;

The rupture disk derating factor is 1 for no rupture disk, the ASME derating factor is
0.9, they will allow the use of a different factor for tested and approved assemblies.
This data will be in the rupture disk manufacturers catalogs .

For Bellows Valves, the back pressure characteristic varies between


manufacturers, the program follows the curve in API 520. The manufacturers data
should be used when available.

)
i

109
:

Engineering Units

There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available - ?

Mass Flow - English Units. Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit
Volume Flow - English Units . US gallons per minute and degrees
Fahrenheit
Mass Flow - SI Units. Kilograms per second and degrees

Volume Flow - SI Units .


User Units .
Centigrade
Litres per second and degrees Centigrade
A set of units selected from the Liquid
Flow Engineering Unit screen

To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units .
:
The Liquid Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed. It shows the
available options and the current unit selection. Select the required units and save the
User file.
f
Unit Selection

A new calculation defaults to Mass English Units.

The Unit Selection can be made at any time. The input data will be converted to the )
new units. If a volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity is not
available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual input entry can be changed
by the selecting the Review Units option and choosing from the Liquid Flow
!

Engineering Unit screen.

Fluid Properties

The Fluid properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are
entered. The properties required for a calculation are available for pure liquids and
mixtures and are provided in the selected units. Caution should be used for mixtures
of dissimilar fluids because the mixture law may not apply.

For a pure liquid find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the fluid
properties will be entered.

For a mixture select the first component. In the component box, enter the
percentage. Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then select
calculate in the component box and the program will calculate and enter the mixture
values. The fluid properties database is user updateable.

> :•

110
J Sizing Code i

In the Summer 1984 Addenda to the Pressure Vessel Code, ASME published a
formula for liquid sizing. All vessels registered after 1984 must be sized with the
ASME formula and use special liquid trim valves with capacity approved by ASME
for liquid service and stamped accordingly. Vessels built before this may still use
the :

API formula and the old valves. !


Valve Type

If the relief is to discharge into a relief header and be subject to varying back
pressure a bellows valve may be required, otherwise select a standard valve.
!
Rupture disk i-

A rupture disk is sometimes installed under the valve for bubble-tight or corrosiv
e
service, otherwise select No .

Input Data s
!!

The enabled input boxes define the data required for the calculation. !
When selecting the options the standard factors are entered
Overwrite the factors with the manufacturers if desired.
!
)
Calculate
i
Click the Calculate button.
The program will validate the input data.
It will select the valve area and valve orifice designation.
Calculate the output data
Display the results

Editing Data

The output data should be examined for adequacy.


If a different valve area is required then overwrite the data.
Change data as required and recalculate.
When the selection is final then take the pipe losses option. The inlet
losses should not exceed 3% and the discharge losses should be less
i
than 10%.

Filing and Moving On

The options in the File menu are:


Program menu Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
-

111
-
Prepare data sheet Is enabled after a calculation is made, it displays ) .
I
!

the screen to prepare a data sheet form for the calculated item . ::
:i

-
New record Clears the screen for a new calculation. ii

-
Save Using the default path, it saves a new record if not previously
saved or saves changes to an existing record. M

-
Save New. .Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new :i
record (Used to duplicate similar items, i.e. Recall an existing
record . Edit as required and Save New)
-
Save As .. .. Uses the Windows file access system . Saves to a file
anywhere.
I!
-
Import data Select the units and read Input data supplied in
sequential files.
File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation
records
The default paths are
The Data Files . (RVDDAT.TAG and :

RVDDAT.DAT). jj
The User Unit Files. (RVDDAT. UNS) ft

The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS.DAT)


Print calculation - Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays
the screen to print a calculation.
Exit - Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program I
Manager

i

i;
i

:
• i

112
i

}
Relief Valve Size - Pipeline Entrapped Liquid
Calculation i
J£ Relief Vëlve 7 Pipeline - ' - 1*1* [ï £3
• j
-
i\vv
; ri » x
f
: Mki f j j : ÿçplÿjeà;Édéîp . . • -: A. -
.r . ii ."j '
'
i
- -.
j
i

gam
1 umPm
Tag wifel i Calculated
I I-
area
"' ”

- "'
in 2
|
H É|
^
® ASME sinyle ( O A5ME m.ulti | O API|
IlSiliÜiaili© Standardly
]
«MffigégL*
Bellows |
l Calculated flow
|l Relief pressure
Vi O Yes Al Viscosity correction
ISI
Ib/ h
psïg
1
l
|1

HM Il
11 : Max back
Valve capacity
, pressure
Ib / h
psïg

;
.
lei»»
mm SI
v
?
?
'
Valyè prifjfee
V

«
désignation j

"P }
ï
;
S
7:
‘ê
a

ü-
S^^
i;
S KÉ-ii 10
*

4
.
7
'
ï
(
;

ïi lpMfci
Ü

É i ?
7 Ss
£
> aiiSm
£m
£ üii
1- Wiil:Eà üi«lüi
S
&sÊmS- ‘ , f*
i

; :s.

sfc»IMBÉI 0
i
.

N
The program determines the relief valve size if the heat is turned on and the other side
of the heat exchanger is blocked in. It is for liquid relief only.

The pipe loss option will determine the inlet and outlet losses as well as the total back
pressure.

The ASME valve discharge coefficient is 0.62, for API it is 0.64. They will allow a
different value for tested and approved valves. This data is available in the relief
valve manufacturers catalogs.

The rupture disk derating factor is 1 for no rupture disk, the ASME derating factor is I
0.9, they will allow the use of a different factor for tested and approved assemblies.
This data will be in the rupture disk manufacturers catalogs.
:
! I

For Bellows Valves, the back pressure characteristics varies between


manufacturers, the program follows the curve in API 520 the manufacturers data
I
should be used when available.
!
)

113
Engineering Units )
There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available:
Mass Flow - English Units. Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit
Volume Flow - English Units . US gallons per minute and degrees
Fahrenheit
Mass Flow - SI Units . Kilograms per second and degrees
Centigrade
Volume Flow - SI Units.
User Units.
Litres per second and degrees Centigrade
A set of imits selected from the Liquid
Flow Engineering Unit screen
r
W :

To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units .
:

The Liquid Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed. It shows the
available options and the current unit selection. Select the required units and save the
User file.

Unit Selection

A new calculation defaults to Mass English units.

The Unit Selection can be made at any time. The input data will be converted to the )
new units. If a volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity is not
available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual input entry can be changed
:

by the selecting the Review Units option and choosing from the Liquid Flow
Engineering Unit screen. i

Fluid Properties

The Fluid properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are
entered. The properties required for a calculation are available for pure liquids and
mixtures and are provided in the selected units. Caution should be used for mixtures
of dissimilar fluids because the mixture law may not apply.
:

For a pure liquid find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the fluid
properties will be entered.

For a mixture select the first component. In the component box, enter the
percentage. Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then select
calculate in the component box and the program will calculate and enter the mixture
values. The fluid properties database is user updateable.

>
114
J Sizing Code

In the Summer 1984 Addenda to the Pressure Vessel Code, ASME published a
formula for liquid sizing. All vessels registered after 1984 must be sized with the
ASME formula and use special liquid trim valves with capacity approved by ASME
for liquid service and stamped accordingly. Vessels built before this may still use the
API formula and the old valves.

Valve Type

If the relief is to discharge into a relief header and be subject to varying back
pressure a bellows valve may be required, otherwise select a standard valve.

Rupture disk

A rupture disk is sometimes installed under the valve for bubble-tight or corrosive
service, otherwise select No.

Input Data

The enabled input boxes define the data required for the calculation.
When selecting the options the standard factors are entered
) Overwrite the factors with the manufacturers if desired.

Calculate

Click the Calculate button.


The program will validate the input data.
It will select the valve area and valve orifice designation.
Calculate the output data
Display the results

Editing Data

The output data should be examined for adequacy.


If a different valve area is required then overwrite the data.
Change data as required and recalculate.
When the selection is final then take the pipe losses option .Tire inlet
losses should not exceed 3% and the discharge losses should be less
than 10%.

Filing and Moving On

The options in the File menu are:

115
Program menu - Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu. }
Prepare data sheet -Is enabled after a calculation is made, it displays
the screen prepare a data sheet form for the calculated item.
New record - Clears the screen for a new calculation.
-
Save Using the default path, it saves a new record if not previously
saved or saves changes to an existing record.
Save New.-.Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new
record (used to duplicate similar items, i.e. recall an existing
record. Edit as required and Save New).
-
Save As.... Uses the Windows file access system. Saves to a file
anywhere.
-
Import data Select the units and read Input data supplied in
sequential files .
-
File default path Changes the default paths for the calculation
records
The default paths are
The Data Files . (RVDDAT.TAG and
RVDDAT.DAT).
The User Unit Files. ( RVDDAT.UNS)
The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS . DAT)
-
Print calculation Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays
the screen to print a calculation.
-
Exit Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program )
Manager

;
116

}
:•
Relief Valve Size - Heat Exchanger Tube Rupture
Calculation

!: '
lilElliëipgéiftyriife 3 fcfeip

lx:. '.S*.
'
LU

. skx : r ' +u
•• •
&i« K -
b.i :î A v
- inj x
- iU .
; 1 ::

: SinpiÉtaatàf » W®f --232


< Output data
ppM
æ*
? s
wiiwiiM
; ap
Fluid Calculated area in2
, gfigg É
L ^
l , d,; (*? A'iMf 'in ,: e O ASWt n,
- „
P A P. , Relief pressure psig
Valye orifice designation I
^ Umi 0 | Bellows
j© Standard| 11
Q
n Percent overpressure
No | O Yes
? 1 !
Î 1
si
1
: in %
% «fy
m
; •
«
'

->
* •

mm .
y
W Êh
$S| Cnlculnto MS;
:
j r
I
vmmm -SHP
ÊÈmmmmmM mmmi Ê
y-i

c-;
0
: mm v

'pri:

The program determines the relief valve size if a tube ruptures. It calculates a relief I
area based on the tube inside diameter and the difference in the tube and shell
pressure ratings.

The ASME valve discharge coefficient is 0.62, for API it is 0.64. They will allow a
different value for tested and approved valves. This data is available in the relief
valve manufacturers catalogs.

The rupture disk derating factor is 1 for no rupture disk, the ASME derating factor is
0.9, they will allow the use of a different factor for tested and approved assemblies.
This data will be in the rupture disk manufacturers catalogs .

For Bellows Valves, the back pressure characteristic varies between


manufacturers, the program follows the curve in API 520. The manufacturers data
should be used when available.

Engineering Units

There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available -
Mass Flow - English Units . Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit
Volume Flow - English Units . US gallons per minute and degrees
Fahrenheit
Mass Flow - SI Units. Kilograms per second and degrees
) Centigrade

117
Volume Flow - SI Units. Litres per second and degrees Centigrade
User Units. A set of units selected from the Liquid
Flow Engineering Unit screen

To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units .

The Liquid Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed. It shows the
available options and the current unit selection . Select the required units and save the
User file.

Unit Selection
i
A new calculation defaults to Mass English units.

The Unit Selection can be made at any time. The input data will be converted to the
new units. If a volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity is not
available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual input entry can be changed
by selecting the Review Units option and choosing from the Liquid Flow
Engineering Unit screen.

Sizing Code

In the Summer 1984 Addenda to the Pressure Vessel Code, ASME published a
formula for liquid sizing. All vessels registered after 1984 must be sized with the
ASME formula and use special liquid trim valves with capacity approved by ASME
for liquid service and stamped accordingly. Vessels built before this may still use the
API formula and the old valves.

Valve Type

If the relief is to discharge into a relief header and be subject to varying back
pressure a bellows valve may be required, otherwise select a standard valve.

Rupture disk

A rupture disk is sometimes installed under the valve for bubble-tight or corrosive
service, otherwise select No .

Input Data

The enabled input boxes define the data required for the calculation.
When selecting the options the standard factors are entered
Overwrite the factors with the manufacturers if desired. !

118
) Calculate

Click the Calculate button.


The program will validate the input data.
It will select the valve area and valve orifice designation.
Calculate the output data
Display the results

Editing Data

The output data should be examined for adequacy.


If a different valve area is required then overwrite the data.
Change data as required and recalculate.

Filing and Moving On

The options in the File menu are:


Program menu - Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
-
Prepare data sheet Is enabled after a calculation is made, it displays
the screen to prepare a data sheet form for the calculated item.
-
New Clears the screen for a new calculation.
-
Save Using the default path, it saves a new record if not previously
) saved or saves changes to an existing record.
Save New.-.Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new
record (Used to duplicate similar items, i.e. recall an existing
record. Edit as required and Save New)
.. -
Save As. . Uses the Windows file access system. Saves to a file
anywhere.
Import data - Select the units and read Input data supplied in
sequential files.
-
File default path Changes the default paths for the calculation
records

The default paths are


The Data Files . (RVDDAT.TAG and
RVDDAT.DAT).
The User Unit Files. ( RVDDAT.UNS)
The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS.DAT)
-
Print calculation Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays
the screen to print a calculation .
Exit - Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program
Manager

119
A
j
RELIEF VALVE Liquid Engineering Units
m UÀ
Æsmi
' ï mmxm
a
««
! i ; ? t o î ï ï 0K f 8
^s w 2æs^. ...,:T& ... f
s 3QSK&&S&&
^
œ i l1
Mass: juVolume © '3
degF f É8gll©
iÉÜ f i< © cp IO 3 psig inH 20gu; >
l'^.v-' 3&$fc <.
130 s HP es MJ ô atp t Ô
I#\.0 ^
IO
-
s **.•v v i

IO rfegC Pa - s §fg §§ ;
; 0 kPag 80 mmhgg |
* .
lb U3 gai IIS
baig |
O kg | Q litre I !Ô- &T. i <
degR
- fvSÔ i

1
lii -M -
S I ô ï nhgg O
^
:
Lwi v - i
v.* .

J J!O tonne &


i flÉO g - O
© UKton lO
>IO
= Other
. •
l ï
*
m
I - m æ&Wâ - WW È ffltmÊm &r
O Other : *
.
fg:
Êimmmp aiial i s§
' ••
.

M

O
*
ft. 3
MP
.

UKgal i
m3
-- -’ -
• «• *•• A
kg
I
SA nu
/ cn)2g (
O
IO5
'
ÂU
11
*
. .

*
' ijs
' :ii
/. •
ttegK |? i Ô mOa. s :‘

rl

" - '
-
illo
11 :
Liston iô bbl ? i tSVÏiiitS 'ssdm\ï$ i

,; sI w
&m
i: gO Other © Other i ü
!| l ç %©
/? îï n
n ®rnmipi
ÎËmt©
?* in
î n?
2. © ps
n*îï*
«IliiO mm2 ÜÜO kPao "b mmhga «ï
a fin
IO inH
ï nH ?20n *a *£ k
&i'ï j .' r.vJ v m ' "
;

^FÏOW^tlïîW © cm JSSKRÎÔ cm2 lillb kr |0 bara


ata H
JiOP >s © /h
] 1Ô An lOM Biiao nr
|
'

liü
.
llo ft - . 2
|1
«#11i SOn 2 ISfeO MPaa © Other
,HU © kg
,,inhga „, a K
•» / c 2|
./ S&irAWW'V •

«HIO ".

SS5 M *

——I js
;

A 'ÿ --
"1
Other
SMOOther H t
I < ? ngtKp
txlVCancëÈ te!
Height

^ ôO— ko Ï
^^
1
a
j s© ft ] 1O m /s sa
’ v -Î ^-
I
' T cV^ A J ., .- Vf.- r- ^“. :-W
'• *

k.l / kg / dogt:
.- O WtWWW
î *«"Vv 4 t' iWWJW
5'

|il
' T*
^
|
-
' >*••7!

iBO kJ /hr
I .
1 * •“ •
* -*^ •
'.
•* A •wv v>
VVWV . -. ,«;
-5
4
^ Save User filo

^
s d,
l id
“ ' î l iPaP -

m
O Other 1 h P
î.Vv
other g :j f r.T*s, -^r-. -r< ->;. jbiîüiit îïçiS
j 1>
' OK
r'
P
-
s ' <Wi.kxrA\
;

The screen shows the process variables used in a liquid calculation and list the
available options. To assure full coverage each (Except Flow Time Base) has an
“ Other” option. This is a user defined unit . Double click the option and it will
display the name and multiplier to convert it to the standard units. The standard unit
is always the first item in the list.

The screen shows the current selection. Any unit may be selected and will be used in
the calculation if OK is selected .

To create a User File for the User File Unit option in the calculation, select the
desired units and click the save button. A double click on any unit option selects that
option and returns to the calculation.

Data conversion
!

For all items except flow the unit change represents only a multiplier to convert the
input data and the data is always converted. The Flow Quantity option has Mass
and Volume options. The relationship between mass flow and volume flow is a
multiplier and the specific gravity of the fluid. If the flow units are changed from -J
;

. .'

120
l
' mass to volume, or volume to mass and the specific gravity is not available the flow
rate is set to zero. Conversion factors and units are based on API 2564
:

Definition of units
i
Mass flow units :
lb = pounds
kg = kilograms
tonne = 1000 kg = IMg
g = gram :
UKton = 2240 lb I
USton = 2000 lb !
Other = user defined mass unit
Volume flow units :
USgal = US gallons
litre = litres
ft3 = cubic feet
UKgal = UK gallons j
m3 = cubic metres
bbl = barrels (42 US gallons)
cm3 = cubic centimeters
Other = user defined volumetric unit !
Flow time base : ]
.
) /s = per second !
/m = per minute
/h = per hour
/d per day
Gauge pressure :

psig pounds per square inch gauge
kPag = kiloPascals gauge
atg - atmospheres gauge
inhgg = inches of mercury gauge
MPag = megapascals gauge
inH20g = inches of water gauge
mmhgg = millimetres of mercury gauge

barg bars gauge
kg/cm2 g = kilograms per square centimetre gauge
Other = user defined gauge pressure unit
Absolute pressure :
psia - pounds per square inch absolute
kPaa = kiloPascals absolute
ata = atmospheres absolute
inhga = inches of mercury absolute
MPaa = megaPascals absolute
inH20a - inches of water absolute
j mmhga = millimetres of mercury absolute

121
bara = bars absolute )
kg/ cm2a = kilograms per square centimetre absolute
Other = user defined absolute pressure unit
Temperature :
degF = degrees Fahrenheit
degF = degrees Centigrade
degR = degrees Rankine
degK = degrees Kelvin |j
Other = user defined temperature unit i!
Velocity |j
fl/s = feet per second
m/s = metres per second
Other = user defined velocity
Viscosity :
cp = centipoises
Pa.s = Pascal seconds
cs = centistokes
kPa.s = kiloPascal seconds
Other = user defined viscosity unit
Pipe diameter :
in = inches
mm = millimeters
cm = centimeters )
ft - feet !
m = metres
Other = user defined size
Valve area :
in2 = square inches
mm2 = square millimeter
cm2 - square centimeters
ft2 = square feet
m2 square metres
"

Other = user defined area


Length and elevation :
ft = feet | j
m = metres :- i
Other = user defined dimension
Specific heat :
btu/lb/ degF = British thermal units per pound per degree Fahrenheit
btu/lb/degC = British thermal units per pound per degree Centigrade !j
kJ/kg/degC = kilojoules per kilogram per degree Centigrade
kcal/kg/degC = kilocalories per kilogram per degree Centigrade
Other = user defined specific heat

122

i
i
-

Heat input :
btu/ hr = British thermal units per hour
kJ/hr = kilojoules per hour
Mbtu/hr = Million British thermal units per hour :

MkJ/hr = Million kilojoules per hour


Other = user defined heat input

RELIEF VALVE Inlet and Outlet Pressure Loss L


Ï:
Calculation
v :: \ : . r: y.!:---

M Relief Valve ï nlët & butleUMpe


i 'K

wmmmi
L mmmmm - HV - Liquid RVlsiK
mm
|2J 3

-
w
>. i i
m V Pipe l -D. j in 2.0G7
« mmmm mt
È
m
1 m K
150
lfr&i
3.068 3
L

siI® Steel MO Tubing pO Cast iron Galy iron InO Asphalted & 0 ConcretejStO Wood \? A
:

fi $
3 SSI!
) $

.
Iv
i - ilil
»
iftfek si
'
S
S
Cafcu/aîs
valve ëvabon
ef
efev hel ef
iiqn H
ai
. r /' v v *v
^
Ÿ
100000 ï Mf à: '7IKA
r<$iV$iî# -\*Kï

^ À

^ Pipe condition
~
IS. rrf
Wi . 9123 SS
© New O Good
..
O Old1
, ' .
H
î
ÎS35
s -sre; u i
rf "; ï-e
1
100
v
& dÉüfcsâ
• * SËlÇiü t

m
J
ÜK Cancel
^ WBKÊÊtKÊKHBKKS
PBMPPPIIPPPP ^ •ii

^
15
,, -
iü f'.ii \J > slsJâ
il !
«fi Ss l&âïsssï;
^ i
rOutnuttifto
/*
i ' :
'

^ :-v
i

: , ,-- vW
ïgi? i - .. . . _ v r. ; '
; •
i i
C , .
Percent
.. bfShd ülrf be less than 3)
.

N Punt up back pressure


K
. - :;

m !£ •£


j • "• f

, Percent
v: - iïShouId be less than 10) >: ï
.- ... *r . .. . ... -
, •
ïî £ Ts: '
T :
" . " ïC7
'
:. •

Superimposed back press psig


1 mmw «
r«•
^W= "TT *
-.vvtar üS:<s.«r

--
: i
:« r : r. .- :
!

'

Iran ,for tu IWcal ç
.
.. .i : 4'
-- :
! , • •• •
. "
'

!: ; = •

.

,v*r'•. t*
-
:
V

v * * ?.* -^
i
:• :

^
'*
i? x '

This program uses the units selecting in the calculation program. ASME limits the
pressure loss to 3% for the inlet and 10% for the outlet piping. The program
calculates these as well as the Superimposed back pressure, the Built-up back j;
pressure and the Total back pressure.

The Superimposed back pressure is the pressure in the discharge header before the
valve opens . The program adds any head pressure to the source pressure.

123
The Built- up back pressure is the pressure built up in the discharge as the result of
flow.

The Total back pressure is the sum of the two. It always affects the flow capacity of
a liquid valve and rarely affects a gas valve flow capacity because the large pressure
drop across the valve usually causes critical flow conditions .
i-

Calculation options

Select the Pipe Material.


Select the Pipe Condition. i
:
i

Input Data
;

The enabled input boxes define the data required for the calculation.
Enter the piping configuration and the pipe lengths and
elevation change. L
Enter the process data not passed down from the valve
calculation.

Calculate

Click the Calculate button.


) I
The program will validate the input data,
Calculate the output data :

Display the results j


?
t
i

Editing Data !

The output data should be examined for adequacy.


Are the ASME limits met? !
Change data as required and recalculate
If satisfactory transfer the back pressure to the valve calculation by
clicking Transfer.

RELIEF VALVE Calculation Data Printout


This program will print the input and output calculation data and one associated
comment. The conunent is included in the data sheet for reference purposes. It also
creates the default printout headings. The headings are printed at the top of all
printouts. They are saved in the HEADINGS .DAT file. This is the third default

124
:
:

: !
:

:
path. If all programs are set to the same path, this becomes the default headings for :

all program printouts ! 1


i

.
xxmmsmm
eleg Ennter Fonts Select
i

^ "
" W.:

mmrni '
I!
-- - -
r u i i T t‘:i i v
* :i:
'

yj j ;•

i;
Octagon Engineering Corporation
ssii --W Ï&
L P
'

\ . wm — -
&I?Sê8 Plant Conversion mm
mm :
\
1

2000 Update C 2314


| !
!

Î:
«I Crosby
! asd m «ssêè
fi
:

imm&M
234 wer SSiS
WM®:
i


i i

mm r
r lÈSÈÊIKSKSS/ÊSÈKtKÊS/ ÊÊÈK/ÊÊÈKSÈÈÈÈÊÊlÈÈÊ/Ê/mSÈKÈI ÊÈÈÈËÊÈ&ii
Save
Headings
; Cancel m mm&m
SOK
.-mT -
s; y r - •
^ .

) . .K:-.:: .V.:.:
;i ? ?" ivr - -- K> r. i:- Ai .:.
•> ’
— r SA <*ri::H’ . - . . •' -
K hr c i' i r •? •zA’ '
* *• . ^A'VsUi r :<.
•? * S :A. -
:.*.---v i v'ï.v: srh-. ï r.r,ft**s ril. i.r:-s* . .
? .:i\ - A.-

Save Headings . Saves the headings


!

Cancel. Returns to the calculation form without printing


!
OK. Prints the headings and calculation using the Windows Print Manager, then :

returns to the calculation form

;
!
:
r

\!

;

I
125
ii
:
!

:
;

Relief Valve Data Sheet


1
:

Octagon Enginering Corporation


-
Liauid relief Known flow
Spec. Sheet
Project 2314 Rev.
Plant Conversion Req. Date 11/ 18 /01
2001 Update By Appr
Tag Number RV- 100
Valve Nozzle design:
I)
Design 2)Valve design & type Standard
3)Bonnet type
Flange Size
4) | Inlet f Outlet 2 in | 3 in
Data 5) Connections | Inlet | Outlet 1
6) Rating [ Inlet [ Outlet 1501b | 1501b
Material 7) Body [ Bonnet Carbon steel
8) Seat | Disk
9) Resilient seat seal
10) Guide | Rings
11) Spring Carbon steel
12 ) Bellows Not required
Accessories 13) Cap type
14) Lever
15) Gag
16) Rupture disk - Not required
17) •

Selection 18) Code ASME Section 8


basis 19) Fire
20)
Service 21) Service
Conditions 22 ) Line number
23) Fluid name
24) Fluid state Liquid
25) Required capacity 100000 Ib / h
26) Specific gravity @ FTP .98
27) Viscosity @ FTP 1 cp
28) Pressure | Operating | Set Psig | lOOpsig
29) Temperature | Operating | Relief DegF i 0 degF
30) Constant back pressure psig
31) 43 uiU up back pressure psi
32) Differential set pressure 100 psi
33) Allowable overpressure % 10
34) Compressibility factor Not applicable
35)
Valve 36) Calculated area .9297 in2
data 37) Selected area 1.287 in2
38) Orifice designation 2J3
39) Manufacturer
40) Model
Notes:

The first use of the data sheet is to obtain competitive bids. It should initially
emphasize the engineering requirements and be fairly general regarding the details.
When a vendor is selected it should be updated to the exact details so that the data
sheet is a record of the instrument purchased.

The relevant data from the calculation is automatically displayed. Minor editing,
such as rounding can be performed. Major editing should be done in the calculation )

126

\
) routine in order to preserve the integrity of the calculation. User defined database is
available to enter data for those inputs which have a limited number of options. To
activate this, double click the input box, the data on file is displayed. Double click
the required option and the data is transferred to the data sheet form.

The database should be customized for the project requirements. To edit the data;
click the selected item. Edit the data in the active top line, select Replace, continue
with the edit and Save on completion. The Input data menu option has option to
enter either the first or the second item in the list for all items. If the database is
constructed so that the first item is the first standard selection and the second item is
the second standard selection then two standard data sheets are available for a single
keystroke. This feature only enters data into empty input boxes. Some input boxes
require unique data which is typed in. Space is provided to enter information for non-
standard options. Enter the title and data, it will be saved with the other data.

Three lines of notes of special instructions are available at the bottom of the data
sheet. The input data is limited to 25 characters and 60 characters for each of the
notes. !"

File options

) Print data sheet - Prints the data sheet using the Windows Print Manager. Refer to
Windows Help.

Go to calculation - Returns to the calculation form using the same record

Update headings - Overwrites the headings with the current default set

127

.
s

RFT ,TF,F VALVE Size - Gas Calculation Known Flow )


;ir i ••
- . -• • • '

WÊËSÊÊIÈlÊÊÊÈÈÊÊSÊÊÊÊmièB
Fil# ; Engineering units Fluid: properties Poe losses Help
~
;
titr â ta.
. IjiStSglSjWsaes;a ^ I - Output data

mfm&M * SfagtejO 8
^ Mullif
igBfcKMWj
ÔFto|
|i ^Calculated area
&I
|Relief pressure
În 2
psm

MMBBliB*® g-tandardl' ib/ h


! I
°
lo Yes
Valve capacily
Max back pressure Pm

Mmammam
mmmmmm
Valve orifice designation
Relieving noise level dbA
Reaction force .\A
'
lb
i1
mm .iSt'
mm ig
H
nv-
%
3
1
MHMi IS
3
HI
y
l >;

il
8
I m
Valve discharge cgeffjcienit s ;.:[975
S
mmrnmmmm
m
m 1l K -. . m «
i
? : ?

s? lÜl mi WM iS PCalculate mm
S3 r. - - A
;
U
~ v F
) : •

43 AF
0 M

!
The pipe loss option will determine the inlet and outlet losses as well as the total back
pressure.
!
The ASME valve discharge coefficient is 0.975 for gas flow. They will allow a
different value for tested and approved valves. This data is available in the relief
valve manufacturers catalogs. li
The rupture disk derating factor is 1 for no rupture disk, the ASME derating factor is il
:

0.9, they will allow the use of a different factor for tested and approved assemblies. •
!
This data will be in the rupture disk manufacturers catalogs. i ;

H
For Bellows Valves, the back pressure characteristic varies between :

manufacturers, the program follows the curve in API 520. The manufacturers data
:!

should be used when available.

There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available:

128

:
) Mass Flow - English Units . Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit
Volume Flow - English Units. Standard cubic feet per minute and degrees
Fahrenheit
Mass Flow - SI Units. Kilograms per second and degrees
Centigrade
Volume Flow - SI Units Standard cubic decimeters per second and
degrees Centigrade
User Units. A set of units selected from the Gas Flow i '

Engineering Unit screen

To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units . if
i
The Gas Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed . It shows the available
options and the current unit selection. Select the required units and save the User file.

Unit Selection
i

A new calculation defaults to Mass English units.

The Unit Selection can be made at any time. The input data will be converted to the
new units. If a volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity is not
available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual input entry can be changed
by the selecting the Review Units option and choosing from the Gas Flow
Engineering Unit screen.
I
Fluid Properties

The Fluid properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are
entered . The properties required for a calculation are available for pure gases and
mixtures and are provided in the selected units. Caution should be used for mixtures
of dissimilar fluids because the mixture law may not apply.

For a pure gas find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the fluid
properties will be entered.
:

f
For a mixture select the first component . In the component box, enter the
percentage. Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then select
calculate in the component box and the program will calculate and enter the mixture
values . The fluid properties database is user updateable Sizing Code.

The overpressure ratings are available in the pressure vessel code:


3% Section 1. Fired pressure vessels
10% Section 8. Unfired pressure vessels
21 % External fire sizing.

129
Valve Type }

If the relief is to discharge into a relief header and be subject to varying back
pressure a bellows valve may be required, otherwise select a standard valve.

Rupture disk
• i

A rupture disk is sometimes installed under the valve for bubble-tight or corrosive 1
service, otherwise select No Input Data. I
i

The enabled input boxes define the data required for the calculation. When selecting
the options the standard factors are entered. Overwrite the factors with the
manufacturers if desired. i

Calculate j

Click the Calculate button. (

The program will validate the input data.


It will select the valve area and valve orifice designation.
Calculate the output data
Display the results

Editing Data )
The output data should be examined for adequacy.
If a different valve area is required then overwrite the data.
Change data as required and recalculate.
When the selection is final then take the pipe losses option. The inlet
losses should not exceed 3% and the discharge losses should be less •

than 10%.

Filing and Moving On

The options in the File menu are:

Program menu - Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
-
Prepare data sheet Is enabled after a calculation is made, it displays
the screen to prepare a data sheet fonn for the calculated item.
New record - Clears the screen for a new calculation.
Save - Using the default path, it saves a new record if not previously
saved or saves changes to an existing record.
..
Save New - Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new
record (used to duplicate similar items, i.e. recall an existing
record. Edit as required and Save New)

130
: |

il

' -
Save As.... Uses the Windows file access system. Saves to a file
anywhere.
-
Import data Select the units and read Input data supplied in ; l

sequential files. !!
File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation
records. :

> !
The default paths are
The Data Files. (RVDDAT.TAG and
RVDDAT.DAT) .
The User Unit Files. (RVDDAT.UNS) HH
The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS.DAT)
-
Print calculation Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays
the screen to print a calculation.
-
Exit Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program
Manager v :

ft
Relief Valve Size Steam Calculation Known Flow I !

A'le Efigineering tinlts ; Pipe ioAcs Help


WAS inans
i5

aw:-
iSWifif;'.
ii

) Output data A -l rM
'


ïï v'5î¥&ï '
'"' '
i!

-
7 .. t ' • i».

* eiaSilsnonrilll
*aii
Miah 'Sy
^
i zzizz3 •
- in2
V

pm N
¥$ÊÈfiÈÊÊÊÊ$> ^ndardfO Beîlm |j
A'
>
^ Hdipf temperature degF
© No IO
3 Yes Density @ FTP lb / R 3 k:
'

ttv * VSlVh tfapneily Ib / h : !

.
Si
&
l A 1Î
1 ï. Max back piessure psig
\
V l,„ K - WV r
.
* :

:
hm a m mem Mi
mMHHi
m
|
i
]{
ilAFÇeaelipn force IS
975
u
9
V

m
I
ii kPMm& ï
m
3
III msM
~ -’
fU

Hi
h MrlM laas
m M
Ü
Bn I

The program downloads the steam data from the built-in steam tables.
The pipe loss option will determine the inlet and outlet losses as well as the total back
pressure. The ASME valve discharge coefficient is 0.975 for gas flow. They will
I1
allow a different value for tested and approved valves. This data is available in the
relief valve manufacturers catalogs. :

131
The rupture disk derating factor is 1 for no rupture disk, the ASME derating factor is 3
0.9, they will allow the use of a different factor for tested and approved assemblies.
This data will be in the rupture disk manufacturers catalogs.
For Bellows Valves, the back pressure characteristic varies between
manufacturers, the program follows the curve in API 520. The manufacturers data
should be used when available.

Engineering Units i.
L
There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available: I
Mass Flow - English Units . Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit
Volume Flow - English Units. Standard cubic feet per minute and degrees
Fahrenheit
Mass Flow - SI Units . Kilograms per second and degrees Centigrade
Volume Flow - SI Units Standard cubic decimeters per second and
degrees Centigrade
User Units. A set of units selected from the Gas Flow L

Engineering Unit screen

To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units.

The Gas Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed . It shows the available )
options and the current unit selection. Select the required units and save the User file.

Unit Selection

A new calculation defaults to Mass English units.

The Unit Selection can be made at any time. The input data will be converted to the
new units. If a volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity is not
available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual input entry can be changed
by the selecting the Review Units option and choosing from the Gas Flow
Engineering Unit screen.

Sizing Code

The overpressure ratings are available in the pressure vessel code:

3% Section 1. Fired pressure vessels


10% Section 8. Unfired pressure vessels
21% External fire sizing.

>

132
) Valve Type

If the relief is to discharge into a relief header and be subject to varying back
pressure a bellows valve may be required, otherwise select a standard valve.

Rupture disk i

A rupture disk is sometimes installed under the valve for bubble-tight or corrosive
service, otherwise select No.

Input Data
I
The enabled input boxes define the data required for the calculation.
When selecting the options the standard factors are entered
Overwrite the factors with the manufacturers if desired.

Calculate
[
Click the Calculate button.
The program will validate the input data.
It will select the valve area and valve orifice designation.
Calculate the output data
) Display the results

Editing Data

The output data should be examined for adequacy.


If a different valve area is required then overwrite the data.
Change data as required and recalculate.
When the selection is final then take the pipe losses option. The inlet
losses should not exceed 3 % and the discharge losses should be less
than 10% .

Filing and Moving On

The options in the File menu are:


Program menu - Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu. -

Prepare data sheet -Is enabled after a calculation is made, it displays


the screen to prepare a data sheet form for the calculated item. :

-
New record Clears the screen for a new calculation.
Save - Using the default path, it saves a new record if not previously
saved or saves changes to an existing record.
Save New.-.Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new
.
record (used to duplicate similar items, i.e. recall an existing i

j record . Edit as required and Save New)

133
Save As.... - Uses the Windows file access system . Saves to a file .
)
anywhere.
Import data - Select the units and read Input data supplied in
sequential files.
File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation
records.
The default paths are
The Data Files. (RVDDAT.TAG and
RVDDAT. DAT) .
The User Unit Files. (RVDDAT.UNS)
The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS . DAT)
-
Print calculation Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays
the screen to print a calculation.
-
Exit Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program
Manager

134
:•
:

Relief Valve Fire Size Liquid Vaporization


!
i
m.
.
. -. .., rj.:.v.!Îf,;..T« .v.jT
. , v: î

^
'

Blej ;: EpM nng:unil:s r['Jid :;EiroMerhes : ; « peters


i ..ï.-. .l -r.v.i. ..r'., r; .r:.:
j ' "

.
J
^ - j i: .
’S V

.
••! • • • • • . • "j V w
m

--
>: V ï i r
!
.
m'
Z '

,f .
\r:
;:.
ïî - - :
-:.J, z.~.rr.«zrq= ±• :.

••
\

_/
Pag®
;-V
SFJ
mmmmürd
mn-
: fflflHHH ® API O NI FA O Other -: 2
taj

fltfp
sRuoteei- f!
ms. 3© Standard fielfows
m No O Yes
- I -
*
”” r.v
^
# * •:

«

à
f:
WBÈÈÉïïËB&m 5
4
1
m
3

- Output data
SWM mm m
ii? 2


l&M Calculated area m2
il
:
WÊKÈÊÊKË II
Wetted area
jg i Calculated How
|
j|

rt 2
Ib / h
:

tasiigpyp | Relief
| Valve capacity
| -
pressure psiq

b/h j-

|p Max back pressure psig

Mi
11 Valve prifice desigdatipn
21 !I Bejievihg lnoise level dbA i

|j Reaction force lb
-. -.*’.v r*.
- .
l:
I'
trr r » *
vi x*W * v*t** r \'*T
üÿ I - •

|
SB M
Calculate
M: x :
:
< & >. { : : 0
-
B
-
< * •» ' » -* -4 * j < ^

‘ '\
f' W,

- -
J,’ vvi ‘
. tr - Tv"' j >*

A fire zone is first established from the plot plan. It may be designed into the plant or
it may be determined by natural barriers and/or elevations.

The vessels in the zone must be connected with lines sufficiently large to carry the
flow which cannot be blocked in. For the vessels in the zone, the area of metal
wetted by both fire and internal liquid is determined . API suggests that a normal :
;

inventory of liquid be assumed and an allowance be made for at least 25 feet above
the level on which a reasonable fire could be sustained. Spheres should be considered
at least up to their maximum diameter.

NFPA #30 allowable environmental credits are:

No credit Environment factor 1


Approved drainage Environment factor 0.5
Water spray NFPA 15 Environment factor 0.3
Approved insulation Environment factor 0.3
V

Fixed water spray plus approved insulation Environment factor 0.15

!i
r
135 I?
Only one factor can be used . Credit for the insulation requires that it be
noncombustible, nonabsorbent and strong enough to resist being dislodged by fire
hoses .

A thorough study of API 520 and NFPA #30 is recommended fully understand the
options and requirements.

The program will accept data for 15 vessel, calculate the wetted area and either
using the API method or the NFPA-30 method, determine the flowrate generated by
the external fire.

The pipe loss option will determine the inlet and outlet losses as well as the total back
pressure. The ASME valve discharge coefficient is 0.975 for gas flow. They will
allow a different value for tested and approved valves . This data is available in the
relief valve manufacturers catalogs. The rupture disk derating factor is 1 for no
rupture disk, the ASME derating factor is 0.9, they will allow the use of a different
factor for tested and approved assemblies. This data will be in the rupture disk i
manufacturers catalogs. f
For Bellows Valves, the back pressure characteristic varies between
manufacturers, the program follows the curve in API 520. The manufacturers data
should be used when available.
) Î

Engineering Units
:•

There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available:

Mass Flow - English Units . Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit
Volume Flow - English Units. Standard cubic feet per minute and degrees
Fahrenheit !
Mass Flow - SI Units . Kilograms per second and degrees Centigrade
Volume Flow - SI Units Standard cubic decimeters per second and
degrees Centigrade
User Units. A set of units selected from the Gas Flow
Engineering Unit screen

To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units.

The Gas Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed. It shows the available
options and the current unit selection. Select the required units and save the User file.
1:
l
Unit Selection

A new calculation defaults to Mass English units .

136
The Unit Selection can be made at any time. The input data will be converted to the
new units. If a volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity is not
available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual input entry can be changed
by selecting the Review Units option and choosing from the Gas Flow Engineering
Unit screen .

Fluid Properties

The Fluid properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are l
entered. The properties required for a calculation are available for pure gases and
mixtures and are provided in the selected units. Caution should be used for mixtures
of dissimilar fluids because the mixture law may not apply.

For a pure gas , find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the fluid
properties will be entered .

For a mixture, select the first component . In the component box, enter the L
percentage.

Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then select calculate in
the component box and the program will calculate and enter the mixture values. The
) fluid properties database is user updateable.

Sizing Code

An overpressure of 21 % is used. !

Valve Type

If the relief is to discharge into a relief header and be subject to varying back !
pressure a bellows valve may be required, otherwise select a standard valve.
i
Rupture disk

A rupture disk is sometimes installed under the valve for bubble-tight or corrosive
service, otherwise select No

Input Data

The enabled input boxes define the data required for the calculation.
When selecting the options the standard factors are entered
Double click the Maximum metal temperature text box for typical data.
Overwrite the factors with the manufacturers if desired.
)

137
Calculate

Click the Calculate button.


The program will validate the input data.
It will select the valve area and valve orifice designation.
Calculate the output data
Display the results

Editing Data

The output data should be examined for adequacy.


Fire sizing is not an exact science, it warrants a serious study of the
options. If a different valve area is required then overwrite the data.
Change data as required and recalculate. When the selection is final
then take the pipe losses option .The inlet losses should not exceed 3%
and the discharge losses should be less than 10 %.

Filing and Moving On

The options in the File menu are:


Program menu - Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
-
Prepare data sheet Is enabled after a calculation is made, it displays
the screen to prepare a data sheet form for the calculated item .
New record - Clears the screen for a new calculation.
Save - Using the default path, it saves a new record if not previously
saved or saves changes to an existing record .
Save New.-.Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new
record (used to duplicate similar items, i.e. recall an existing
record . Edit as required and Save New)
Save As.. .. - Uses the Windows file access system. Saves to a file
anywhere.
-
Import data Select the units and read Input data supplied in
sequential files.
File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation
records
The default paths are
The Data Files. (RVDDAT.TAG and
RVDDAT.DAT).
The User Unit Files . (RVDDAT. UNS )
The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS.DAT)
Print calculation - Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays
the screen to print a calculation.
-
Exit Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program
Manager

138
\

)
Relief Valve Fire Size Gas Expansion
x
: -V!fr W 1 Ü
nie Engineering unts Fluid properties : ;
Pos fcfees . Help m, „
« : ’
- r - -

' • 4:

f jrfn'Uf '
^
* L:B
“ -ï-I
'rfasi

m
O API 2 r
I© Standard fiQ Bellows|f
13 l
m
iiiasig & NO O Yes
4
5
i?

£

• ft- Output data i


m
- y
3 m2
|P Calculated area
Üips*i* »
* *
1

M Wetted area
;
mmmmm > 85
a
JH Calculated flow
\\2
b/h sSI
\ MÊBËÈtÊKÊÈÊm jj Relief temperature
masmmtam § deqF
î
:: :Lih
v
LiSI

&
m % * mm
Si'
m
;

. IpRelief pressure
l Valve capacity
|
psig

Ib /h
V
mHHMHK pressure. pm
«
i- mm flBtltllÉmmmm S Valve orifice designation i .

.975 ,
ilt -
S®ÉSIMI iMpïdg poise le ydü
i
-
a
3

i
:

HllÉÉ force . ; - y Ib ^
iVi SA
ü f

wtmm :
A
'

10 f*
!
m mÊÈÊk * m V: m

This program is based on API 520


.
.
• • !•
:

When the operating pressure is considerably lower than the set pressure, the
vessel may fail because of over temperature before the pressure reaches the set
pressure. A relief valve cannot be calculated for these conditions. j
;

A fire zone is first established from the plot plan. It may be designed into the plant or
it maybe determined by natural barriers and/or elevations.
i
The vessels in the zone must be connected with lines sufficiently large to carry the
flow which cannot be blocked in. For the vessels in the zone, the area of metal
wetted by the fire is determined. Allowance should be made for at least 25 feet above
the level on which a reasonable fire could be sustained. Spheres shouldbe considered
at least up to their maximum diameter.

A thorough study of API 520 is recommended to fully understand the options and
requirements. The program will accept data for 15 vessel, calculate the wetted area

139
and either using the API method or the NFPA-30 method, detemiine the flowrate ;s
generated by the external fire.

The pipe loss option will determine the inlet and outlet losses as well as the total back )
:

pressure. The ASME valve discharge coefficient is 0.975 for gas flow. They will i
allow a different value for tested and approved valves. This data is available in the :

relief valve manufacturers catalogs.

The rupture disk derating factor is 1 for no rupture disk, the ASME derating factor is
0.9, they will allow the use of a different factor for tested and approved assemblies. r
r
This data will be in the rupture disk manufacturers catalogs.

For Bellows Valves, the back pressure characteristic varies between


manufacturers, the program follows the curve in API 520. The manufacturers data
should be used when available.

r
Engineering Units

There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available:

Mass Flow - English Units . Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit y
)
Volume Flow - English Units. Standard cubic feet per minute and degrees
Fahrenheit
Mass Flow - SI Units . Kilograms per second and degrees
Centigrade
Volume Flow - SI Units Standard cubic decimeters per second and
degrees Centigrade
User Units. A set of units selected from the Gas Flow
Engineering Unit screen

To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units .
l
The Gas Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed. It shows the available
options and the current unit selection. Select the required units and save the User file.

Unit Selection
V

A new calculation defaults to Mass English units.

The Unit Selection can be made at any time. The input data will be converted to the
new units. If a volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity is not
available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual input entry can be changed
by the selecting the Review Units option and choosing from the Gas Flow
Engineering Unit screen. ) ’

140

:
Fluid Properties
I
!

The Fluid properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are
entered. The properties required for a calculation are available for pure gases and
mixtures and are provided in the selected units . Caution should be used for mixtures
of dissimilar fluids because the mixture law may not apply.

For a pure gas , find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the fluid j -

properties will be entered. [


•r

For a mixture, select the first component. In the component box, enter the
percentage. Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then
select calculate in the component box and the program will calculate and enter the
mixture values. The fluid properties database is user updateable.

Sizing Code

An overpressure of 21 % is used.
:

Valve Type

) If the relief is to discharge into a relief header and be subject to varying back
pressure a bellows valve may be required, otherwise select a standard valve.

Rupture disk

A rupture disk is sometimes installed under the valve for bubble-tight or corrosive
sendee, otherwise select No.

Input Data

The enabled input boxes define the data required for the calculation.
When selecting the options the standard factors are entered
Overwrite the factors with the manufacturers if desired.

Calculate

Click the Calculate button.


The program will validate the input data.
It will select the valve area and valve orifice designation .
Calculate the output data.
Display the results.

) :

141
Editing Data J
The output data should be examined for adequacy.
Fire sizing is not an exact science, it warrants a serious study of the
options.
If a different valve area is required then overwrite the data.
Change data as required and recalculate.
When the selection is final then take the pipe losses option. The inlet i
losses should not exceed 3% and the discharge losses should be less
than 10%. [
£

Filing and Moving On


\
The options in the File menu are:
Program menu - Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
-
Prepare data sheet Is enabled after a calculation is made, it displays
the screen to prepare a data sheet form for the calculated item.
New record - Clears the screen for a new calculation. I
Save - Using the default path, it saves a new record if not previously
saved or saves changes to an existing record.
Save New.-.Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new
record (used to duplicate similar items, i.e. recall an existing
record. Edit as required and Save New) )
Save As.... - Uses the Windows file access system. Saves to a file
anywhere.
-
Import data Select the units and read Input data supplied in
sequential files.
File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation
records
The default paths are
The Data Files. (RVDDAT. TAG and
RVDDAT. DAT) .
The User Unit FUes . (RVDDAT . UNS)
The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS.DAT)
Print calculation - Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays
the screen to print a calculation.
Exit - Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program
Manager

) f

142 i .

:
)
RELIEF VALVE Gas Engineering Units

mm w&mërnmmÊÊm fY . Y
'
3&S
mm SEijfc

J bsol të
; •

f
i:t * mTT Muaim -
- - = - ^ =-"“
^ «E yUOMC

«- *A.
P» C^uic;;, v: py -
o;. : >
^ r
^ . Critical
Ü pr 6SS Ü & >> - [ij
• •
yUlUHrai yj
| pressure

B g © psia ;0 înH 20 a |
^
ltfilSia î s®M JOjnH 20g- .3 f |© psia JO mmhga p
«• H
f © [Ibj o sft3 5 NO kPag O mmhgg Z i £O kPaa : mmhga g ! îÇ) kPaa O inhga
5* -- • - © - — ;
! ÎÔ kg O sdm3 ' p atg .O ata JOr bara a110 ,ata 0 tara 1 i h
' 4

%• • •

O l» < jry § ' b


inhgg O kg / cm2g J O inhga O -
,

O tonne
|Q Ü Kton
O sm 3 |
if O fl - . o MsfiallÔ MPaï
O • .i.:.
b

1
rlSiiP
^ ?O- MPaa O Other £|
.Sïi
-
kg / cm2a|
. . -. . -
?
vnx
j O MPaa O kg / cm 2a ;
e mSslI
O Other S MM.|
- v
*
;• U • : V i1 ;>
.
;5 ;
V S

i
o us'°«;Bgr gflfp
- - ë . _
Relief area Pipa diameter . . py* r ,rW -

^^ ^
'
^
••
. »e-- ^a • r f y a i “ j , '

m
O Other jO OtherSl te®, gF
mmmMMmilll
H © in 2
Ep§ i
^„ 1 m i© « >§ i :
$ sY :?: -
ô de c ?4% pOT mm2 *Y Î :£M0 mm -« imu


'
8
æs mUQ kg
im © degR WM tel _ Ô cm2
— - .iü g B
- -
Û -
mPcm
AJ Cllî
&iL7*iœ .-

* 2xœ : ?>*“ v " *££ . .. fy
'

-
S;
Y
Y

. : .
feossrl
-
r < «eryav:•• ; j: •* •

a liO
. : i V V;

- *ft
m
ï î J J X'M

O - -degK- | j ISO ft2


; a?
I f » ¥

> i

SIO /.s . I© /h
— s J) •' >*’
; .
iv>
*v r -
Ô >d PjfiÿfiO Other Sfei : O-. - »m2 . - £m
f
m • *
m i Là tentheà t
•: .'3K *
M
»t
• ^; :v ç
V
por : ïÎ Yr

IB
.O «
8>
.'. iW; *.' : ,
8
ggggiiB X1 : •;

i> m

iaf UP. -:other


î
Onther -Y#- 3!vSi i© btu/lb -' -
^ ^ ^ :: ..x
^ ^ - Y: sSS3Bt
^ K
O KJ / kg 3æ 2S ï5 :! J6ix::.; .‘Z £
WT
yy raTri ri .V . ?-
'

SBagg
:r
« zav.f
L* AI9CVa' t
-

r
pail sps
ii ^ ^ *
^
O Other
.'rvr.yîo
«r s.. s
Y: Y

m Cancel OK ftep,; ®
^’ ’ ï îf fisfà
liO fe I tm
mmm
^- -
degl |0 degClSS!® ft ||0 Pas m
IPO nil
' |S 1 P |
il Oth Ô

Ô mPal
, *Y
; _
'
.
© ft /* i
; ï& N - - 5ï ZT . . . . -r, ÿ ' i- -. y .- . & ?; . ' J - .
'' '. ' '

-
- "
^ • • •
r
' ' : ..• • 1
‘ J>ry < ^
V|» n 1

^ô m /s it-51


*

Yl
^
; Other O Other / f?a Save User file S
< '
Y -* Yip : « - * -
;: i <
^y;; airiù;, » % •:•

S :> - ; IO Other|
i lWÿi'2>.; 'ïk25K ±ïl f&]
jir ; ï
», iï
fift

The screen shows the process variables used in a liquid calculation and lists the
available options. To assure full coverage each (except Flow Time Base) has an
“ Other” option. This is a user defined unit. Double click the option and it will
display the name and multiplier to convert it to the standard units. The standard unit
is always the first item in the list.

The screen shows the current selection. Any unit may be selected and will be used in
the calculation if OK is selected.

To create a User File for the User File Unit option in the calculation, select the
desired units and click the save button.
A double click on any unit option selects that option and returns to the calculation.

Data Conversion

For all items except flow, the unit change represents only a multiplier to convert the
input data and the data is always converted. The Flow Quantity option has Mass
and Volume options . The relationship between mass flow and volume flow is a
multiplier and the molecular weight of the gas, conversion can only be made when
) the molecular weight has been entered.

143 V
Definition of units ) ;

Mass flow units :


lb = pounds
kg = kilograms
tonne = 1000 kg = 1 Mg I
g = gram
UKton = 2240 lb
USton = 2000 lb [
Other = user defined mass unit
Volume flow units :
sft3 = standard cubic feet
sdm3 = standard cubic decimeters
sm3 = standard cubic metres »

Msft3 = million standard cubic feet


Other = user defined volume unit
j
Time base :
/s = per second
/m = per minute
/h = per hour }
/d = per day
\
Gauge pressure : J
psig = pounds per square inch gauge
kPag = kiloPascals gauge
atg = atmospheres gauge

inhgg inches of mercury gauge
MPag = megaPascals gauge
inH20g = inches of water gauge
mmhgg = millimetres of mercury gauge
barg = bars gauge
kg/cm 2g = kilograms per square centimetre gauge
Other = user defined gauge pressure unit . i

Absolute pressure :
psia = pounds per square inch absolute
kPaa = kiloPascals absolute
ata = atmospheres absolute
inhga = inches of mercury absolute
MPaa = megaPascals absolute
inH20a = inches of water absolute
mmhga = millimetres of mercury absolute
bara = bars absolute
kg/cm2a = kilograms per square centimetre absolute
Other = user defined absolute pressure unit j

144
j Temperature :
degF = degrees Fahrenheit
degF = degrees Centigrade
degR = degrees Rankine
degK - degrees Kelvin
Other = user defined temperature unit
Velocity
ft/s = feet per second
m/s = metres per second t
Other = user defined velocity 1
Viscosity : , j
cp = centipoises
Pa.s = Pascal seconds
cs = centistokes ;

kPa.s = kiloPascal seconds


Other = user defined viscosity unit
L
Pipe diameter :
in = inches
mm = millimeters
cm = centimeters
j ft = feet
m = metres
Other = user defined size
Relief area :
in2 = square inches
mm2 = square millimeters
cm2 = square centimeters
ft2 = square feet
m2 = square metres
Other = user defined area
j
Length and Height :
ft = feet
m = metres
Other = user defined length
?
Latent Heat :
btu /lb = British thermal units per pound
kJ/lb = kilojoules per pound
Other = user defined latent heat

145
Force : .
) ;
lb = pound
kg = kilogram
Other = user defined force unit
Density
lb/ft3 = pounds per cubic foot
kg/m 3 = kilograms per cubic metre
g/ cm3 = grams per cubic centimeter
lb/in3 = pounds per cubic inch \
Other = user defined density unit

Print (RELIEF VALVE) Summary


The program will provide a printout summary of data sheet records on file. This is
accessed form the main Relief Valve Sizing Programs menu screen.
It can provide a printout of either:
All fields
Selected fields
Fields equal to
Fields not equal to
Fields equal to or less than
Fields equal to or greater than
Fields less than
Fields more than

Procedure for a new Summary

Select Options

Clear checks Clears all check on the form


Clear Other Data Clears all other data on the form
Make new field selections
Each field has four boxes -
A check box to select the field
A box to specify the field width
A box to enter data to compare
A box to specify the compare method (Double click for
data)
Select data relationship
And or or
Click Print to print using Windows Print Manager

146
File Options
:
:

Save print options


Saves a standard printout
Go to Program Menu Form
Returns to program menu for further work on this module
Exit
Returns to the Windows Program Manager t:

Procedure for a standard printout i


Select Options
Recall saved options
Print

?
:
i
Procedure to print all fields j
Select Options
Check all
Print
)
/

Other Options
Select font j
Windows font selection procedure
Select Printer
Windows Print manager

147

:
Relief Valve Calculation Routines
Liquid Relief Known f!ow
1. Calculate the back pressure factor -
Standard valves -
Kw =1
Bellows valves.-
f \
PIN
Kw = 1.17 —
\ Pour'
2. Calculate the relief area -

A=
wm ,

19008.4KdKfK „7G,(P, - POUT)


3. Calculate viscosity correction factor N
i
RD = - Wm
-6
cp \ /
:
Â
IV
1.892 In. in. In. R0 - R -0.6
Kv = 0.047
Ro
If the Reynolds Number Is greater than 50000 then -
Kv = 1
If the Reynolds Number is less than 100 then -
Kv = 0.26.Ln.RD - 0.6
If the Reynolds Number is less than 15 then -
Kv -
15
4. Calculate the viscosity corrected area -
A
A=
K,
5. Calculate the maximum allowable back pressure.-
Standard valves
r \ 2\
W,m
V 19008.4KdKpKwKv Aj
_P !
!N
Gf
V J
Bellows valves
Calculate
f P }

K = 1.17 -
'' POUT'
Calculate A in formula 2
. until A equals the selected valve area
Increment POUT

Gas Relief Known Flow


1. Calculate the pressure ratio -

148
P
r= >
P,
Limited to a minimum of -
k
\ k -1
2
vk + V
2. Calculate the specific heat ratio coefficient
k +1
-1
C = 520 :

3. Calculate the back pressure correction factor -


I
.
Standard valves
735R2
K =
C
VT^r
Where -
2
/ kz1^
k 1- r k
r*
k -1 1- r
\ J
Bellows valves (Typical) -
2
60 + OV\
)(
^
- 04
Kb (
= 1.6 - 0.3 e - Pw - 1.18r ° 70 j
RIN
4. Calculate the required area - ;

A=
W. v
KdCPiKb * square inches M
5 Calculate
. maximum allowable back pressure -
V _ CALC y
A ^
Kbu« “ T Kb ;
M VALVE :•

Standard valves -
iterate to find r
Maximum back pressure
= rP , - 14.7 psig
:•

Bellows valves
Maximum back pressure -
/ \

PIN
PIN(1.6 - 0.3E-°^) - KW
118
reo -i- ov
2

\ 70 psig (Typical) i

Steam Relief Known Flow -


1. Calculate the pressure ratio - f.
I
\

149
Limited to a minimum of -
k
r 2 k -1

\ k + 1y
) ;
2 . Calculate the superheat correction factor -
KSH
= 1+ 0.00Û04 TSH
- 0.00012 TSHLogPt |
3. Calculate the back pressure correction factor - i
Standard valves !

? 35 fi
4
Where -
Kb = C ^ r
i:

r2 =
kf

kk - lJ
l 1- r k
rk
1- r
A
/ k -1 >
I
Bellows valves -
1 \ y
i

2
60 + OVN
Kb = (l.6 - 0.3S ° MPN - 1.18r)
^ PIN
' ' ;
70 /
(Typical)
4. Calculate the required area

à= w m
i
,
5 i 5K àP KSHKb square inches
:

5. Calculate the maximum allowable back pressure factor


:

«bMAX A^ - A
,
CALC
b
‘VALVE
Standard valves
Iterate to find r :

Maximum back pressure


= rP1 - 14.7 psig
Bellows valves -
Maximum back pressure
y \

,
PIN
,(
P H l.6 - 0.3e - - "“ “ ) - Kw
p i

/ 2
60 + OV
1.18
70 J
psig (Typical)
.
6 Calculate gas valve reaction force in pounds force
1.61, AVALVE.P\.C

(T + 460

85 + 1 QLQG10
'
f
\—
>
^° 1
k T| + 46
3.42.M
.
7. Calculate the gas valve sound pressure level ( dBA @ 3 feet )
)

Fluid Properties
\ }
;

150
SI

ij

These are calculated using common chemical formulae with each item corrected for pressure and
II
'
) temperature. Some fluids show deviations from the formulae, the user should check typical calculated
values against known values. In all cases if accurate laboratory information is available it should be
used.
Density uses the Redlich- Kwong Equation.

Nomenclature
A Relief area square inches

Specific gravity at flowing temperature dimensionless 5


Kd dimensionless

!
Coefficient of discharge •

K t> Gas back pressure correction factor dimensionless


k Ratio of specific heats dimensionless
Kp Overpressure correction factor dimensionless Ii
^ SH Superheat correction factor dimensionless
jj
w Liquid back pressure correction factor dimensionless
K Viscosity correction factor dimensionless !
dimensionless Ü
OV % overpressure
M Molecular weight diménsionless
pb i

p
** Maximum back pressure factor
Set pressure
dimensionless
psig 1
1
) PoLd Back pressure psig ü
p psia
1 Relieving pressure
p psia
2 Back pressure
f Pressure ratio dimensionless
T i
f Relief temperature degR
T
sh Superheat degF I

° Reynolds number dimensionless !


Flow rate Ib/h
Z Compressibility factor dimensionless

^ cp Absolute viscosity centipoises

i
!

151
\

!
Relief Valve Calculation Routines !
Entrapped liquid - heat exchanger :j
- _
1 Calculate the flow rate - /

BH
Wm =
c !b /h
Entrapped liquid - pipeline -
1. Calculate the flow rate. -
Wm = 13.62D 2 LBGf |b/h
(for a temperature rise of 5 degF per hour) t
li
Both are common from here - U
2 Calculate the back pressure factor - \\
Standard valves - fi
Kw - 1
Bellows valves -
i-P,1
KwW = 1.17 -l IN

OUT
i

3 Calculate the relief area -


W.m
A=
i

, ,
i

19008.4KaKfKwV/ G (P ^
Pour ) square inches
- I

4 Calculate viscosity correction factor - • !

D
5.6 W.rri .*

" 'D —
HopVA
:

1.892 In. In. In. RD - R -0.6 ;


Kv -
'

0.047
RS
If the Reynolds Number is greater than 50000 then -
Kv=1
If the Reynolds Number is less than 100 then -
Kv = 0.26.Ln. RD - 0.6
If the Reynolds Number is. less than 15 then -

Ky = RD ;
15
5. Calculate the viscosity corrected area -
A= A
Kv
6 Calculate the maximum allowable back pressure -
Standard valves -
/ \ 2
w m

\ 19008.4KdKpKwKvAj
PfW PIN - ~
Or
V
psig
Bellows valves - 4

152
I
Calculate
f P, \
)
Kw - 1.17 -
IN
n

Calculate A in formula 3
^ Pour' i!
H.
P
Increment OUT until A equals the selected valve area l\
Heat Exchanger Tube Failure -

^A . (PSHELL Pb^ )
PTUBE - 1.5
A-
-n oc
nJBE I!
Kd f 1.85P,SHEU- square inches
The tube pressure must be greater than 150% of the she!) pressure. The ruptured tube is
assumed to provide a flow area of one tube and a flow coefficient of 0.62. The is no allowance in
K
the

is 1 for 25% overpressure, 0.82 for 16 % and 0.62 for


i
!i
formula for flashing or thermal expansion.
10 %. |i

i!
Fluid Properties
These are calculated using common chemical formulae with each item corrected for pressure and li
temperature. Some fluids show deviations from the formulae , the user should check typical calculated
ti
values against known values. In all cases if accurate laboratory information is available it should
be
used.
Density uses the Redlich-Kwong Equation.
ïi!
;

Nomenclature
A Relief area square inches !!
i

A TUBE Tube cross section area square inches


B Liquid cubical expansion at flow temp per degF
C BTU/lb/degF
Gf
Liquid specific heat
Specific gravity at flowing temperature dimensionless
!
;• !

H Total heat transfer BTU/hour


Kd Coefficient of discharge dimensionless

KP Overpressure correction factor dimensionless ii


Kw Liquid back pressure correction factor dimensionless
:

Kv Viscosity correction factor dimensionless !I


i

OV % overpressure dimensionless
:

M Molecular weight dimensionless


Pmx psig
** Maximum back pressure
PSHELL shell maximum allowable working pressure psig
P TUBE Tube maximum allowable working pressure psig
:

Pin Set pressure psig


P Back pressure psig t
) f Pressure ratio dimensionless

153
I
T
f Relief temperature degR
RD
Reynolds number dimensionless
Flow rate lb/h
M' cp Absolute viscosity centipoise

L.

154 T
ï

!
;

- 'N
/
î

; pIN PIN( l.6 - 0.3S - °“ ~ ) - Kb„


1.18
reo + ovV
\ \ 70 y
psig (Typical)
Fire size Gas Expansion
1. Calculate the wetted area - :

Aw — EXnDv (Dv + LV ) square feet


:

2. Calculate pressure ratio - ;


p2
r = -±- t
Pi [
Limited to a minimum of -
k

f 2 ") k i =
Vk + v
3. Calculate the specific heat ratio coefficient -
I 7+7

f ( khT
1
c = 520
r
4. Calculate the back pressure correction factor -
!
Standard valves

Where -
K = .^ C :

/ k -i >

F2 .
. PS -r
k -1
7

*
1- r
1- r
k

j
:

:•

Bellows valves
2
60 + OV
(
I

Kb = (l.6 - 0.3 s °
~
'
MP»
- 1.18r) PIN ;

V 70 (Typical)
5. Calculate the relief temperature -

Tff = — -14.7
3 (v T + 460) i

Pn +
6. Calculate the relief valve factor -
"
’ degR

0.1406 (Tw - T,)


r 1.25 N

fl =
T;0.6506
7 Calculate the required area -
,
Kdc
^ 7

•»

'
L
F Aw
A=
47 square inches I.
8 . Calculate the flow rate -

155

:
Relief Valve Calculation Routines
Fire size Liquid Vaporization
1. Calculate the wetted area - )
Aw - EXnDv (Dv + LV ) square feet
2. Calculate vaporized liquid -
2
21000FA
w =
LHV lb/h
3 . Calculate the pressure ratio - t
)
t
p ,
Limited to a minimum of -
k

f
\k 1
-
W-+ v^ -i

4. Calculate the specific heat ratio coefficient -


k +T
( 2 MM
C = 520, k
vk +1
5. Calculate the back pressure correction factor -
Standard valves

p V^7
Kb =

^
-

Where -
r k -l \
2
k 1- r k
F2 = rk
k k -1 1- r
\ y
Bellows valves
60 + OVV
Kb = (1.6 - 0.3 B "^ - 1.18r)
-0
PIN
70 J (Typical)
6. Calculate the required area

A=
W.m /V
KdCPiKj, V M squgre jnches
7. Calculate maximum allowable back pressure -
V _ rA CALC ' IX
-
A VALVE Kb
^
Standard valves
Iterate to find r
Maximum back pressure -
= rP1 - 14.7 psig
Bellows valves
Maximum back pressure - i
|
:•

i-
i

156

!
'
) W„= KdACP M
» lf Ib/h
9 . Calculate maximum allowable back pressure -

Kb -
_ 'A CALC
A VALVE
Standard valves -
Kb

Iterate to find r
Maximum back pressure -
= rP - 14.7 psig
^
Bellows valves -
Maximum back pressure -
/ \

PIN
,

P (l6 - 0.38^ ) - K,Vl,
2
76O + OV :

18
:
70
V
^
Calculate gas valve reaction force in pounds force
y
psig (Typical) i

10 ,
1.61. AVALVE.PV C

(T, + 460 ). J-28.97


M

11. Calculate the gas valve sound pressure level ( dBA @ 3 feet)

) 85 + 10LOG10
WM. k. (T + 460 , y
\ 3.42. M
Fluid Properties
These are calculated using common chemical formulae with each item corrected for pressure and
temperature. Some fluids show deviations from the formulae, the user should check typical calculated
values against known values. In all cases if accurate laboratory information is available it should be
used.
Density uses the Redlich-Kwong Equation. ;

Nomenclature
.
!

A Relief area square inches


:•

Aw Wetted area square feet


C Specific heat ratio coefficient dimensionless
Dv Vessel diameter feet :

F ' Relief valve factor dimensionless :

Kd Coefficient of discharge dimensionless


Kb Gas back pressure correction factor dimensionless
k Ratio of specific heats dimensionless
Kp Overpressure correction factor dimensionless
t

\
l- HV Latent heat of vaporization at flow temp. Btu per pound
)
\

157
*- v Vessel length, tangent to tangent feet
ov % overpressure dimensionless
M Molecular weight dimensionless
Pbm„ Maximum back pressure factor dimensionless
Pln Set pressure psig
p„
Operating pressure psig
pi Relieving pressure psia

^
r
2 Back pressure
Pressure ratio
psia
dimensionless
T, Relief temperature degR
Tn Operating temperature degF
wm Flow rate Ib/h
X, Vessel wetted portion dimensionless
z Compressibility factor dimensionless

158
Relief Valve Data Files :

i
;

INSTRUCALC V5 Random access file specification for relief valves RVWDAT.Dat.


Tag Numbers are stored in sequential file RVWDAT.TAG. Its number in the file is
the record number in the random access file.

Type FileData
ProgNum As Integer 2 bytes .Program number
Code As String * 3

RupDisk As String * 3
Bellows As String * 3
3 Bytes ASME or API Liq sizing.’ T " ” 8" or
"Fre" for gas
3 bytes "Yes" or "No ”
3 bytes "Yes" or "No"
!
PipeCond As Integer 2 bytes.0% 20% or 50%
PipeMatl As Integer 2 bytes Pipe material
FloBasis As String * 3 3 bytes . FloBasis = Liqbasis or GasBasis
FS(0 To 23) As Single 96 bytes.Units conversion factor i

GS (0 To 23) As Single 96 bytes.


UnS(0 To 23) As String * 8 192 bytes. Unit Name
PDSS(1 To 6) As Single 24 pipe loss pipe dims f
PDIS( I To 14) As Integer 28 Pipe elements
PDCS( I To 6) As Single 24 Pipe loss variable data
SdS( l To 7) As Single 28 bytes.Spec inputs CalcArea, Const BP,Built
upBP,Oper press,Oper temp
Aras( l To 33) As String * 25 825 bytes.Data sheet array selections
Txtl ( l To 3) As String * 25 75 bytes.Data sheet service,line num, F1D$
Txt2( l To 3) As String * 60 180 bytes.Data sheet notes
TXT3 (1 To 7) As String * 10 70 bytes.Data sheet
>
num,spec,rev,req,date,by,appr
End Type Record len = 1656

Prognum = 1 Program = "Liquid relief - Known flow "


Code = " API" API 520 sizing
Code = "ASM" ASME Section 8 sizing
RupDisk = "Yes" or "No" for rupture disk
Bellows = "No" or "Yes " for bellows type valve
PipeCond See pipe loss program
PipeMatl ditto
FloBasis - "Mas" for mass flow,or "Vol " for volumetric flow
GS(1) = Normal flow FS(1) UnS( l )
GS (2) = Relief temperature FS(2) UnS(2)
GS(3) = Valve set pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
GS(4) = Total back pressure FS (4) UnS(4) j
GS (5) = Specific gravity at flow conditions
GS(7) = Viscosity at flow conditions FS(7) UnS(7)
Î"

i
159
GS(13) = Selected valve area FS(13) UnS(13)
GS (14) = Percent overpressure
GS (15) = Valve discharge coefficient
GS ( 16) = Rupture disk derating factor
Un(5) is used for the valve orifice designation ( G(5) Specific gravity has no units)
PDSS(1 to 6) See pipe loss program
——
PDIS (1 To 14)- ditto
PDCS(1 To 6) - ditto
SDS( l ) = Calculated valve area FS (13) UnS (13)
SDS (2) = Constant back pressure FS (4) UnS(4)
SDS(3) = Built up back pressure FS(4) UnS(4)
SDS(4) = Operating pressure FS(3) UnS(3 )
SDS(5) = Operating temperature FS(2) UnS(2)
Aras( l To 33) Data sheet array selections
Txtl ( l To 3 ) 75 bytes.Data sheet service, line num, Fluid name
Txt2( l To 3) Data sheet notes
Txt3 ( l To 7) Data sheet num ,spec,rev,req,date,by,appr

Prognum = 2 Program = "Gas relief - Known flow "


Code = "AS1 " ASME Section 1 sizing
Code = "AS8" ASME Section 8 sizing
Code = "Fre" ASME Section 8 fire sizing
RupDisk = "Yes" or "No" for rupture disk
Bellows = "No " or "Yes " for bellows type valve
PipeCond See pipe loss program
PipeMatl ditto
FloBasis = " Mas " for mass flow,or "Vol " for volumetric flow
GS(1) = Normal flow FS(1) UnS( l )
GS(2) = Relief temperature FS(2) UnS (2)
GS(3) = Valve set pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
GS(4) = Total back pressure FS(4) UnS(4)
GS(6) = Molecular weight
GS(9) = Density
GS(10) = Ratio of specific heats
GS(11) = Critical pressure FS (11) UnS( l 1 )
GS (12) = Critical temperature UnS(12)
GS(13) = Selected valve area FS ( 13 ) UnS (13)
GS(14) = Percent overpressure
GS( 15) = Valve discharge coefficient
GS(16) = Rupture disk derating factor
Un(5) is used for the valve orifice designation (G(5) Specific gravity has no units)
PDSS(1 to 6) See pipe loss program

PDCS(1 To 6)

PDIS(1 To 14)- ditto
ditto

160
SDS( l ) = Calculated valve area FS(13) UnS ( 13)
SDS(2) = Constant back pressure FS (4) UnS (4)
SDS(3) = Built up back pressure FS (4) UnS(4)
SDS(4) = Operating pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
SDS(5) = Operating temperature UnS (2)
Aras( l To 33) Data sheet array selections
Txtl ( l To 3) 75 bytes. Data sheet service,line num, Fluid name
Txt2( l To 3) Data sheet notes
Txt3( l To 7) Data sheet num,spec,rev,req,date,by, appr

If ProgNum = 3 Then Program = "Steam relief - Known flow"


Code = "AS1" ASME Section 1 sizing
Code = "AS8 " ASME Section 8 sizing
Code = "Fre" ASME Section 8 fire sizing
RupDisk = "Yes " or "No " for rupture disk
Bellows = "No " or "Yes " for bellows type valve
PipeCond See pipe loss program
PipeMatl ditto
FloBasis = "Mas" for mass flow,or "Vol" for volumetric flow
GS (1) = Normal flow FS(1) UnS( l )
GS (2) = Relief temperature UnS (2)
GS( ) = Valve
3 set pressure FS ( 3 ) UnS (3)
GS(4) = Total back pressure FS (4) UnS (4)
GS (9) = Degress superheat FS(2) UnS(2)
GS 13 Selected valve area
( ) - FS(13) UnS(13)
GS (14) = Percent overpressure
GS(15) = Valve discharge coefficient
GS(16) = Rupture disk derating factor
Un(5) is used for the valve orifice designation (G(5) Specific gravity has no units)
PDSS(1 to 6) See pipe loss program
——
PDIS(1 To 14)- ditto
PDCS(1 To 6) - ditto
SDS( l ) = Calculated valve area FS(13) UnS ( 13)
SDS(2) = Constant back pressure FS(4) UnS (4)
SDS(3) = Built up back pressure FS(4) UnS(4)
SDS(4) - Operating pressure FS(3) UnS (3)
SDS(5) = Operating temperature UnS(2)
Aras( l To 33) Data sheet array selections
Txtl ( l To 3 ) 75 bytes.Data sheet service,line num, Fluid name
Txt2( l To 3) Data sheet notes
Txt3 ( l To 7) Data sheet num,spec,rev,req ,date,by,appr

161

:
If ProgNum = 4 Then Program = "Heat exchanger - Entrapped
liquid "
Code = "API " ASME Section 1 sizing
Code = " ASM" ASME Section 8 sizing
RupDisk = "Yes " or "No " for rupture disk
Bellows = "No " or "Yes" for bellows type valve
PipeCond See pipe loss program
PipeMatl ditto
FloBasis = "Mas " for mass flow,or "Vol " for volumetric flow
GS(1 ) = Normal flow FS (1) UnS ( l ) (
GS (2) = Relief temperature UnS(2)
GS(3) = Valve set pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
GS(4) = Total back pressure FS(4) UnS (4)
GS(5) = Specific gravity :

GS(6) = Cubical expansion UnS (2)


GS(7) = Viscosity FS(7) UnS (7)
GS (13) = Selected valve area FS(13) UnS(13) r
GS(14) = Percent overpressure
GS (15) = Valve discharge coefficient
GS(16) = Rupture disk derating factor
G8(21) = Specific heat FS(21) UnS(21)
GS(22) = Heat input FS(22) UnS (22)
Un(5) is used for the valve orifice designation (G(5) Specific gravity has no units) /
)
PDSS ( 1 to 6) See pipe loss program i
: •


PDIS(1 To 14)- ditto

PDCS(1 To 6) - ditto
SDS( l ) = Calculated valve area FS (13) UnS (13)
SDS (2) = Constant back pressure FS(4) UnS(4)
SDS(3) = Built up back pressure FS(4) UnS(4)
SDS (4) = Operating pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
SDS(5) = Operating temperature UnS(2)
Aras( l To 33) Data sheet array selections
Txtl ( l To 3 ) 75 bytes.Data sheet service,line num , Fluid name
Txt2( l To 3) Data sheet notes
Txt3( l To 7) Data sheet num,spec,rev,req, date,by,appr

If ProgNum = 5 Then Program = "Pipeline - Entrapped liquid"


Code = "API " API Section 1 sizing
Code = "ASM" ASME Section 8 sizing
RupDisk = "Yes " or " No" for rupture disk
Bellows = "No " or "Yes " for bellows type valve
PipeCond See pipe loss program
PipeMatl ditto
FloBasis = "Mas" for mass flow,or "Vol " for volumetric flow
)

162
GS (1) = Nonrial flow FS(1) UnS( l )
GS(2) = Relief temperature UnS (2)
GS (3) - Valve set pressure FS (3) UnS(3)
GS (4) = Total back pressure FS(4) UnS(4)
GS(5) = Specific gravity
GS (6) = Cubical expansion UnS (2)
GS (7) = Viscosity FS(7) UnS (7)
GS(13) = Selected valve area FS(13) UnS (13)
GS(14) = Percent overpressure
GS(15) = Valve discharge coefficient
GS (16) = Rupture disk derating factor
GS (17) = Line diameter FS (17) UnS ( 17)
GS(18) = Line length FS(18) UnS (18)
Un(5) is used for the valve orifice designation (G(5) Specific gravity has no units)
PDSS(1 to 6) See pipe loss program
——
PDIS(1 To 14)- ditto
PDCS (1 To 6) - ditto -
-

SDS( l ) = Calculated valve area FS(13) UnS(13)


SDS(2) = Constant back pressure FS (4) UnS (4)
SDS(3) = Built up back pressure FS (4) UnS(4)
SDS(4) = Operating pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
SDS(5) = Operating temperature UnS(2)
Aras( l To 33) Data sheet array selections
Txtl ( l To 3) 75 bytes.Data sheet service,line num, Fluid name
Txt2( l To 3) Data sheet notes
Txt3( l To 7) Data sheet num,spec,rev,req,date,by,appr

If ProgNum = 6 Then Program = "Fire size - Liquid


vaporization"
Code = "API" API fire sizing
Code = "NFP " National Fire Protection Association sizing
Code = "Oth " Other fire sizing system
RupDisk = "Yes " or "No" for rupture disk
Bellows - "No " or "Yes " for bellows type valve
PipeCond See pipe loss program
PipeMatl ditto
FloBasis = "Mas" for mass flow,or "Vol" for volumetric flow
GS(1) = Normal flow FS(1) UnS( l )
GS (2) = Relief temperature UnS (2)
GS (3) = Valve set pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
GS (4) = Total back pressure FS(4) UnS (4)
GS (5) = Environment factor
GS(6) = Molecular weight
GS(9) = Compressibility factor

163
GS (10) = Ratio of specific heats
GS( ll ) = Critical pressure FS(11) UnS( l 1)
GS ( 12 ) = Critical temperature FS (12) UnS(12) :

GS (13) = Selected valve area FS ( 13) UnS (13) !


GS (14) = Percent overpressure
GS (15) = Valve discharge coefficient !
GS(16) = Rupture disk derating factor
GS(23) = Latent heat of vaporization FS (23) UnS(23)
Un(5) is used for the valve orifice designation ( G (5) Specific gravity has no units)
PDSS(1 to 6) See pipe loss program

PDIS(1 To 14)- ditto- -
I
PDCS( 1 To 6) ditto
SDS( l ) = Calculated valve area FS(13) UnS(13)
SDS(2) = Constant back pressure FS(4) UnS(4)
SDS(3) = Built up back pressure FS(4) UnS (4)
SDS(4) = Operating pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
SDS(5) = Operating temperature UnS (2) i

Aras( l To 33) Data sheet array selections


Txtl ( l To 3) 75 bytes. Data sheet service,line num, Fluid name
Txt2( l To 3) Data sheet notes ;

:
Txt3( l To 7) Data sheet num,spec,rev,req,date,by,appr I

Vessel data is stored in sequential file RVWF. FLE

If ProgNum = 7 Then Program = "Fire size - Gas expansion "


RupDisk = "Yes " or "No " for rupture disk
Bellows = "No" or "Yes" for bellows type valve
PipeCond See pipe loss program
PipeMatl ditto——
FloBasis = "Mas" for mass flow,or "Vol" for volumetric flow
GS(1) = Normal flow FS (1) UnS( l )
3
GS( ) - Valve set pressure FS (3) UnS(3)
GS(4) = Total back pressure FS (4) UnS(4)
GS(6) = Molecular weight
GS(8) = Operating pressure FS (3) UnS(3)
GS(10) = Ratio of specific heats
GS(13) = Selected valve area FS(13) UnS (13)
GS(14) = Percent overpressure
GS (15) - Valve discharge coefficient
GS(16) = Rupture disk derating factor
GS(22) = Operating temperature UnS(2)
GS(23) = Maximum metal temperature UnS (2)
Un(5 is
) used for the valve orifice designation ( G ( 5) Specific gravity has no units)
PDSS (1 to 6) See pipe loss program ?

PDIS(1 To 14) ditto —


PDCS(1 To 6) — ditto -
i

164
i

;
i
SDS( l ) = Calculated valve area FS(13) UnS (13)
SDS (2) = Constant back pressure FS(4) UnS (4)
SDS (3) = Built up back pressure FS(4) UnS(4)
Aras( l To 33) Data sheet array selections
Txtl ( l To 3) 75 bytes.Data sheet service,line num, Fluid name
Txt2( l To 3) Data sheet notes
Txt3( l To 7) Data sheet num,spec,rev, req,date,by,appr
Vessel data is stored in sequential file RVWF.FLE
-

If ProgNum = 11 Then Program = "Heat exchanger - Tube


rupture- No heat gain"

-
Code = "API" API sizing
Code "ASM" ASME sizing
RupDisk = "Yes" or "No" for rupture disk
Bellows = " No" or "Yes " for bellows type valve
PipeCond See pipe loss program
f-
PipeMatl ditto
FloBasis = "Mas" for mass flow,or " Vol " for volumetric flow
GS (3) = Valve set pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
GS (4) = Total back pressure FS(4) UnS (4)
GS (8) = Exchanger tube rating FS(3) UnS(3)
GS(13) = Selected valve area FS(13) UnS(13)
t

GS ( 16) = Rupture disk derating factor


GS (17) = Exchanger tube inside diameter FS(17) UnS (17)
Un(5) is used for the valve orifice designation (G(5) Specific gravity has no units) :

PDSS (1 to 6) See pipe loss program



PDIS(1 To 14) ditto
PDCS(1 To 6) — ditto
SDS ( l ) = Calculated valve area (From calculation program)
SDS (2) = Constant back pressure (From pipe loss program)
SDS (3) = Built up back pressure (From pipe loss program)
SDS(4) = Operating pressure (From data sheet program)
SDS ( 5) = Operating temperature (From data sheet program)
Aras( l To 33) Data sheet array selections
Txtl (1 To 3) 75 bytes.Data sheet service,line num, Fluid name
Txt2( l To 3) Data sheet notes
Txt3 ( l To 7) Data sheet num,spec,rev,req,date,by,appr

Pipe loss sub-progam (accessed from all programs)


PipeCond Percentage increase in friction factor, 0,20 or 50
PipeMatl = 1 Commercial steel
PipeMatl = 2 Drawn tubing
PipeMatl = 3 Cast Iron :
!
PipeMatl = 4 Galvanized Iron

165 !
PipeMatl = 5 Asphalt lined
PipeMatl = 6 Concrete
PipeMatl = 7 Wood stave
PDS( l ) = Pipe length FS (18) UnS (18)
PDS(2) - Inlet pipe inside diameter FS(17) UnS(17)
PDS(3) = Pipe elevation FS(18) UnS(18)
PDS (4) = Outlet pipe length FS(18) UnS(18)
PDS(5) = Outlet pipe inside diameter FS(17) UnS(17)
PDS(6) = Outlet pipe elevation FS(18) UnS (18) :

PDI( l ) = Number of Inlet gate valves


PDI(2) = Number of Inlet globe valves
!
PDI(3) = Number of Inlet check valves

PDI(4) Number of Inlet 90deg elbows
PDI(5) = Number of Inlet 45deg elbows
PDI(6) = Number of Inlet thru tees
PDI(7) = Number of Inlet branch tees
PDI(8) = Number of Outlet gate valves
PDI( 9) = Number of Outlet globe valves
PDI( IO) = Number of Outlet check valves
PDI(11) = Number of Outlet 90deg elbows
PDI(12) = Number of Outlet 45deg elbows
PDI(13) = Number of Outlet thru tees
PDI(14) = Number of Outlet branch tees
PDC( I ) = Flow FS(1) UnS( l )
PDC(3) = Source pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
PDC(4) = Viscosity FS (7) UnS (7)
PDC(5) = Temperature UnS(2)
PDC(6) - Destination pressure FS 3 UnS(3)
( )

Miscellaneous Files
RVWDAT.UNS Sequential file. User unit data
RVWDAT.STP. Sequential file. Base conditions
RVWSPEC.TXT Sequential file. Data sheet item selections
HEADINGS . DAT Sequential file. Printout titles
RVWSUM.DAT Sequential file. Standard summary selections
RVWCALC.DRV Sequential file. Default drives and paths
RVWCALC.COL Sequential file. Color selections

166

I
Relief Valve Import Process Data
To Import process data into a calculation:

Make a sequential file for each calculation . Files to have a filename (Suggest the tag
number) with no extension (ie RV-100.). After INSTRUCALC reads the file it will
rename the file to " FILENAME.OK" . This will divide the files into two lists, those
which have been processed and those which have not.

To read a file.
1. Go to the required calculation and select the required units.
t
2. Take the Import data menu option.
3. Find the required file. (Using standard Windows procedures)
4. Select the file and the data will be loaded. :
5. Proceed with the calculation and save the data. (Now in the INSTRUCALC file)
6. The sequential file will be assigned the extension ".OK " , and will disappear from
the list.
7. If a review is required , use the Windows file procedures for files with an extension i
".OK"
8. Revised process data should be provided without extensions. The Instmment
engineer will then have an instant review of work not yet perfonned .

Data input sequential file requirements -


(in input order)
i

RV gas known flow Variable name


1 Tag number Seq file)
2 Fluid name xtl (3)
3 Relief temperature (2)
4 Set pressure G(3)
5 Required flow (1)
6 Total back pressure (4)
7 Molecular weight G(6)
8 Ratio of specific heat G(10)
9 Compressibility factor G(9)
10 Operating pressure SD(4)
11 Operating temperature SD(5)
12 Constant back pressure SD(2)
13 Built up back pressure SD(3)
14 Line number Txtl (2)
15 Service Txtl ( l )

167
f .
RV fire liquid vaporization Variable name
1 Tag number (Seq file)
2 Fluid name Txtl (3)
3 Relief temperature G(2)
4 Set pressure G(3)
5 Required flow G( l )
6 Total back pressure G(4)
7 Molecular weight G(6)
8 Ratio of specific heat G(10)
9 Environment factor G(5)
10 Compressibility factor G (9)
11 Latent heat of vaporization G(23)
12 Operating pressure SD(4 )
13 Operating temperature SD(5)
14 Constant back pressure SD(2)
15 Built up back pressure SD(3)
16 Line number Txtl (2)
17 Service Txtl ( l )

RV fire gas expansion Variable name


1 Tag number (Seq file)
2 Fluid name Txtl (3)
3 Operating temperature SD(5)
4 Set pressure G(3)
5 Operating pressure SD(4)
6 Total back pressure G(4)
7 Molecular weight G(6)
8 Ratio of specific heat G(10)
9 Maximum metal temperature G(23)
10 Constant back pressure SD(2)
11 Built up back pressure SD(3)
12 Line number Txtl (2)
13 Service Txtl ( l )

RV liquid known flow Variable name


1 Tag number (Seq file)
2 Fluid name Txtl (3)
3 Relief temperature G(2)
4 Set pressure G(3)
5 Required flow 0(1)
6 Total b ack pressure G(4)
7 SG @ flow conditions G(5)
8 Viscosity @ flow conditions G(7)
9 Operating pressure SD(4)
10 Operating temperature SD(5)

168
Il Constant back pressure SD(2)
12 Built up back pressure SD(3)
13 Line number Txtl (2)
14 Service Txtl ( l )
!

RV liquid pipeline thermal expansion Variable name


1 Tag number (Seq file)
2 Fluid name Txtl (3) }:
3 Relief temperature G ( 2 ) h
4 Set pressure G(3)
5 Total back pressure G(4)
6 Line diameter G(17) !
7 Line length G(18)
8 Cubical expansion G(6)
9 SG @ flow conditions G (5)
10 Viscosity @ flow conditions G(7)
11 Operating pressure SD(4)
12 Operating temperature SD(5) L
13 Constant back pressure SD(2)
14 Built up back pressure SD(3)
15 Line number Txtl (2)
16 Sendee Txtl ( l )

RV liquid heat exchanger thermal expansion


1 Tag number (Seq file)
2 Fluid name '
l xil (3)
'

3 Relief temperature G(2)


4 Set pressure G(3)
5 Total back pressure G(4)
6 Cubical expansion G(6)
7 Heat input G(22)
8 Specific heat G(21)
9 SG @ flow conditions G(5)
10 Viscosity @ flow conditions G(7)
11 Operating pressure SD(4)
12 Operating temperature SD(5)
13 Constant back pressure SD(2)
14 Built up back pressure SD(3)
15 Line number Txtl (2)
16 Service Txtl ( l )

RV steam known flow


1 Tag number (Seq file)
2 Fluid name Txtl (3)
3 Degrees superheat G(9)

169
4 Set pressure 0(3) ! !
5 Total back pressure 0(4)
6 Required flow 0(1)
7 Operating pressure SD(4)
8 Operating temperature SD(5)
9 Constant back pressure SD(2)
10 Built up back pressure SD(3)
11 Line number Txtl (2) ;
12 Service Txtl ( l ) \
?
RV heat exchanger tube rupture j
1 Tag number (Seq file) !
2 Fluid name Txtl (3)
3 Set pressure 0(3)
4 Tube inside diameter 0(17)
5 Tube pressure rating 0(8)
6 Total back pressure 0(4)
8 Operating pressure SD(4) L
9 Operating temperature SD(5)
10 Constant back pressure SD(2)
11 Built up back pressure SD(3)
12 Line number Txtl (2)
13 Service Txtl ( l ) ï

Relief Valve Program Pipe Dimensions


The pipe sizes are available in a program look-up table. To find the size, select the
Pipe ID button to display the pipe size screen, enter the nominal size of the pipe and
select the search button . The available wall thickness and the corresponding inside
diameters for the nominal size are displayed. Select the required size and the data will
be downloaded to the calculation.

Metric dimensions are in millimeters and nominal sizes are based on 25 mm per
nominal inch. If units other than inches or millimeters are used, the data transferred
back to the calculation will be converted to the calculation units.

170
H

: 1

i

Chapter 4

i!
n
L
I
RELIEF DEVICES !!
Rupture Disks and Tank Vents ;|

Pressure Relieving Devices ;


-
Rupture Disk Liquid Flow
Rupture Disk - Gas Flow :

Tank Vent - Gas Relief

The rupture disk programs are based on the ASME pressure vessel code. The tank
vents are based on NFPA and API 2000 . I!
: i

Rupture Disks
A Rupture Disk is a non reclosing pressure relieving device which bursts at the set
pressure. It is a reliable, low cost and accurate method of preventing overpressure. It
can either be used as a stand alone device or in combination with a relief valve when
corrosive or bubble-tight shutoff is required during normal operations and some
resealing capability is required after over pressure has occurred .

171
A safety head assembly is recommended to ensure proper alignment, proper seating
and a reduced possibility of damage during handling and installation.

Rupture disks must meet the ASME code for sizing, manufacturing and testing, the
same back pressure and overpressure limitations as relief valves apply.
:

Being a non reclosing device, caution is advised if you have a superimposed back
pressure. If you subtract it from the set pressure to ensure that the allowable j
overpressure is not exceeded , you may have unexpected shutdowns - not because the i
internal pressure went too high, but because the external down stream pressure went
too low. .

The minimum rupture disk diameter calculated is the inside diameter of the mounting
flanges. The inlet and outlet piping is limited to the same losses (3% and 10%) as the
relief valve. This can be checked with the pipe losses option.

Tank Vents !
;
I

Venting must be provided for normal operational inbreathing and outbreathing


requirements and emergency pressure relief for fire conditions. Tanks are normally
designed to API 650 or API 620 and vented according to API 2000 and NFPA 30.
Emergency pressure relief for API 650 is usually provided in the tank design by the j
frangible characteristic of the shell to roof seam. API 620 usually requires a vent of
sufficient size. This size is usually too large for satisfactory normal operations and is
a separate device with Tanks designed to API are limited to a maximum pressure of
15 psig. Above this they become pressure vessels governed by ASME. The tank
pressure is largely determined by the thickness of the roof material. The minimum
thickness for products of low volatility is 3/16 inch steel, which weighs 0.84 ounces
per square inch. The roof is usually supported by an inside frame and is usually
stronger under vacuum than pressure. A limit of 0.5 ounces per square for both
pressure and vacuum is common for a 3/16 inch thick steel roof.

Under pressure can cause the tank walls to buckle, which is more difficult to repair
than a weak seam splitting because of overpressure. Under pressure may typically be
caused by a thunderstorm on a hot day, sometimes causing a temperature drop of 40°.

The API code states that free vents shall not be used when the contents have a
flashpoint below 100°, only breather valves are acceptable. Flame arrestors should be
used when the product flashpoint is below 100° or when the bulk of the contents can
be heated to the flashpoint under operating conditions .

The size of the assembly is selected so that both the pressure flow and vacuum flow
keep the vessel within the prescribed limits. Maximum flow is usually reached when
the overpressure is twice the set pressure.

172
The API 2000 calculation is based on the hexane worst case formula. This is a
conservative value but does not increase the size significantly, It has the advantage
that if the contents are changed either deliberately or accidentally, then the venting
will most likely still be adequate.

General

If changes are made to data recalled from file, the data will be displayed in the color j
selected for changed data . This will assist in recognising the affect the changes make j-
to other calculations and the data sheet. Î

RELIEF DEVICE Program Features


Perform sizing calculations


Calculate either. ASME single, ASME multi or API formulas
Calculate inlet and outlet pipe losses
l
j
Supply fluid properties at flow conditions
Supply steam data
Supply pipe sizes
) Use English or SI engineering units in any mixture
Use mass or volume flow units
Import process data
Print a calculation sheet using the Windows Print Manager
Save the data

Prepare instrument data sheets

WYSIWYG style
Initially general- sheets for bid purposes
Supply database of standard specification items
After vendor selection, revise for permanent records
Print a data sheet using the Windows Print Manager
Save the data

Print a summary of saved records

Print all records


Print selected records
Print only records having required characteristics

173
)
This is a program for calculating the size of Rupture Disks and Tank Vents . The
available options are:
Rupture disk - Liquid flow
Rupture disk - Gas flow
Tank vents - Gas relief .

r
i
>
pie ;: Edit ;r; fit V.inm - jt / Help
- Program Selection !

© 1Rupture disk - Liquid flow


;
O 2 Rupture disk - Gas flow
O 3 Tank vents - Gas relief

v >: \ '
- - !
• •
:
• .• •

m The
- mm mm :

H| rupture disk programs are based on the AS ME pressure vessel jpig :


code. The tank vents are based on NFPÀ and API 2000 :
c
JÜL
tSÉP»
mÊËÊÊÈÊ •
m

RELIEF DEVICE Program Menu Options


New calculation

Select the required calculation option and the fluid option, then select OK
(or doubleclick if at least one of the options is already selected).

File
Default files.
Recalls file data using the files in the default drives and paths.
Other files .
Recalls file data using the Windows file selection procedure.
Data file maintenance.
Edit Tag Numbers .
Provides the facility to change the Tag Numbers on file.
Or delete records from file.
Sort data file.
Rearrange the Tag Numbers in ascending order. i

174
Delete the items marked if the edit was saved.
Data files path
Path for the default calculation data files.
User unit file path
Path for the defaults engineering units file.
Printout headings file path
Path for the printout headings file.
Ii
ij
There are three paths. If a Drive and Path different from the Default Path and Drive p
provided in the initial Set Up Procedure was used, the program will update them to rj
• . . ?|
the Drive and Path which was installed . They are saved in sequential file
RDWCALC.DRV which resides with the programs. To check or change the paths, jj
either call up the Drive and Path for edit or use a text editor to or change the file
contents.

Convert V3 file stage 2


Instmcalc version 3 file conversion to Windows format.
|
Exit |!
: i

Exits from Instrucalc to Windows Program Manager. !; j


|

j!
Color ;
• i

Provides color options for Instrucalc displays, using the Windows palette.

Edit Tables (Version 5.1)


\
^
j j
InstruCalc uses Data Tables for Gas, Liquid, Pipe Size and Material properties, these
contain data from which exact properties for the flow conditions are calculated. It also
has tables for equipment data. These option provides an easy means of customizing
them. Items can be added, inserted, deleted and changed. ;
i

Each program can edit the tables used in the program. Take note that some, such as
the Gas, Liquid and Pipe Size are used by other programs and may include data
required. only by them.
' j

Editing is performed by either clicking the appropriate line in the Grid or entering the
; !
line number in Row to Edit and clicking Recall Row. Edit the data and Load Row to
the Grid. When a box in the edit line is clicked, information on the data required for !
that box is displayed above. Save Grid overwrites the old file. A backup file is
recommended before you start. The file name is in the heading of the Edit Form and
the files are in the program directory.

Note that data cannot be edited directly in the grid.

175
Print Summary
Goes to the print summary program.

RELIEF DEVICE Program Lead Sheet !:


The program will only stop at the Lead Sheet if it fails to find the default paths file.
To continue, type in the paths and save the file. !
i

The Data Files are specific to a project and an instrument type


The Units File may be common for all projects and specific for an instrument type
The Headings File may be specific for a project and common for all instruments ;
:-

r
Rupture Disk Size - Liquid Calculation
mm
:vr:.Gi )
r- Output data
'

r >- >c ;
- lif ; L
: - *
,
.

Calculated diameter ,in


f Tag 1M II
Calculated area in2
.. ,Ij Q- API|
11110 ASME single Q ASME multi
ACUIT $ Û V ô-
71| ACUr ^ h! ' y X iDI
- '
v
'
±\ y: v ;
^

Helief pr
. . .
essuie
.. _ ^ _psig
r -.
T;-, s nv'

,,, %
a Dfek capacity
r Tffft/fi Ùi
I! u{ s t i n l n l l t l r (.
,
.-
.

.

^ >

I
f rfil back pressure PS q i
i

n?
i
. .
«
.
mm^
Calculate
mmm V
M
Blm
à
T 10 M â si ;• •
|g|§
i j
|
ii sV.
ISÏ 7 GHE ?> K§SS
'J
Ii i

s .62
a;
V-
,A
if m
0
ÎK

mm s <

msmmsâ « M - Sîi
ï -
- . . -. . .
3Sv V •iv \ v T\\
Vt Y i 1
-
^ ’.^r *-hStV;’««Ü 'frS' ^1<*£ ^ ^»
T rV- r
^ £, É'tSf ? frNM>S>5t
L.

Engineering Units

There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available:

Mass Flow - English Units . Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit
Volume Flow - English Units. US gallons per minute and degrees
Fahrenheit

176
;
Mass Flow - SI Units. Kilograms per second and degrees
Centigrade
Volume Flow - SI Units . Litres per second and degrees Centigrade
User Units . A set of units selected from the Liquid
Flow Engineering Unit screen

To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units.

The Liquid Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed . It shows the available
options and the current unit selection.

Select the required units and save the User file.

Unit Selection

A new calculation defaults to Mass English units.

The Unit Selection can be made at any time. The input data will be converted to the
new units. If a volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity at base
conditions is not available the flow is set to zero . Units for any individual input entry
can be changed by the selecting the Review Units option and choosing from the
Liquid Flow Engineering Unit screen.

Fluid Properties

The Fluid properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are entered .
The properties required for a calculation are available for pure liquids and mixtures
and are provided in the selected units. Caution should be used for mixtures of
dissimilar fluids because the mixture law may not apply.

For a pure liquid find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the fluid
properties will be entered.

For a mixture select the first component. In the component box, enter the
percentage. Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then select
calculate in the component box and the program will calculate and enter the mixture
values. The fluid properties database is user updateable.

Sizing Code

In the Summer 1984 Addenda to the Pressure Vessel Code, ASME published a
formula for liquid sizing. All vessels registered after 1984 must be sized with the
ASME formula. Vessels built before this may still use the API formula.

177
Input Data

The enabled input boxes define the data required for the calculation .
The maximum ASME overpressure is 10%, API 25%. :
;

Calculate

Click the Calculate button. ii


The program will validate the input data, }
Calculate the output data f
Display the results
The selected disk diameter is the flange inside diameter
1

Editing Data
I
The output data should be examined for adequacy. j
Change data as required and recalculate

i
Filing and Moving On

The options in the File menu are:


Program menu - Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu . )
-
Prepare data sheet Is enabled after a calculation is made, it displays
the screen to prepare a data sheet form for the calculated item.
New record - Clears the screen for a new calculation.
Save - Using the default path, it saves a new record if not previously
saved or saves changes to an existing record.
Save New.-.Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new
record (used to duplicate similar items, i . e. recall an existing
record . Edit as required and Save New)
Save As.... - Uses the Windows file access system. Saves to a file
anywhere.
Import data - Select the units and read Input data supplied in
sequential files.
File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation
records
The default paths are
The Data Files. (RVDDAT.TAG and
RVDDAT.DAT).
The User Unit Files . (RVDDAT.UNS)
The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS.DAT)
Print calculation - Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays
the screen to print a calculation.

178

i
Exit - Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program
Manager

RELIEF DEVICE Liquid Engineering Units



V v - m : v:
IT *
mWm
çaaï
HS

i I
jpffiM ,
tfS‘ fl*
?
'£ >&. ««attfeV

ÉÔ kg ÉQ lilie |
£

ÉÔ ( orme" Ô K3 3
- - .. . r
i
- i
&V
Ëir.uÆ- I;i®v degF

.. . -'
r • .-.• - .

h î iO degC
tiegR
O degK
r • rtA U ùrV T • • *: s

i
"

liO KV ; * **' '* "


• c vf

s* • »
MM
m » *
I
• ,HSSI '
iVfe dsitv —
I Kff ®
iio
-
cs . Mm

vV %

- . -

.
£
i
If
^
if O kPag
UQ
;r
» Wi**

Q mPa.s ; 313.0
,
atg
cp
Pa s

inhgg
• «• * •
;


.

* ,• - A'
ifjs
11® psig Q inH 20 • - .-
i

JO
O
O
- •

^ÏÎ barg
^
.
g Si i
mmhgg !*

g
kg / cm2g|
1
. -
::* :*•> %: • • x* :

i
«%
l f
V

|
il T IO
N ! WO UKtonfO m3
Ô UKgail Î IO other
É >- '
-V V ^ '
i - Other Wm I O MPag
. / IL#&0V \ v
s
;
:•
>
~
-
i
!
O OtheT"
^
3
:

VP Ü Slon lO bbl
! : ! «0 Other O Olhe ; lS
-
llo
liO
. 0
. . i
- “
mm
cm
- - .
<
iiii
S
IS
®
jgoiS
ir
2
*3î
l
-. -i Paris
®
;
iiütpi:
W§iO cm 2 Jifpô ata fjO bara
>
iffisfi s
ï üü:ïp!|!«
: . i: î;:;•<*•>?.»;• «. ;•
' . * ".• * . • r•'
s;
•• • js Jï
“"
>» . . T
" > -
'

*
'

\
l 8 - O Sr If llO inhga fo kgA:m2a i ®
fS*p ss«« 88as ii lISlo ft
^ 1|
^ er
' "

^ io üÆ ^ f
'

--- IO
10m An JIO l à m
r?vTd > m HOm m ^. -
*• t?3gr
- X;ÎS-
ÜlÔ. Other §f §;
V?P%|
T r
&v;;,-; tiii3t v:'-a î-.>K îîi.«r«> • -:
I MIO other
- .•;
••

:
.

|
?
.
S- ïfyir

;
-"
i jVl

II
gij

!
.

, ÆBQmr^Mea^
$iis3tS*&iai¥ZZi \ X*i'2 k'iSfcWiliS

inpuiiïp
. ~ .-. -. - :
* j
vixrr' w ' Af' . ., 1
‘ -
:• i *
-‘ - J.
y -' J ' . - 5

i -
:
mM il® btu/lb/ degF ^ iip
i
Cancel
s

J jolTiiO rn /s
:

H5 kj?hr

m
iM ms I jô btuAb/degC |
' "
îS

8 }»iœ SS^L- câ User file I


rfiS.
o Hî Jil!: . keal/ kg/degC j | ÜI^,.^Save & '
'
8
' •

i«Êto | : 0 kJ / kg / degC ÜQ Mbhi/ hr ^. .-


, ,
iÿ
.

s tppsssa^ 1
i
^
: , .
M'^’VÎ WO fJ I aj: ?VMT:VJX!('T''irrj'ivnJTO ; .
^ ^

1 |IL
O Other l Üt t i f i S f e M i i0 O Mkj/ hr I
: .: ræi |
^1 Ü» itü - îtssvteïm ü' t?
-^ <*•» « îia.
^ iMlî rTmikcf tf=
3S I

.‘. V .• • V ''

- ~ ' 4
~ _: _ ^: ^
J ^
->
js
^
\ •'... _
>yA>vr« 4i!rv“ rf t o -VA
' - ^
___ ^
.: irai

“ V m* ï r i>: . ' .
.. '
. . _ . __.
v ,'^: ^',: > t<- > <l'UI‘
- ...... \.1 .
0


'i

:

The screen shows the process variables used in a liquid calculation and list the
available options. To assure fall coverage each (Except Flow Time Base) has an
“ Other” option. This is a user defined unit. Double click the option and it will {.
display the name and multiplier to convert it to the standard units. The standard unit
is always the first item in the list . The screen shows the current selection. Any unit
may be selected and will be used in the calculation if OK is selected .

To create a User File for the User File Unit option in the calculation, select the
desired units and click the save button.

A double click on any unit option selects that option and returns to the calculation.
X

L
:

:
;

179
: i

:
!
i

Data conversion
il
For all items except flow, the unit change represents only a multiplier to convert the i;
input data and the data is always converted. The Flow Quantity option has Mass H
and Volume options. The relationship between mass flow and volume flow is a i!
multiplier and the specific gravity of the fluid. If the flow units are changed from Ü
mass to volume, or volume to mass and the specific gravity is not available the flow
rate is set to zero . ri

RELIEF DEVICE Inlet and Outlet Pressure Loss


!
ü
Calculation i

£
ms
m. ^ jSli
m

I
-Mr ffiWal 3 Ï m
:
s
%

m
llSSgfiSSn
I© Steel|
mu.
sMilA 20 -.
|Q Cast iron|
|0 Tubing |
• D-
-- - . -.
n 19
. - mum
*

à m
0 Galv iron §|0 Asphalted fgO Concrete gO Wood g
mmmm
.

ro i.
. -
Jzï i-m®? mmWssssszsssz

TT' i'v
"
'

'Ss ufac e»;,:J '


15
mm
Mi
: -10
2

- r.«j ; K«CW \K
m
m
m
m
m
m
i
iliiKiPliW
,,
r
n. M
IIÉgi88<81î
Fluid How ; SSii
^m
•V
: ’/

m
b/ h 1.447146E +G7
i ïî fl
1.087
I
1
Calculate
%ÆÊÊM
r Pipe
. ; --i
$
I$
Fs't'ï': -:

condition
: .:v x ;

© New ijO Good


:v '
ft;


i
i 2

’’ '* ; • r'
“W
;
!
II

; •

pO
1
I

- - >!
? ••"£• ••• ; p ': -
Old
II
n f:
J

\
!

mmsmà •:

. pjppgisi V

i.'
- Output data :% -
psi Percent
il
(Should be less than 3)
i
Inlet pipe loss y
:
.M Built up bank> ' pressure psi Percent (Should be less than 10J
' 1
i;

*
tt f FTt ms&
" •
- - '

psig :
Superimposed back press b^ .

- ï: ,
rV
, r

Total baçjk. pressure


-
Transfer to HP calc
• •
• •

psig "

vf / v
! Outlet fluid velocity ft /s «
• . , •. • -t F -t
'
|i p&ih
:-
A >k V r.
- .
r.'' C

:
r: -i ; '
*
•••'
.
* v
-
.xv:
.
-' - • • ~
r i t , _ -, v.i.:;
• :;• • v.x‘
/

This program uses the units selecting in the calculation program. ASME limits the
pressure loss to 3% for the inlet and 10% for the outlet piping. The program calculate
these as well as the Superimposed back pressure, the Built- up back pressure and
the Total back pressure .

180
!

The Superimposed back pressure is the pressure in the discharge header before the
valve opens. The program adds any head pressure to the source pressure.

The Built-up back pressure is the pressure built up in the discharge as the result of !!
flow.

The Total back pressure is the sum of the two. It always affects the flow capacity of
i- j
a liquid device and rarely affects a gas device flow capacity because the large I!
pressure drop across the device usually causes critical flow conditions.
.1

Calculation options.

Select the Pipe Material.


Select the Pipe Condition.
I!
Input Data
;

The enabled input boxes define the data required for the calculation. J]
Enter the piping configuration and the pipe lengths and
elevation change. !
:
Enter the process data not passed down from the valve
calculation.

Calculate

Click the Calculate button.


The program will validate the input data, !
;

Calculate the output data


Display the results

Editing Data

The output data should be examined for adequacy.


Are the ASME limits met?
i
Change data as required and recalculate i
;
If satisfactory transfer the back pressure to the device calculation by ::

clicking Transfer. i

RELIEF DEVICE Calculation Data Printout


This program will print the input and output calculation data and one associated
comment. The comment is included in the data sheet for reference purposes.

181 f
:

;
;

!
!
\

It also creates the default printout headings. The headings are printed at the top of all
printouts . They are saved in the HEADINGS .DAT file. This is the third default ;

path. If all programs are set to the same path, this becomes the default headings for
all program printouts.

. O WF .f- : WFF ; Ï» •: ;

| l liil gl§Bgg^ • ••••'


^X
'

| | . ;
' ' •• • •

E
J $ Octagon Engineering Corporation
A, ,ÿ nv - ,
-
. 2/ 23/ 95

J
3*
;
-
:

«Conversion
(
rt

ii Plant il .
?7f
i; ;hv

-
:

ISS Silf5
;
>*"**> « - ;

< \ y l/
J- J
Î
(A
1994 Update 23Ï 4
y :; j ,
fIM
ü li J:

; æ Fike Üi 1
; px%
^
^
nS rUCa C
I:

I;§1 :
ut®
,

Feb 1995
iti
ti
HH» SBHB R

Save
-
Headings &§ü
Wit
Cancel
WH
aX ms
m «liiiiÉ
m f’ h

la üti
&
VU

*Ji-
i liaSreSS?m m
rjÿ Ljb
-. •
v V.» Sj
:
. rr > y \' i
* ;»< ••<» % "

Save Headings . Saves the headings

Cancel. Returns to the calculation fonn without printing

OK. Prints the headings and calculation using the Windows Print Manager, then
returns to the calculation form

182
RELIEF DEVICE Data Sheet
Octogon Enginering Corporation
-
Rupture disk Liquid flow
Spec. Sheet
Project 2314 Rev.
Plant Conversion Req. Date 11/18/01
2001 Update By Appr
Tag Number: RD- 100
Disk 1 ) Size
2) Material
3) Coating j Inlet 1 Outlet
4) Quantity per assembly
5)
Vacuum 6) Model
Support 7) Material
8) Quantity per assembly
9) Attached to disk
Flanges 10) Assembly number
11) Material [ Base | Holddown
12) Piping inside diameter 0 in
13) Flange rating and facing
14) Jack screws in holddown flange
Accessories 15 ) Studs , nuts | Preassembly screws
16 ) Pressure gage j Excess flow valve
17)
Selection 18) Code ASME Section 8
basis 19) Fire
20)
Service 21 ) Service
conditions 22) Vessel or Line number
23) Fluid name
24) Fluid state Liquid
25 ) Required capacity 25 Lb/ h
26 ) Specific gravity @ FTP .63
27) 1 cp
28) Pressure | Operating | Bursting Psig ! 24 psig
29) Temperature | Operating j Relief DegF | 23 degF
30) Constant back pressure psig
31) Static or pulsating pressure
32) Coirosive agents
33) Allowable overpressure % 10
34) Coinpress ibility factor Not applicable
35 )
Disk data 36 ) Calculated diameter .008518 in
37) Selected diameter 0 in
38) Manufacturer
39) Model
Notes:

The first use of the data sheet is to obtain competitive bids. It should initially
emphasize the engineering requirements and be fairly general regarding the details.
When a vendor is selected it should be updated to the exact details so that the data
sheet is a record of the instrument purchased.

The relevant data from the calculation is automatically displayed . Minor editing,
such as rounding can be performed. Major editing should be done in the calculation
routine in order to preserve the integrity of the calculation.

A user defined database is available to enter data for those inputs which have a
limited number of options. To activate this, double click the input box, the data on

183
file is displayed. Double click the required option and the data is transferred to the j
data sheet form.

The database should be customized for the project requirements. To edit the data;
click the selected item. Edit the data in the active top line, select Replace, continue
with the edit and Save on completion. The Input data menu option has an option to
enter either the first or the second item in the list for all items. If the database is
constructed so that the first item is the first standard selection and the second item is
the second standard selection then two standard data sheets are available for a single
keystroke. This feature only enters data into empty input boxes.

Some input boxes require unique data which is typed in. Space is provided to enter
information for non standard options. Enter the title and data, it will be saved with
the other data.

Three lines of notes of special instructions are available at the bottom of the data
sheet.

The input data is limited to 25 characters and 60 characters for each of the notes.

File options

Print data sheet Prints the data sheet using the Windows Print }
Manager. Refer to Windows Help

Go to calculation. Returns to the calculation form using the same


record

Update headings Overwrites the headings with the current default


set

184
i

Rupture Disk Size - Gas Calculation


i

Wtetevv 'î
. ":TV :: y -
File Engineering units Fluid graperties , Pipe josses •:% 1: s> -ï tiV‘ à&£liïsï - - v.
' ' K

- input data -v'


: Output data

*P»»1
:

! »' simi
I
i Calc disk diameter in
:I

r te " ’
i

i!
i :!
ÀSME 'SectjO i© 8 Single O 8 Multi O Fire * 6 Calculated area
;"
'
in2
É
| l Relief pressure
I
Relief temperature tlugfi®-? psig
i- â-î
. S r :Vr viSV:- i - » < >r£ -. : H -
.’ ; : ' î jS
* S. ' ;i : v »ii

-
'*. : ..•

m ?

| |
; Disk capacity
P Relieving noise level dbA
|
Ib / h

| jÉMÉ»awi
| j |
te Reaction force
§
SS ÏÏS fa ï -. m
i
i -- ;

• - i
T:

Wmm s* -
mm
,

\
^ j

m

ilPSPl
Ü
M
m ï>
s
i
mm §tim
wÊÊÊÊKÊmBf;
-
te £ vs* i?
IMS»aLwmk Ti

^
• •

.
â;p ff«î tïien
sDBihügf |‘“ 6
„.... . ig ë '
. iî - 62 AA
m i£ I!
|
$§§$?*
i|
| Spf «y
1 'v
Calculate
te;- - , : - :.
r . y
- te 0 tehte
m
m
r!

- -
U'.' fc. i r.:•< ÜÏL
mm L'p.
y
J

Engineering Units M

There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available:

Mass Flow - English Units . Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit jj
Volume Flow - English Units . Standard cubic feet per minute and degrees
Fahrenheit jj
Mass Flow - SI Units . Kilograms per second and degrees Centigrade jj
Volume Flow - SI Units . Standard cubic decimeters per second and jj
degrees Centigrade
11
User Units . A set of units selected from the Gas Flow
Engineering Unit screen
!l
n
To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units . ij

The Gas Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed. It shows the available
options and the current unit selection. Select the required units and save the User file.

Unit Selection

A new calculation defaults to Mass English units .

185
!

The Unit Selection can be made at any time. The input data will be converted to the
new units. If a volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity at base
conditions is not available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual input entry
can be changed by the selecting the Review Units option and choosing from the Gas
Flow Engineering Unit screen.

Sizing Code j
New vessels must use the ASME code, Old vessels (Before 1985) may still use the }
old API formula.

Input Data
j

The enabled input boxes define the data required for the calculation.
The maximum ASME overpressure is 10%, API 25% ]
i

Calculate |

Click the Calculate button. •


;

The program will validate the input data,


Calculate the output data
Display the results )
The selected disk diameter is the flange inside diameter !
.
*

Editing Data
|

The output data should be examined for adequacy.


Change data as required and recalculate
i

Filing and Moving On

The options in the File menu are:



Program menu Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
Prepare data sheet --Is enabled after a calculation is made, it displays the
i

screen to prepare a data sheet form for the calculated item.


New record - Clears the screen for a new calculation.
Save - Using the default path,, it saves a new record if not previously saved or
saves changes to an existing record.
Save New.-.Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new record
(used to duplicate similar items, i .e. recall an existing record. Edit as
required and Save New)
Save As.... - Uses the Windows file access system. Saves to a file anywhere.
Import data - Select the units and read Input data supplied in sequential files. ;

186
File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation records
The default paths are
The Data Files. (AGADAT.TAGandAGADAT.DAT). |
The User Unit Files . (AGADAT.UNS)
The Printout Headings File ( HEADINGS . DAT)
-
Print calculation Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays the
screen print a calculation.

Exit Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program Manager j

f
Tank Vent - Gas Calculation
-

» Fnging ering unity .FI . rd prcpitri.iVt .



- Pipe [esses Help
J
mrnmimmÊËmmmsïËMmmmmwii - Output data

!
.
V •
A £ ' Fluid '; s
& S» Flowrates in scfh air equivalent :
I
m V.:

s
Operating pressure flow
^ IS
:
É jgtai mm 4
HSS
Tank diameter
Tank height
m

. Operating vacuum Flow
I SEmêrgëncy pressuré flow
p! a
J| Tank wetted
IJ 3
area
TM' .. . :. "'
... w
Ü2 '
; ‘
"
:,

i
flashpomi ftdeqR
f if T ank volume -
m
Si
mm 1 ü .ï : ..-vAv M
rate mm * Â

iX
%
I
uid
G

wm wmsmm Ï
3
ii

f .
*
Y
IJ~
;i , , a
4
rA
ISFÉa*gas valve fail Idpert scfh ; I? I :if
1.4*
4 4s? &
1-;
mm
:
« sm
W>
naii
.

5
4;

JIT

! SS IsrtJ «. _ :
m m
CT : SC
â
m
p » Si 3' w is ft1
V;
-,
4M «
f.

iiBiigimi
a*smft
S mmIK
© M û credit
I» « : Mi
a» a ii
IS mm
-J VS: •

£ -
* © Approved drainage
f
Siill -
1

t ® F&ed water £pra$ is g;SSiM 0 :A


“ T

i
? . . .
• ,
3ft
m - 4

Hm
Sly
m
i .

I © Approved Insulation ! © Sprang. * insulation il


*

MgV •
- -

Ü
— v L /A •
_^ -

HH
-
•W
areas
- --
w sr > n.r .w
y:r • > :w y

Venting must he provided for normal operational inbreathing and outbreathing


requirements and emergency pressure relief for fire conditions. Tanks are normally
designed to API 650 or API 620 and vented according to API 2000 and NFPÀ 30.
Emergency pressure relief for API 650 is usually provided in the tank design by the
frangible characteristic of the shell to roof seam . API 620 usually requires a vent of
sufficient size. Its size is usually too large for satisfactory normal operations and is a
separate device with a higher set pressure.

187
Engineering Units

There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available:

Mass Flow - English Units . Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit
Volume Flow - English Units. Standard cubic feet per minute and degrees
Fahrenheit
Mass Flow’ - SI Units . Kilograms per second and degrees Centigrade
Volume Flow - SI Units. Standard cubic decimeters per second and
degrees Centigrade
User Units . A set of units selected from the Gas Flow
Engineering Unit screen

To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units .

The Gas Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed. It shows the available
options and the current unit selection. Select the required units and save the User file.

Unit Selection

A new calculation defaults to Mass English units.

The Unit Selection can be made at any time. The input data will be converted to the
new units. If a volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity at base
conditions is not available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual input entry
can be changed by the selecting the Review Units option and choosing from the Gas
Flow Engineering Unit screen.

Fire Emergencies

Pressure can be relieved by either a weak seam or by an emergency vent. When sizing
the vent for stable liquids, the National Fire Protection Association Standard NFPA
30 (ANSI Approved) allows the use of an environment factor with the options.

No credit Environment factor 1


Approved drainage Environment factor 0.5
Water spray NFPA 15 Environment factor 0.3
Approved insulation Environment factor 0.3
Fixed water spray plus approved insulation Environment factor 0.15

Only one factor can be used for any one tank.

188

i
Input Data

The enabled input boxes define the data required for the calculation.

Calculate

Click the Calculate button.


The program will validate the input data,
Calculate the output data
Display the capacity for the operational and emergency vent

Editing Data

The output data should be examined for adequacy.


Change data as required and recalculate

Filing and Moving On

——
The options in the File menu are:
Program menu Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
Prepare data sheet Is enabled after a calculation is made, it displays the
screen to prepare a data sheet form for the calculated item.
-
New Clears the screen for a new calculation.
Save - Using the default path, it saves a new record if not previously saved or
,

saves changes to an existing record.


Save New.-.Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new record
(used to duplicate similar items, i.e. recall an existing record. Edit as
required and Save New)
-
Save As.... Uses the Windows file access system . Saves to a file anywhere.
Import data - Select the units and read Input data supplied in sequential files.
-
File default path Changes the default paths for the calculation records
The default paths are
The Data Files. (AGADAT.TAG and AGADAT.DAT).
The User Unit Files. (AGADAT.UNS)
The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS.DAT)
-
Print calculation Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays the
screen to print a calculation.

Exit Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program Manager

189
RELIEF DEVICE Gas Engineering Units
ic
• v.ij

ow quan v a eriiUlC= : isoiute


î il: »Ui pi CAil- Uiq sure - ,Critical Pressure

W*M 4.
> UIUtC DI ;::
lüüil f•4|© psïa |Q inH 20I ra uir
:

ps »g IQ f :© ps ïa : O mmhga |

Î5 . . . -.
inH 20 g ;|
g©|ib| IO sft3 II to
tr ' iïü ’itl

kPag ?0
L

mmhgg ^
jttO kPaa jO mmhga |
ig
\
Ô kPaa jO î nhga |;
'

r
?
'y .. .... - ï l’

1 3;
. *
••> • r/ T . i* : . r •
^
5A ??:
O - kg O- ; jO sdm3 atg ?0 barg J O ata,r r ~ ~ sO bara iO- ata. IO bara
-’À;- ?S
- « « '•/ ••

ï 0 tonne JO sm3 It O
|
»
'^y .
• ' :
• ( J .. . .- ..
% ‘ i ,v

inhgg 10
-..b • . . - . --
*# • 7.7 / 3 /

kg /cm2g
ù£
: r>

|
// *
*
| SO î nhga 10 kg / cm2a
‘r "* ' ' v* :*
IbO -MPaasO
- - ..*»>, * • ' ** r x *
y fci ** •

kg /cm2a tji
,
' .
J" .- . *" *
" : v&xii •wivtt.i ’.y * j v;vx w1 y a
- ïé F
*3

Og IO Msft 3 : O MPag Q I O MPaa O other # mmmO Other


O UKton
_-
r H? .USton : : : r.
Other

-S
S
?
»

ti
.

!
-
Î : •**; fyfts
Relief area
ifc» \ K •!

i|»1kgbl3 »
\ nO
16
iiB ôiSBmsalsaïc ^^ © »n 2
« . © in
" '”
I r
; .
— > .v> .
<\ : /Aλ wiw
^ .•xnr.s w .
Ü
--= r
%%
tVV' a.•
; 0 mm2 ri ijô mm
‘ “•
• • • •"

fl te A><mn33 »
0 degR ii In
| ! O' cm2 | |
Ëï i
|0«
JI £ ?« = ii
tes? . J a;,
.
%
p ®0 B
“ 1 ^

lm
ï SM&C

+ 0 .'s ,
‘“
©d/h MO degK ;i|
^ 2 «
^.. ..
±±
j
(Q ü
IO
I »»»
. .„ . ëmpS
!
/m
* iSJÏSUâ ^ '' ï iêitasas
ï. üï. F nlhsT ffi àitolpUa
0 /d
aa
-
, lheL | ,
D h
r:;V\A' K^Ç'eî-W.si'W - er -.- y. ,
m?.
:
:

^]^ ^ |
S SÇWÎ

^
»| ^ ^| ^ % , hg t Ve o ity - i:FQrcë
'
ï
^t ug tc lluK aui ai e
^ 71: - > 7
-
l
!
r H^ nR î \ degK He|qhtf - 1
i Heights
Il 0 © » u 7lh
| - mib
0 degRsO rt* nK i nn
cp h
btu/lb © flft /*s -vfl
Pa s ifeo kJ / kg
|
4;© » 1O , ' O »kgssy « |
'

iÔ degF ÎÔ denC . Ô m /S K iy? Si


s |;,
r
HgO O i h e, Othe,.
& aMeM
0 > Pa|
n
m|
j : : C other O ^îO Other. Siï ; 2ia6à
*
mMammMgm io 0& ÏO other! ^-3;^nr>î :^s iiïe,ï
;
h
i
Kf
. .• •y.tun
-- ^ *Tî r w-
^ i
^ yxrx^:yrz? nzy !
ï

saifflsiiSMiisiiH liin sl®l Siüüi -

7 -
^ ^ Cane®:: OK
I
* vi

r=
Save User file >!<
jigs;

The screen shows the process variables used in a liquid calculation and list the
available options. To assure full coverage each (except Flow Time Base) has an
Other option. This is a user defined unit . Double click the option and it will display
the name and multiplier to convert it to the standard units. The standard unit is
always the first item in the list. The screen shows the current selection. Any unit
may be selected and will be used in the calculation if OK is selected. To create a
User File for the User File Unit option in the calculation, select the desired units and
click the save button. A double click on any unit option selects that option and
returns to the calculation.
Data Conversion

For all items except flow, the unit change represents only a multiplier to convert the
input data and the data is always converted . The Flow Quantity option has Mass
and Volume options. The relationship between mass flow and volume flow is a
multiplier and the molecular weight of the gas, conversion can only be made when
the molecular weight has been entered.

Definition of units
Mass flow units :
lb = pounds

190
\

./ kg = kilograms
tonne = 1000 kg = lMg
g = gram
UKton = 2240 lb |
USton = 2000 lb |
Other = user defined mass unit
Volume flow units :
sft3 = standard cubic feet 1
sdm3 = standard cubic decimetres j-
sm3 = standard cubic metres 1
j
Msft3 = million standard cubic feet
Other = user defined volume unit |
L

Time base :
/ s = per second
/m = per minute
/h = per hour
/d = per day
Gauge pressure : L
psig = pounds per square inch gauge
kPag = kiloPascals gauge
atg = atmospheres gauge
inhgg = inches of mercury gauge
) MPag = megaPascals gauge
inH20g = inches of water gauge
mmhgg = millimetres of mercury gauge
barg ~ bars gauge
kg/ cm 2 g = kilograms per square centimetre gauge

Other user defined gauge pressure unit
Absolute pressure :
psia = pounds per square inch absolute
kPaa = kiloPascals absolute !

ata - atmospheres absolute j

inhga = inches of mercury absolute


MPaa = megaPascals absolute
inH20a = inches of water absolute

mmhga millimetres of mercury absolute
bara = bars absolute
kg/cm2a = kilograms per square centimetre absolute
Other = user defined absolute pressure unit
Temperature :
degF = degrees Fahrenheit
degF = degrees Centigrade
degR = degrees Rankine
degK = degrees Kelvin
I Other = user defined temperature unit

191
Velocity
ft/s = feet per second
m/s - metres per second
Other - user defined velocity j
Viscosity :
cp = centipoises
Pa.s = Pascal seconds j-

cs = centistokes
kPa.s = kiloPascal seconds .
Other = user defined viscosity unit {
Pipe and disk diameter :
in = inches
mm = millimetres
cm = centimetres
ft = feet
m = metres
Other = user defined size
Relief area : I
in 2 = square inches
mm2 = square millimetres
cm2 = square centimetres
ft2 = square feet
m2 = square metres
Other = user defined area
Length and Height :
ft = feet
m = metres
Other = user defined length
Latent Heat :
btu/lb = British thermal units per pound
kJ /lb = kilojoules per pound
Other = user defined latent heat
Force :
lb = pound
kg = kilogram

Other user defined force units

Print (RELIEF DEVICE) Summary


The program will provide a printout summary of data sheet records on file. The Print
Summary is accessed from the Relief Device Sizing Programs menu . It is available
for Rupture Disks and / or Tank Vents

192
I It can provide a printout of either:
All fields
Selected fields ••

Fields equal to
Fields not equal to
Fields equal to or less than
Fields equal to or greater than
Fields less than j:
Fields more than I
i

I.
F
Procedure for a new Summary

Select Options
Clear checks Clears all checks on the form
Clear Other Data Clears all other data on the form
Make new field selections
Each field has four boxes —
A check box to select the field L
;

A box to specify the field width


A box to enter data to compare
A box to specify the compare method (Double click for
data)
) Select data relationship
And or or
Click Print to print using Windows Print Manager

File Options ]
Save print options
Saves a standard printout
Go to Program Menu Form
Returns to program menu for further work on this module
Exit •:

Returns to the Windows Program Manager

Procedure for a standard printout


j
Select Options
Recall saved options
Print
Procedure to print all fields

Select Options
Check all
Print
i

Other Options
Select font i
Windows font selection procedure :
Select Printer lT
Windows Print Manager

i
;

194
Relief Device Calculation Routines
Rupture Disk-Liquid Size
Calculate required diameter -
Wm
D=
90711/G (P( 1 - P2 )
inches
Rupture Disk Gas Size
1. Calculate if sonic flow -
If
A
P2 / 2 Ï k-1
>
,
P vk + 1y (
then flow is in the sonic region
2. Calculate specific heat ratio.-
Sonic flow
k +1

-
\
2
0.144, k
k- 1
C
\ Vk + v
Subsonic flow ,-
L
r 2 :

- P2 Ak ( p2 A :
1 f k \
:

k
C ' .
24 Vk - V
\
w y
:

: 3. Calculate required diameter -

D= ,Vi1753W.CP_, VM
JL
Nomenclature
D Required rupture disk diameter for flow conditions inches
Of Liquid specific gravity at flow conditions dimensionless
k Ratio of specific heats dimensionless
M Gas molecular weight dimensionless
P.1 Relief pressure psia
P2 Back pressure psia
Tf Gas flowing temperature degR
Wm, Relief flow Ib/h

Tank Vents
1 Vent for normal operations
1. Calculate normal venting requirements for product movement -
Product flow in
If the liquid flashpoint is more than 100 degF -
V]N = ( 6 X barrels per hour ) CFH of free air.
If it is less than 100 degF - :
:
195
ii

VIN = ( 12 X barrels per hour ) CFH of free air.


Product flow out
i

^
2. Thermal breathing -
OUT = ( 5 6 x barrels per hour ) CFH of free air.
:

Tank size less than 20000 barrels.- :

R IN
= ( Tank size in barrels ) CFH of free air.

^ OUT =
^
Tank size more than 20000 barrels.-
IN

D 0'575
D
«N = 93 ( Tank size in barrels ) -|
CFH of free air l

^ OUT “
^ IN
If the liquid flash point is more than 100 degF then -
,
B N = 0.6BN CFHoffreeair
3. Calculate the vent pressure flow requirement.-
- Pump in rate + thermal outbreathing
VIN -4- R OUT
= cubic feet of air per hour
4. Calculate the vent vacuum flow requirement.-
= Pump out rate + thermal inbreathing
V -f R
IN cubic feet of free air per hour
0
= OUT

2 . Emergency Vent
1. Calculate the vessel iiquid/ flame wetted area -
2
Aw
= 7iDH + D squarefeet
N:
2. Calculate the emergency pressure venting requirements -
If Aw is less then 200 then -
Ev = 1048FA °°
1

If isbetween 200 to 1000 then -


^
EV = 10517FA
ü
If is between 1000 to 2800 then -
338n i!

if
Aw
Ev = 50673FA
is greater than 2800 then -
^ II
A w is greater
Ev - 74200F
il
If than 2800 and the tank design pressure is greater than 1 psig then -
82

^
!
Ev = 1107FA
Nomenclature i

Aw Wetted area square feet


R lN
Thermal inbreathing rate cubic feet of free air per hour
r
R
DOUT Thermal outbreathing rate cubic feet of free air per hour
D Tank diameter feet

196
Fv cubic feet of free air per hour
Emergency outbreathing rate
F Environment factor dimensionless
H Tank height feet

^ IN Venting for pump in rate cubic feet of free air per hour

^ OUT Venting for pump in rate cubic feet of free air per hour

Reference
API 2000 Venting Atmospheric and low pressure storage tanks
API 620 Design of large steel tank for oil storage
API 650 Welded tanks for oil storage tanks
American Petroleum Institute Washington DC 20005
National Fire Protection Association NFPA #30

197
Data Files
;
/

INSTRUCALC V 5 Random access file specification for relief valves RDWDat.Dat.


Tag Numbers are stored in sequential file RDWDAT.TAG. Its number in the file is
the record number in the random access file.

Type FileData
ProgNum As Integer 2 bytes.Program number a
<
*T
(
a
»

Code As String * 3 3 Bytes *»


*
»

raM

-
»
*r
RupDisk As String * 3 3 bytes "Yes" or "No" r

'

Bellows As String * 3 3 bytes "Yes" or"No "


PipeCond As Integer 2 bytes.0% 20% or 50%
PipeMatl As Integer 2 bytes Pipe material
FloBasis As String * 3 3 bytes.FloBasis = Liqbasis or GasBasis
FS (0 To )23 As Single 96 bytes .Units conversion factor
GS(0 To 23) As Single 96 bytes.
UnS(0 To 23) As String * 8 192 bytes.Unit Name
PDSS(1 To 6) As Single 24 pipe loss pipe- dims
PDIS(1 To 14) As Integer 28 Pipe elements
PDCS(1 To 6) As Single 24 Pipe loss variable data
SdS( l To 7) As Single 28 bytes.Spec inputs CalcArea,Const BP,Built
upBP, Oper press,Oper temp f

Aras( l To 34) As String * 25 850 bytes . Data sheet array selections


Txtl ( l To 3) As String * 25 75 bytes.Data sheet service,line num,Fluid name
Txt2( l To 3) As String * 60 180 bytes.Data sheet notes
TXT3(1 To 7) As String * 10 70 bytes.Data sheet
num,spec,rev,req,date,by,appr
End Type Record len = 1681

Prognum = 8 Program = ’ ’ Rupture Disk - Liquid flow ”


Code = " API" API 520 sizing
Code = "ASM ASME Section 8 sizing
PipeCond Seepipeloss program
PipeMatl ditto
FloBasis = "Mas" for mass flow,or " Vol " for volumetric flow
GS (1) = Required capacity FS(1) UnS( l )
GS( ) =
2 Relief temperature UnS (2)
GS(3) = Bursting pressure FS (3) UnS(3)
GS(4) = Total back pressure FS(4) UnS(4)
GS(5) = Specific gravity at flow conditions
GS (14) = Percent overpressure
GS (15) = Disk discharge coefficient
GS (17) = Selected disk diameter FS(17) UnS( l 7)
PDSS(1 to 6) See pipe loss program !

198
;

——
PDIS(1 To 14)- ditto
PDCS(1 To 6) - ditto
SDS( l ) = Calculated diameter FS (17) UnS(17)
SDS(2) = Constant back pressure FS (4) UnS(4)
SDS (3) = Built up back pressure FS (4) UnS(4)
SDS (4) = Operating pressure FS (3) UnS (3)
SDS (5) - Operating temperature UnS (2)
Aras( l To 34) Data sheet array selections
Txtl ( l To 3) 75 bytes.Data sheet service,line num, Fluid name
Txt2( l To 3) Data sheet notes i I
Txt3 ( l To 7) Data sheet num,spec,rev,req,date,by,appr

Prognum = 9 Program = "Rupture Disk - Gas flow"


Code = "AS1 " ASME Section 1 sizing
Code = "AS8 M ASME Section 8 sizing
Code = "Fre" ASME Section 8 fire sizing
PipeCond See pipe loss program
PipeMatl ditto
FloBasis = "Mas" for mass flow,or "Vol " for volumetric flow
GS(1) - Normal flow FS(1 ) UnS ( l ) !

GS(2) - Relief temperature UnS (2)


GS (3) = Bursting pressure FS(3) UnS (3)
y
) GS (4) = Total back pressure FS (4) UnS(4)
GS (6) = Molecular weight
GS(9) = Compressibility factor
GS(10) = Ratio of specific heats
GS(11) = Critical pressure FS ( ll ) UnS( ll )
GS(12) = Critical temperature UnS (12)
GS 13) = Selected
( disk diameter FS ( 17 ) UnS (17)
GS(14) = Percent overpressure
GS(15) = Disk discharge coefficient
PDSS (1 to 6) See pipe loss program
——
PDIS(1 To 14)- ditto
PDCS(1 To 6) - ditto
'

SDS( l ) = Calculated diameter FS (17) UnS (17)


SDS (2) = Constant back pressure FS (4) UnS (4)
SDS (3) = Built up back pressure FS(4) UnS (4)
SDS(4) = Operating pressure FS (3) UnS(3)
SDS(5) = Operating temperature UnS(2)
Aras( l To 34) Data sheet array selections
Txtl ( l To 3) 75 bytes.Data sheet service,line num, Fluid name
Txt2( l To 3) Data sheet notes
Txt3(l To 7) Data sheet num,spec,rev,req,date,by,appr

199
*
If ProgNum = 10 Then Program = "Tank Vent " /

Code = " WKS " API weak seam design for emergency venting :

Code = "EVN" Emergency vent NFPA sizing no credits


Code = "EVD " Emergency vent NFPA sizing credit for drainage
Code = "EVT Emergency vent NFPA sizing credit for insulation
Code = "EVW" Emergency vent NFPA sizing credit for water spray
Code = "EVS " Emergency vent NFPA sizing credit for water spray and
insulation
PipeCond
PipeMatl
See pipe loss program
ditto
FloBasis = "Mas" for mass flow,or "Vol" for volumetric flow
GS(1) = Fill rate FS(1) UnS( l )
!
GS(2) - Liquid flash point UnS(2) \
GS (3) = Tank design pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
GS(4) = Empty rate FS(1) UnS ( l )
GS (5) = Liquid specific gravity
GS (14) = Pad gas valve failure flow
GS (15) = Environment factor f -
GS(17) = Tank height FS (18) UnS(18)
GS(18) = Tank diameter FS (18) UnS(18)
PDSS (1 to 6) See pipe loss program
——
PDIS(1 To 14)- ditto
PDCS(1 To 6) - ditto
!

SDS (2) = Pressure vent capacity scfh


SDS(3) = Vacuum vent capacity scfh
SDS(4) = Emergency capacity scfh
Aras( l To 34) Data sheet array selections
Txtl ( l To 3) 75 bytes.Data sheet service,line num, Fluid name
Txt2(l To 3) Data sheet notes
Txt3( l To 7) Data sheet num,spec,rev,req,date,by,appr

Pipe loss stib-progam ( accessed from all programs)


PipeCond Percentage increase in friction factor, 0,20 or 50
PipeMatl = 1 Commercial steel ’

PipeMatl = 2 Drawn tubing


PipeMatl = 3 Cast Iron
PipeMatl = 4 Galvanized Iron
PipeMatl = 5 Asphalt lined
PipeMatl = 6 Concrete
PipeMatl = 7 Wood stave
PDS ( l ) = Pipe length FS (18) UnS (18)
PDS (2) = Inlet pipe inside diameter FS(17) UnS (17) '

!
PDS (3) = Pipe elevation FS(18) UnS ( I 8)
PDS (4) = Outlet pipe length FS ( 18) UnS(18)

200

i
r

I
!
1

PDS (5) = Outlet pipe inside diameter FS (17) UnS(17)


PDS (6) = Outlet pipe elevation FS(18) UnS(18)
PDI( l ) = Number of Inlet gate valves
PDI(2) = Number of Inlet globe valves !
i

PD1(3) = Number of Inlet check valves


PDI(4) = Number of Inlet 90deg elbows
PDI(5) = Number of Inlet 45deg elbows !
PDI(6) = Number of Inlet thru tees
PDI(7) = Number of Inlet branch tees
PDI(8) = Number of Outlet gate valves
PDI(9 ) = Number of Outlet globe valves
f
PDI(10) = Number of Outlet check valves
PDI(11) = Number of Outlet 90deg elbows
PDI(12) = Number of Outlet 45deg elbows
!
:•

PDI(13) = Number of Outlet thru tees jl

PDI(14) = Number of Outlet branch tees


:•
PDC(l ) = Flow FS( 1 ) UnS( l ) li
PDC(3) = Source pressure FS (3) UnS(3) fi
PDC(4) = Viscosity FS (7) UnS(7)
PDC(5) = Temperature FS(2) UnS(2) ;

PDC(6) = Destination pressure FS(3) UnS(3)


w
Miscellaneous Files ? !
RDWDAT. UNS Sequential file. User unit data
RDWDAT.STP Sequential file. Base conditions iS
RDWSPEC .TXT Sequential file. Data sheet item selections
HEADINGS.DAT Sequential file. Printout titles
RDWSUM. DAT Sequential file. Standard summary selections
RDWCALC.DRV Sequential file. Default drives and paths
RDWCALC.COL Sequential file. Color selections

RELIEF DEVICE Import Process Data


To Import process data into a calculation.
Make a sequential file for each calculation. Files to have a filename (Suggest the tag
number) with no extension (i.e. RD-100.). After INSTRUCALC reads the file it will
rename the file to "FILENAME.OK". This will divide the files into two lists, those
which have been processed and those which have not.

To read a file.
1. Go to the required calculation and select the required units.
2. Take the Import data menu option.
3. Find the required file. (Using standard Windows procedures)

201
4. Select the file and the data will be loaded .
5. Proceed with the calculation and save the data. ( Now in the INSTRUCALC
file)
6. The sequential file will be assigned the extension ".OK ” and will disappear
,

from the list.


7. If a review is required, use the Windows file procedures for files with an
extension "OK ”
8. Revised process data should be provided without extensions. The ;

Instrument engineer will then have an instant review of work not yet r
performed. I
Data input sequential file requirements:
(In order of input)

Tank Vent Variable name


1 Tag number (Seq file)
2 Fluid name Txtl (3)
3 Tank design pressure G(3)
4 Tank diameter G(18)
5 Tank height G(17)
6 Liquid flash point G(2)
7 Fill rate G( l )
8 Empty rate G(4)
9 Liquid SG G(5)
10 Environment factor G(15)
11 Pad gas valve failure G(14)
12 Line number Txtl (2)
13 Service Txtl ( l )

Rupture disk liquid flow Variable name


1 Tag number (Seq file)
2 Fluid name Txtl (3)
3 Relief temperature G(2)
4 Bursting pressure G(3)
5 Total backpressure G(4)
6 Required capacity G( l )
7 Operating temperature SD(5)
8 Operating pressure SD(4)
9 Constant back pressure SD(2)
10 SG @ flow conditions G(5)
11 Line number Txtl (2)
12 Service Txtl ( l )

202 “ ‘
Rupture disk gas flow Variable name
1 Tag number (Seq file)
2 Fluid name Txtl (3)
3 Relief temperature G(2)
4 Bursting pressure G(3)
5 Total backpressure G (4)
6 Required capacity G( l )
7 Operating temperature SD(5)
8 Operating pressure
9 Constant back pressure
SD(4)
SD(2)
-
10 Molecular weight G (6)
11 Ratio of specific heats G(10)
12 Compressibility factor G(9)
13 Line number Txtl (2)
14 Service Txtl ( l )

RELIEF DEVICE Pipe Dimensions


The pipe sizes are available in a program look-up table. To find the size, select the
Pipe ID button to display the pipe size screen, enter the nominal size of the pipe and
select the search button. The available wall thickness and the corresponding inside
diameters for the nominal size are displayed . Select the required size and the data will
be downloaded to the calculation.

Metric dimensions are in millimeters and nominal sizes are base on 25 mm per
nominal inch. If units other than inches or millimeters are used, the data transferred
back to the calculation will be converted to the calculation units.

203
\

:
i

204
Chapter 5
\
.

Auxiliary Programs .j

:•
:

i

Liquid Line Friction Pressure Loss.


Gas Line Friction Pressure Loss.
Water Hammer Liquid Flow.
Process Liquid Data
Process Gas Data.
j
i

Program Overview
These programs are general chemical engineering programs. They are included in the
Instalment Engineering package because they produce difficult-to-find data which is
needed to solve many instrumentation problems. Some of these programs are used as
subroutines condition some of the data before using in the instrument programs. Be
aware that the instrument programs them, so if you are using these programs in
conjunction with them, be careful to use the same values. For example, when used in
the relief valve programs, the pressure value used is the set pressure plus
overpressure. |

205 I
i
:

The programs will supply satisfactory accuracy for pure hydrocarbon fluids, most '

hydrocarbon mixtures and many other fluids. A test of known values is suggested to
confirm their applicability to a particular fluid.

The Pressure Loss Programs, knowing the source pressure will calculate the
destination pressure. They have pipe material options for :

Commercial Steel Pipe. \


Drawn Tubing. 1
Cast Iron Pipe. |
Galvanized Iron Pipe.
Asphalted Iron Pipe.
Concrete Pipe.
Wood Stave Pipe. j
!

Each have pipe conditions for:


i
New Pipe (Normal friction factor).
Good Pipe ( Normal friction factor plus 20%).
Old Pipe (Normal friction factor plus 50%). .
• ;

They have options for a sudden contraction inlet, a sudden expansion outlet, number
of, gate, globe and check valves, number of 90deg, 45deg, through tee and branch tee. )
They will compensate for elevation changes and include an input for equipment
losses . ?

:•

The output data is the destination pressure, the velocity, the equivalent line length, the
pressure drop per 100ft, The liquid program displays the Reynolds Number and the
gas program displays the sonic velocity.
|
The gas program divides the equivalent line length into 20 parts, it recalculates the
density for each increment of length, sums the pressure loss, and checks for sonic
velocity.
Î
:

The Water Hammer program is for determining closing times for valves in long liquid
filled lines. When a flow of liquid is suddenly stopped a pounding of the line is I
sometimes produced which can be large enough to damage equipment and pipe
supports . The worst conditions are at the critical time or less . The critical time being
the time it takes for the pressure wave to travel the length of the pipe and return.
Î
i

The program will calculate the critical time, the pressure wave velocity, the pressure
wave magnitude, the pipe support force and the minimum closing time to avoid over j
pressure. For a selected closing time it will calculate the magnitude of the pressure
wave and the pipe support force.

206
The Process Data programs are for liquid and gas. They will provide process data
from the data bank at the pressure and temperature entered in the program. The data
is for pure fluids or mixtures. The available datais:

Molecular weight .
Specific gravity at pressure and temperature. |
Specific gravity at base conditions.
Viscosity at pressure and temperature j
Vapor pressure.
Density at pressure and temperature. |
Critical pressure.
Critical temperature.
Normal boiling point .
Liquid bulk modulus. j
Liquid flash point.
Ratio of specific heats.
Compressibility factor.
Latent heat of vaporization. i

For user entered data the program will also calculate


• • •:

Density at pressure and temperature * j


Compressibility factor at pressure and temperature.
Vapor pressure. ?
Vapor temperature. j
Latent heat of vaporization .

General
i

If changes are made to data recalled from file, the data will be displayed in the color
selected for changed data. This will assist in recognizing the affect the changes make
to other calculations and the data sheet.

This set of programs provide for the following calculations:

Liquid Line Friction Pressure Loss


Gas Line Friction Pressure Loss
Water Hammer Liquid Flow
Process Liquid Data
Process Gas Data

207
3
!
.i

AUXILIARY PROGRAM Features


Perform calculations
i!
Calculate pressure loss due to flow
Calculate waterhammer critical time
Calculate fluid properties at flow conditions
Calculate steam data !il!
Supply pipe sizes
Use English or SI engineering units in any mixture
Use mass or volume flow units
Import process data
!il
Print a calculation sheet using the Windows Print Manager
Save the data
J
Print a summary of saved records I

Print all records


Print selected records
Print only records having required characteristics
i
I
! j
/ -!
l

>

208
:

This is a program for calculating pressure loss in pipe, waterhammer and process
data. The available program options are:
Line Loss - Liquid Flow
Line Loss - Gas Flow
Water Hammer - Liquid Flow
Process Liquid Data
Process Gas Data

ii
I
*

File Exit Color ‘ Edit Tables Help :

- Program Options T Vjs


'
.
..f . .. .

: I® 1Line Loss - Liquid Flow O A Process Liquid


: :
Data
*
• ::.£ \ . r •
:

G.. -G..T:
'

V; - :. .
'
: u;\ T J •* . W:

X> 2. Line Loss - Gas Flow O 5 Process Gas Data L


ii;!|"O 3 Water Hammer îï- :Liquid
%7ï tï - - H -
Flow
'
L r :. Thisr::-;, : ; .
.
.. .

ù.ù-:.Lt
m
HK

.. --

S
sæ :.v mmm m
mssm
p
|Use care with programs using fluid mixtures. Calculated |
p
Rvalues can be significantly different from measured
Kiivalues for disimrlar fluids Ifl :

m :

§m -
2
.•
JV.

m mi t
: 31:
fi
r- ;
Imm
P

£
â?
im
iiiIIMiil :
.
r' s
KHsi «fTGrîa
m SE

AUXILIARY PROGRAM Menu Options


New calculation

Select the required calculation option and the fluid option, then select OK
(or doubleclick if at least one of the options is already selected ).

File 1-

Default files
Recalls file data using the files in the default drives and paths.
Other files
Recalls file data using the Windows file selection procedure.

209
!
1

Data file maintenance


Edit Tag Numbers
Provides the facility to change the Tag Numbers on file.
Or delete records from file.
Sort data file
Rearrange the Tag Numbers in ascending order.
Delete the items marked if the edit was saved . j
)|

Data files path


Path for the default calculation data files. ji
User unit file path
Path for the default engineering units.
|
Î j

Printout headings file path


Path for the printout headings.
ii
i!
There are three paths. If a Drive and Path different from the Default Path and Drive
provided in the initial Set Up Procedure was used, the program will update them to
the Drive and Path which was installed. They are saved in sequential file j
AUXCALC.DRV which resides with the programs. To check or change the paths,
either call up the Drive and Path for edit or use a text editor to or change the file
contents ‘
'
1

Exit ) I
Exits from Instrucalc to Windows Program Manager. i

Color
Provides color options for Instrucalc displays, using the Windows palette.
t

Edit Tables (Version 5.1)

InstruCalc uses Data Tables for Gas, Liquid ,Pipe Size and Material properties, these
contain data from which exact properties for the flow conditions are calculated. This
option provides an easy means of customizing them. Items can be added, inserted,
deleted and changed.

Editing is performed by either clicking the appropriate line in the Grid or entering the
line number in Row to Edit and clicking Recall Row. Edit the data and Load Row to
the Grid. When a box in the edit line is clicked, information on the data required is
displayed above. Save Grid overwrites the old file. A backup file is recommended
before you start. The file name is in the heading of the Edit Form and the files are in
the program directory.
i

Note that data cannot be edited directly in the grid ..

210
\\

I!
AUXILIARY PROGRAM Lead Sheet
The program will only stop at the Lead Sheet if it fails to find the default paths file.
To continue, type in the paths and save the file.
I!
The Data Files are specific to a project and an instrument type ij
The Units File may be common for all projects and specific for an instrument type. I
t!
The Headings File maybe specific for a project and common for all instruments .

!i
Auxiliary Program -
Liquid Pipe Loss Calculation !
li

m
r;
i;

mm
f
Ip?,
: tPipé- Léngib
mi

- mmï
P Pel D. fejf
ï ?ï 1
••
tr lil ëSfëlîSïtWW !
13' ® Steel mo lubing| ' ^ 0 ^ ry :

:
rravircsu ? 7
;
| 0 SO Cast iron SgO Asphalted
G al v iron |
| Q Concrete|§ 0 Wood ÿ
rp
Number of |l î itc vaïv|ii lnb? val l ü tiect. vulfitt tlei ) Hl|4 » > Jeg eil|1 7 >To « Mnch
m
'

T: :b
T
^ . ^
)
I fl m
'

ilIP Entrance I à ï \ :
ë
0s à
= fd ;s
I •

\MmSMs0:=$ Wffm Si
© New
ëi l
^ l
^
&
A îî -
Sk

» mÆÆrn
ï * ’

|
|
1
SG Wllo» coiVililiuns '
' ÏM !
Si»

I
§(|pfppu :?AÉf
*
k -:<: ;
ü
'
^ S.UkTf
'
V K V ôL I. f c- ••
• -
T .••.» .
-
T. UTUr!kv. r: £ -:£gâ5r

Equivalent 4me length


-- : - t :
«'•=& :
=
-h
.;

!
i
tnd pressure
Mauid v,i„c
psig

% : .JÉf ;
V:
&:, .' .. . .. s- - -
'

A
ft
- :
;t v ü - >

: : ;: .
nA
-
: . >: ?

:• . .
,„ . :
!
!'

. . •.. ...* :.• «


' /
* ' Y; /
_

:!

Engineering Units

There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available:

Mass Flow - English Units . Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit
Volume Flow - English Units. US gallons per minute and degrees
Fahrenheit I

211
Mass Flow - SI Units . Kilograms per second and degrees
Centigrade
Volume Flow - SI Units . Litres per second and degrees Centigrade
User Units. A set of units selected from the Liquid
Flow Engineering Unit screen

To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units.

The Liquid Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed . It shows the available
options and the current unit selection . Select the required units and save the User file. :
Unit Selection

A new calculation defaults to Mass English units.


! i
The Unit Selection can be made at any time. The input data will be converted to the
new units. If a volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity at base
conditions is not available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual input entry
can be changed by selecting the Review Units option and choosing from the Liquid
Flow Engineering Unit screen.

Base Conditions
I!
!
The Base Conditions option will display the current values of base pressure, base
temperature and barometric pressure. They should be checked and modified and
saved to suit the operating conditions. AGA specifies a base pressure of 14.73 psia
for natural gas, 14.696 for liquids with a vapor pressure equal or less than one
atmosphere, and a base temperature of 60 degF. The ISO standard is 14.696 psia and
59 degF.

Fluid Properties

The Fluid properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are entered.
The properties required for a calculation are available for pure liquids and mixtures
and are provided in the selected units. Caution should be used for mixtures of
dissimilar fluids because the mixture law may not apply.

For apure liquid find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the fluid
properties will be entered.

For a mixture select the first component. In the component box, enter the
percentage. Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then select
calculate in the component box and the program will calculate and enter the mixture
values. The fluid properties database is user upgradable.

212
} Calculation options

Select the Pipe Material.


Select the Pipe Condition.
Check the Entrance if it is a large contraction
Check the Exit if it is a large expansion

Input Data

Three cases are available, use only what is needed. The enabled input boxes define
the data required for the calculation. Enter the piping configuration and the pipe
lengths and elevation change. Enter the process data. i
1
J

Calculate
!

Click the Calculate button.


The program will validate the input data,
Calculate the output data I
Display the results

Editing Data

) The output data should be examined for adequacy.


A reasonable velocity for orifice plates is 2 to 10 feet per second
Or 2 to 25 feet per second for other devices.
Change data as required and recalculate i
i
1
:

Filing and Moving On

The options in the File menu are:


Program menu - Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
New record - Clears the screen for a new calculation.
Save - Using the default path, it saves a new record if not previously
saved or saves changes to an existing record.
Save New. .Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new
- ]
record (used to duplicate similar items, i.e. recall an existing
record. Edit as required and Save New)
Save As.... - Uses the Windows file access system. Saves to a file
anywhere.
Import case data (1, 2 or 3) - Select the units and read Input data supplied in
sequential files.
File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation
records
The default paths are

213
j
i

s
The Data Files . (AUXDAT.TAG and
AUXDAT.DAT).
The User Unit Files . (AUXDAT.UNS)
The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS.DAT) :

Print calculation - Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays


the screen to print a calculation. I
Exit - Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program
|
;

Manager I

AUXILIARY PROGRAM
Liquid Data Calculation
This program provides various process data which is required for many
instrument calculations. It is integral with INSTRUCALC and is provided here for
other calculations
i '
xj

::
h : r ::'
, •

;:

- . AfMf
ip ..
\ Acr.
£
,, i

,
A uc5BgSiy -
lag
mrnmmmrn_ m | f j i

h
-
Sill
^

MS
i 7 rv .

ÜCti /cu/aî/ art Oot/ons


B S:
r ::ç r : - U
p -© Recall file data
: O Density
W. : c •

|O Vapor pressure
ii

SIISi«l
» fO Vapor temperature
H h

*
msamam
É >: .CL e- - - G " -
SBB
m itl##sis®i
''{
"

mm
«.

m!
M

il -v
Éiü&SI I
E
a mm II
m A'
ai
r ^^ü m
m
ÉSt
:u. .
. ..

*y . m
P
o
'• * . --
rr
«

Engineering Units

There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available:

Mass Flow - English Units . Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit
Volume Flow - English Units. US gallons per minute and degrees
Fahrenheit

214
: ;

!
ii

! !

Mass Flow - SI Units . Kilograms per second and degrees !


Centigrade !!
Volume Flow - SI Units . Litres per second and degrees Centigrade ? i
User Units . A set of units selected from the Liquid :
! •

Flow Engineering Unit screen i

To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units .

The Liquid Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed . It shows the
available options and the current unit selection. Select the required units and save the V

User file. f
Unit Selection
I

A new calculation defaults to Mass English units. 1

The Unit Selection can be made at any time. The input data will be converted to the i
new units. If a volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity at base
conditions is not available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual input entry ri
can be changed by the selecting the Review Units option and choosing from the I!
Liquid Flow Engineering Unit screen.

Fluid Properties
:

The Fluid properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are entered.
The properties required for a calculation are available for pure liquids and mixtures
and are provided in the selected units. Caution should be used for mixtures of
dissimilar fluids because the mixture law may not apply. ! :

II
For a pure liquid find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the fluid
properties will be entered. j j

For a mixture select the first component. In the component box, enter the :•

percentage. Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then select
calculate in the component box and the program will calculate and enter the mixture i i
values. The fluid properties database can be user upgraded.
; I

:•
Base Conditions i i

The Base Conditions option will display the current values of base pressure, base
temperature and barometric pressure. They should be checked and modified and
saved to suit the operating conditions. AGA specifies abase pressure of 14.73 psia
for natural gas, 14.696 for liquids with a vapor pressure equal or less than one i
;•

215
:
:

;
atmosphere, and a base temperature of 60 degF. The ISO standard is 14.696 psia and
59 degF.
:

Calculation Options

Recall File Data Recalls data from the database. :

Density Calculates with user input data.


Vapor pressure Calculates with user input data. i:
Vapor temperature

Input Data
Calculates with user input data.
t
The Calculating Options selected enable the input boxes of the data required for the
calculation and disable the input boxes for the calculated outputs and the data not
required. Three cases are available, use as many as required.

Recall File Data Option


Enter the pressure and temperature conditions for the output
data.
From the Input Data Option select the Case Properties. i

Select either Pure Liquid or Liquid Mixture


For Pure Liquid select the liquid ) )

For Liquid Mixtures select the components until


remaining % is zero.
Select Calculate

The available data is displayed.

Density Option
Enter Specific gravity.
Select Case button to calculate.
Display the Density.
Vapor Pressure Option
Enter the temperature, critical pressure, critical temperature and
normal boiling point.
Select the Case button to calculate
Display the vapor pressure.
Vapor Temperature Option
Enter the vapor pressure, critical pressure, critical temperature
and normal boiling point.
Select the Case button to calculate.
Display the vapor temperature

:
:

216
:

\
/ Calculation Results

The output data should be examined for adequacy. Be sure that the mixture law
applies to your mixture. Change data as required and recalculate.

Filing and Moving On

The options in the File menu are:


Program menu - Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
-
New record Clears the screen for a new calculation.
I
Save - Using the default path, it saves a new record if not previously
saved or saves changes to an existing record.
Save Nevv. .Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new
- !
record (used to duplicate similar items, i.e. recall an existing
record. Edit as required and Save New)
Save As.... Uses the Windows file access system . Saves to a file
-
anywhere.
File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation r
records
The default paths are
The Data Files . (AUXDAT.TAG and
) AUXDAT.DAT).
The User Unit Files . (AUXDAT.UNS)
The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS . DAT)
Print calculation - Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays
the screen to print a calculation.
Exit - Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program
Manager

:

217
:

i :•
:
AUXILIARY PROGRAM
Water Hammer - Liquid Flow
:
This program is for determining the closing time of valves to prevent water hammer

rnmmêm m
mmmmmmsm __ m x
m ÊÊ
File Engineering umts Ffad and pipe ËSÊmmMmMmmmWv t
~
1.

fil
t
Output data
Critical closing time conditions
I
:

'
® !%«e sï ®wf ïsîK3 îïf AÉiiljfi
^ liquid flow Ib 'h
Maximum
!BBM#ÜWi8Sif
® i
/
S1 Critical
i
dosing lime : secs
A
t
i

Wave velocity ft /s

j ; Opir tmg RjjBSsute ; ; , î t;


Ifë ;
.-:

'
Pressure
'. A
wave
jv .:
= ; .= :. . . :
• - •
(
psiij

^
SG @ Mow conditions ^ KJ Pipe support force
i
f Closing time for allowable
pressure
'
lb
r: : .

-
i lftlMMMilll
'

*
li »
- f
i - ilifiS!
iiHi ® p»i
3

i Li
Minimum
;

-
dosing time secs

-
:f : vv :
'

-- .. closing
Selected -; : .-.
-
::si ç.% f •« . ..
time conditions
1 '
hi
•••
• •
V
'
.. . Î
3
1B1B8M8BBI1
:
;
1
:o; >:
essure
- wave

« OHAK
ï
!
a
&
: ::

V;
Pipe support force

m
W- :

MBMBSMSKMm
I feaftiiigigiiiiigipitiÿ — ^^iisaifflii
1
P

^Calculate
4m
>r
- È *
rr
A

i
i. ;
!
:
j

Engineering Units

There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available -

Mass Flow - English units . Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit
Volume Flow - English Units. US gallons per minute and degrees Fahrenheit
Mass Flow - SI Units. Kilograms per second and degrees Centigrade
Volume Flow - SI Units . Litres per second and degrees Centigrade i.

User Units . A set of units selected from the Liquid Flow 1


!
Engineering Unit screen :

To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units. I

The Liquid Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed. It shows the available
options and the current unit selection. Select the required units and save the User file.
:
;

i
218
Unit Selection

A new calculation defaults to Mass English units.

The Unit Selection can be made at any time. The input data will be converted to the
new units. If a volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity is not
available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual input entry can be changed
by the selecting the Review Units option and choosing from the Liquid Flow *

Engineering Unit screen. L


i
Fluid and Pipe Properties

The Fluid and Pipe Properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature !
are entered.
i
:
l
Fluid Properties
The fluid properties required for a calculation are available for pure
liquids and mixtures and are provided in the selected units. Caution
should be used for mixtures of dissimilar fluids because the mixture \
:

law may not apply.


For a pure liquid find the name and select (or double-click) the name,
the fluid properties will be entered .
For a mixture select the first component. In the component box, enter
the percentage. Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero,
then select calculate in the component box and the program will !

calculate and enter the mixture values. The fluid properties data base
is user upgradable.
I
I
:

Pipe Properties
The pipe properties required for a calculation are available by clicking
on the pipe elastic modulus option. Select the appropriate pipe
property for this calculation.
;

I
i
Input Data
j

The enabled input boxes define the data required for the calculation.
Enter the data and select the Pipe inside diameter .
Pipe inside diameter
Click on the Pipe inside diameter button to access the Pipe Sizes
menu.

219
i

?fev -
£.
~
?• 7
&
mm
hier rid
:
$ ? -
in wmÊéMlMM

ï _ Tc
Kffeiu' •Y:
sï :i
: .,
'

:
L
'

12 imiffis

:
À
3r
I;

- i-
12
wm m
aa-t' ^w:M

12 5S
1 ÜS
s

. 156
. 18
m
a
T;T

s Ml
^^pü Search
12.438
12.39
nil
11
,.

U 12 20 . 25 12.25
:
i 12 30 . 33 12.09
. 3 7 5 12

i
12 STD ; vjf

12 40 . 406 11.938
!12 60 562 11.626
80
.
. 688 11.374 I
i 12
12 100 . 844 11.062

! Imf m£1 i.

-,

till tance Étfï


$ft
S
\:

|
|
ffjjju| % J jyMM as

The pipe sizes screen will be displayed. Enter the nominal pipe size. -
Click the Search button to display the available sizes.
Select the required inside diameter (Double-click or click OK).

Calculate !
••
!
Click the Calculate button.
The program will validate the input data ,
Calculate the Critical closing time conditions, the closing time for the
allowable pressure and enable the selected time input box .
Enter the Selected closing time.
Calculate to display the selected time conditions.

Editing Data

The output data should be examined for adequacy.


Is the closing time conservative enough?
Change data as required and recalculate

Filing and Moving On

The options in the File menu are —



Program menu Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
New record - Clears the screen for a new calculation.
Save - Using the default path, it saves a new record if not previously saved or
saves changes to an existing record.

220
:
!

Save New .-.Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new record
( Used to duplicate similar items i.e. Recall an existing record . Edit as ,

required and Save New)


Save As . . .. - Uses the Windows file access system. Saves to a file anywhere.
Import data - Select the units and read Input data supplied in sequential files.
File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation records
The default paths are
The Data Files. (AUXDAT.TAG and AUXDAT.DAT).
The User Unit Files. (AUXDAT.UNS)
The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS.DAT)

Print calculation - Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays the


screen to print a calculation.
Exit — Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program Manager

AUXILIARY PROGRAM
Liquid Engineering Units


It

BarPiïifeteLf
m I© IN
psig jO in_H 20 g |h|© psig [ O inH 20 2Gg
g j© j psia ;Q inH 20 a [I© ^ psia p
kPag |0 mmhgg U ‘
p kPag 0 imhgg )0
" kPaa ;0 mmhga k !A>. . .. .
kPaa, J
..
WV?F<VJ îXT1 VMV i • i : *«'»•

do kg
« j
«RT " t _ "baig I ?
;:

0
pO
1
^
,\ atg 1I Ô ota [0 bara inhga |
s Elisor
UQ J
Il ÎO gtonne 'O UKgalrl
50 "
3 S S^
gl
VJ oarg
.

1
"* SO inhgg \Q kg /cm2g !t \0
jjoyjr.-p
0
inhga ?0 kg / cm2a1 O
- v rr; Avrvr"
mmhga k
r\ W
w-
'
U D
Hraa iQ ejf
I mïm&Hï».X«KCZK£&-aOther - m l O Other
'
! I p I I K I n n f rî m S
** ' '
: H i ïm .tsa..».'u.ir.ciay .--
!. l a.i TiQ h
. I 3asanB3B KÆ tmar: ?à i
^
i ! /S ï™ IPTKW ,
•• ' *& m
iOmhSHOcn 3 I © psi IO inH 20 ÏÏJr?! "
' A :© .psia
i
^= -
]0
AUU'AH ü LTJ
mmhga |: © cp
- x: c - :x - - IHAUBR SSMJ!S!L 4 !
;

i fciafiÉEgteite- .
x jr «uC;iv»r « ,
Joj i v 4 %» , ! ««
* :
ÎO kPaa jQ P Pa s I 1© ft |luO kPaa I
^ inhga es
'

J to ITO^ inhga
15 .
'O a îa îO bara )ju m
i: aX sO bai fO iKifs \ M
f
^ BStei
|5T*WIs!I Sosr |o«3
IH
O /m
!<’. ü;vi.7X~~.7
IO
^ srrï.ï* IL.
~ âz
/d A x',f v•ï
^ - ^ r^ zs-te‘x&i '
~ri
riATî R";.T -Ai5£-
^
si
| <s l
Sâss3îMsi|
.Vï ij© psi , jj© degF fi
s
| p kPe f jlO
: jO

Ô
mm
cm < !f c s» ::iÉs o B i a .
|
i SK35SS2r£S5SS?
éQ. Other i
degC
iSjfeJ
.
.. MUtCd f ** : St S!
; i
- m
r ri 7

-
'

:AO
r\so
other
-.
:r: r v v. ^73
«
-
« i® Other I -fc.;.yTA
^ .
^ 1 . A: I Save User f le fl ;;: Cancel
- v ; d .. : „. .
. .
9
L
^ ^, .
W;? ;

The screen shows the process variables used in a liquid calculation and list the
available options . To assure full coverage each (Except Flow Time Base) has an
Other option. This is a user defined unit. Double click the option and it will display
the name and multiplier to convert it to the standard units. The standard unit is
always the first item in the list.

221
The screen shows the current selection. Any unit may be selected and will be used in J
the calculation if OK is selected. !
:

To create a User File for the User File Unit option in the calculation, select the
desired units and click the save button. A double click on any unit option selects that
option and returns to the calculation.

Data conversion
;
For all items except flow, the unit change represents only a multiplier to convert the }
input data and the data is always converted. The Flow Quantity option has Mass
and Volume options. The relationship between mass flow and volume flow is a
multiplier and the specific gravity of the fluid. If the flow units are changed from
mass to volume, or volume to mass and the specific gravity is not available the flow
rate is set to zero |
1
;

Definition of units

Mass flow units : |


lb = pounds :

kg = kilograms
tonne = 1000 kg = lMg i
g = gram ) ;
UKton = 2240 lb
USton = 2000 lb

Other user defined mass unit
Volume flow units :
US gal = US gallons
litre = litres
ft3 - cubic feet
UKgal = UK gallons
m3 = cubic metres
bbl = barrels (42 US gallons) !
cm3 = cubic centimetres
Other = user defined volumetric unit
Flow time base :
/s = per second
/m - per minute
/ h = per hour j
/d = per day
Gauge pressure :
psig = pounds per square inch gauge
kPag - kiloPascals gauge
atg = atmospheres gauge
inhgg = inches of mercury gauge i

222
J MPag = megaPascals gauge
inH20g = inches of water gauge
mmhgg = millimetres of mercury gauge
barg = bars gauge
kg/ cm 2 g = kilograms per square centimetre gauge
Other = user defined gauge pressure unit j
Pressure drop :
psi = pounds per square inch 1
kPa = kiloPascals f
at = atmospheres
inhg = inches of mercury
MPa = megaPascals
inH 20 = inches of water
mmhg = millimetres of mercury
bar = bars
kg/cm 2 = kilograms per square centimetre
Other = user defined pressure drop unit
Absolute pressure : f
psia = pounds per square inch absolute
kPaa = kiloPascals absolute
ata = atmospheres absolute
inhga = inches of mercury absolute
) MPaa = megaPascals absolute
mH20a = inches of water absolute
mmhga = millimetres of mercury absolute
bara = bars absolute
kg/cm2a = kilograms per square centimetre absolute
Other = user defined absolute pressure unit
Temperature :
degF = degrees Fahrenheit
degF - degrees Centigrade
degR = degrees Rankine
degK = degrees Kelvin
Other = user defined temperature unit
Velocity
ft/ s =
feet per second
m/s = metres per second
Other - user defined velocity
Viscosity :
cp = centipoises
Pa.s = Pascal seconds
cs = centistokes
kPa.s = kiloPascal seconds
Other - user defined viscosity unit
) }

223

:
Pipe size :
in = inches
mm = millimetres
cm = centimetres
ft = feet
m = metres
Other = user defined size
Valve size : i.
in = inches L
f;
mm = millimetres \
cm = centimetres
ft = feet
m = metres
Other = user defined size
Length and elevation :
ft - feet
m = metres
Other = user defined length I
Bulk Modulus & Modulus of elasticity)
psi = pounds per square inch
kPa = kiloPascals
Other = user defined unit
)

224 I

AUXILIARY PROGRAM
Calculation Data Printout
This program will print the input and output calculation data and one associated
comment . The comment is included in the data sheet for reference purposes.

It also creates the default printout headings. The headings are printed at the top of all
printouts. They are saved in the HEADINGS.DAT file. This is the third default r

path. If all programs are set to the same path, this becomes the default headings for r
all program printouts.

WmmmUmm MB

§1
* Octagon Engineering Corporation
sapm .

lii m
r
Sftllli Plant Conversion liSÜ y
SSI
: !:
=;
s V

2000 Update
mÊSsoBBÈm
m 2314
m
'

- §É#i!
:
v
8 eaüiw sîfi&S'ïæ.w j

!
:
Mil
-,
l
h.
Instrucalc 5 ®ftii
V I ;
HI
7

hm
wamtmi
e-- •

1
---
#Ifl
4 ; MMYadà,n s ran Sïi
TO Si
8
OK
;; SI ^ 9 M srsh'
=
ii $5

w
r
?

m
1ÜÜ is m :

Save Headings Saves the headings

Cancel. Returns to the calculation fonn without printing

OK. Prints the headings and calculation using the Windows Print Manager, then
returns to the calculation form

225
;
:

AUXILIARY PROGRAM
Gas Pipe Pressure Loss Calculation ;

!
-
•«.V ;

hie Engineering units Find properties Base cônécons Help


.. . i '


i

! • f

- - y. - - -*- . ' -
- BaBHis
- -fuer

-< : f w> »? • ••
. .-.A.

— 1
's j' f '

:.?-V » q «saBoTS- - :-a..-


VjyA* --
jt- -- yj J îÿ igT gT•&•? £ •• 1
- a »J
T»: ».1 jy» » H .» «T ? i .fi;ij.isfl;, y •

§50 •Asphalted HO^ Concrete SO



hyft
Wood
— ,
‘ * •'

yi0
ï© Steel KO - fii ~~~ Xubing § |0 Cast iron| s Galviron
ü

legate yâlÿ{Globé yal|Chécktvâl[9ü rfoj e»|


—45 deg |
eil
J

Thiatêe [ f è
Branch . ^ Èr

gyst "
îî Æï
_ v
: aES? • V S
"

*s mm
' *'
'

'’ ’ *
1 •'
(

i.
n
'
'ÿUS rfLH

i î
Entrance : 1 i % $ tr
- £ x ü 8:
vi 1

m msëgm a p!
saiüi «
:
;
VMMàffmPvmûem CtiSftL
fjp:
'^ fm^
“ Hl iü“» fi
*

gpene î«f ^n
II
: .
*
ISB Éps
«to
^ilSr
u
i*
°
«RB®
É Kl
M. fc* «é
:

IJMHM
I

SIHH
! lËriîi MipratüM SgR
CiificilpmW ^m
^ .
: - I -

PËd üîbmënUIossës
^^ ^wm
^Æi ijsr
iiwwii
'

Output datt|
Equivalent line•: -.-. length
js - •: :'
Loss pë r Ibb ft
;'• y '
•' ’

psf •
'


~1˧iÜ : '•

pSïa

.
End pressure - :-. .;.
'i -
0 âs vèloftity
V
- 'V"
i:

«A -
G,t „ pvek oi,„ ; w,
r w -: -:. .. : • : .: ô" S

:• • •

!
: ‘^ .y
— JH Tf . .* -*T-’-111
J
2 -
L z i:1 11.*: J J M:
^
û.t
^ imÆâÊË À

Engineering Units

There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available -
Mass Flow - English Units . Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit
Volume Flow - English Units. Standard cubic feet per minute and degrees
Fahrenheit
Mass Flow - SI Units. Kilograms per second and degrees
Centigrade
Volume Flow - SI Units . Standard cubic decimeters per second and
degrees Centigrade
User Units. A set of units selected from the Gas Flow
Engineering Unit screen

To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units .

226
The Gas Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed. It shows the available
options and the current unit selection. Select the required units and save the User file.

Unit Selection ;

A new calculation defaults to Mass English units.

The Unit Selection can be made at any time. The input data will he converted to the
new units. If a volumetric flow unit set is selected and the Molecular weight is not
available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual input entry can be changed
by the selecting the Review Units option and choosing from the Gas Flow
Engineering Unit screen .

Base Conditions
:
i

The Base Conditions option will display the current values of base pressure, base
temperature and the barometric pressure. They should be checked and modified and
saved to suit the operating conditions. AGA specifies a base pressure of 14.73 psia for
natural gas, 14.696 for liquids with a vapor pressure equal or less than one
atmosphere, and a base temperature of 60 degF. The ISO standard is 14.696 psia and
59 degF.

j Fluid Properties

The Fluid properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are entered.
The properties required for a calculation are available for pure gases and mixtures
and are provided in the selected units. Caution should be used for mixtures of
dissimilar fluids because the mixture law may not apply.

For a pure gas find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the fluid
properties will be entered.

For a mixture select the first component. In the component box, enter the
percentage. Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then select
calculate in the component box and the program will calculate and enter the mixture
values. The fluid properties database can be user maintained Calculation options.

Select the Pipe Material .


Select the Pipe Condition.
Check the Entrance if it is a large contraction
Check the Exit if it is a large expansion

Input Data

Three cases are available, use only what is needed.

227
The enabled input boxes define the data required for the calculation. )
Enter the piping configuration and the pipe lengths and
elevation change.
Enter the process data
|
Calculate
|
Click the Calculate button. ;
The program will validate the input data, ;
Calculate the output data
Display the results

Editing Data

The output data should be examined for adequacy.


A reasonable velocity for orifice plates is 20 to 150 feet per second
Or 20 to 250 feet per second for other devices.
Change data as required and recalculate

Filing and Moving On


]

The options in the File menu are:


-
Program menu Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu. ]
-
New record Clears the screen for a new calculation.
-
i

Save Using the default path, it saves a new record if not previously
saved or saves changes to an existing record.
-
Save New. .Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new
record (used to duplicate similar items, i.e. recall an existing
record. Edit as required and Save New)
Save As.... - Uses the Windows file access system . Saves to a file
anywhere.
Import case data (1 , 2, or 3) - Select the units and read Input data supplied in
sequential files.
-
File default path Changes the default paths for the calculation
records
The default paths are
The Data Files. (AUXDAT.TAG and
AUXDAT.DAT).
The User Unit Files. (AUXDAT.UNS)
The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS.DAT)
Print calculation - Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays
the screen to print a calculation.
Exit - Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program
Manager Î

228 i
i

AUXILIARY PROGRAM ;

i.

Gas Data Calculation ;•


:
:

This program provides various process data which is required for many instrument
calculations. It is integral with INSTRUCALC and is provided here for other
calculations .

i
« Mill»
Fit
(
Eoginè
Process data
lilSÜhM
'
SSSB
m
FUdaorarlias
*« * 1 I

'
cWnion. ijilg 15 !>*
. ^,^ têmp_e eMg
7 ( Fluid
-
»' ;,4rR iMrfW :«•
'
]

:
;
i
[mmm
îâè
[ Case / •
Case 2 mm i -
;;
F

^LëmpëfatuTS^M^^ gÛ
W
% Ca/en/atJân Options
«PSBN
Mm
m
% © Recall file data
m O Density
i
f O Compressibility @ TP 1
s S - O Vapor pressure 4 :

|
:
^ O
' Vapor temperature |
fe O Latent heat of vap. È
T . lp -. :;v .;v - ;;£ i

'.
, •

F
ITf ÿ
'

) v? K

A?
I
ft h AV
m -

-
T
'
. i-; oy . AV ,
'J
- : A A Ç.A .- ;;1 i
'
'
• ; ' •.

-, H
rr £ë;;AI ittk -ï m iv% > ’

VA ; " T r' i v -
- AA * v À; A
vV ’
y
JBHH
Engineering Units

There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available:

Mass Flow - English Units. Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit
Volume Flow - English Units . Standard cubic feet per minute and degrees
Fahrenheit
Mass Flow - SI Units. Kilograms per second and degrees
Centigrade
Volume Flow - SI Units . Standard cubic decimeters per second and
degrees Centigrade
User Units . A set of units selected from the Gas Flow
Engineering Unit screen

To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units.
1
J

229
The Gas Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed. It shows the available :

options and the current unit selection. Select the required units and save the User file.

Unit Selection

A new calculation defaults to Mass English units.

The Unit Selection can be made at any time. The input data will be converted to the =

\i
new units. If a volumetric flow unit set is selected and the molecular weight is not L

available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual input entry can be changed !
by selecting the Review Units option and choosing from the Gas Flow Engineering
Unit screen.
:
Base Conditions

The Base Conditions option will display the current values of base pressure, base
temperature and barometric pressure. They should be checked and modified and
saved to suit the operating conditions. AGA specifies a base pressure of 14.73 psia
for natural gas, 14.696 for liquids with a vapor pressure equal or less than one
atmosphere, and a base temperature of 60 degF. The ISO standard is 14.696 psia and
59 degF.

Fluid Properties \

:

The Fluid properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are :

entered. The properties required for a calculation are available for pure gases and
mixtures and are provided in the selected units. Caution should be used for mixtures .
i

of dissimilar fluids because the mixture law may not apply.

For a pure gas find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the fluid
properties will be entered.

For a mixture select the first component . In the component box, enter the
percentage. Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then select
calculate in the component box and the program will calculate and enter the mixture
values. The fluid properties database can be user upgraded.
Calculation Options

Recall File Data Recalls data from the database.


Density Calculates with user input data.
Compressibility Factor Calculates with user input data
Vapor Pressure Calculates with user input data.
Vapor Temperature Calculates with user input data.
Latent Heat of Vaporization Calculates with user input data

230
Input Data

The Calculating Options selected enable the input boxes of the data required for the
calculation and disable the input boxes for the calculated outputs and the data not
required . Three cases are available, use as many as required.

Recall File Data Option ]


Enter the pressure and temperature conditions for the output ;
data. j-
From the Input Data Option select the Case Properties . )
Select either Pure Gas or Gas Mixture
For Pure Gas select the liquid
For Gas Mixtures select the components until remaining
% is zero.
Select Calculate
The available data is displayed.
•' :

Density 1
Enter temperature, pressure, molecular weight, critical pressure,
critical temperature,.
Select Case button to calculate.
.
Display the Density.@ TP ;
\
j
Compressibility Factor
Enter temperature, pressure, critical pressure, critical
temperature.
Select Case button to calculate. ?

Display the Compressibility @ TP.

Vapor Pressure
Enter the temperature, critical pressure, critical temperature and
normal boiling point.
Select the Case button to calculate.
Display the vapor pressure.
;

Vapor Temperature
Enter the vapor pressure, critical pressure, critical temperature
and normal boiling point.
Select the Case button to calculate.
Display the vapor temperature.

Latent Heat of Vaporation


Enter the required latent heat temperature, critical temperature,
known value of latent heat of vaporization, temperature at
) known latent heat of vaporization.
i

231
Select the Case button to calculate. /
Display the latent heat of vaporization at the required
temperature.

Calculation Results

The output data should be examined for adequacy.


Be sure that the mixture law applies to your mixture.
Change data as required and recalculate. 1

Filing and Moving On


The options in the File menu are:


-
Program menu Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
New record - Clears the screen for a new calculation.
-
Save Using the default path, it saves a new record if not previously
saved or saves changes to an existing record. i
.
Save New -.Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new
record (used to duplicate similar items, i.e. recall an existing
record. Edit as required and Save New)
Save As.... - Uses the Windows file access system. Saves to a file
anywhere. }
File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation
records
The default paths are
The Data FUes. (AUXDAT.TAG and
AUXDAT.DAT).
The User Unit Files . ( AUXDAT.UNS)
The Printout Headings File ( HEADINGS.DAT)
-
Print calculation Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays
the screen to print a calculation.
Exit - Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program
Manager

232

!
AUXILIARY PROGRAM
Gas Engineering Units
it »
mËmssÈÊÊSmÈmÊttMm,
Svf

îi; mi StSSSBi I
; smrnrnBMtmm ; Æ
jBI ? Volume f/Q psï g |0 î nH^
fen
20 g jj 10 psig iO. inH 20 g j _ -• . . - - ^ - - | _ !©
psia |

,
tew k £>
g: rr ..
O *ft3 5 S© kPag O mmhgg ? 0 kPag |0 mmhgg >] Î0 kPaa Î0 mmhga |
O sdm3 ? :0 atg .0 bar g
L :f O atg
-
. . .. . .

0 barg
-• ~ * -

I
% ÎÔ ata 50 bara

TJ r

I
p kPaa |
J

|
}f Ô ï nhga jt j
*
*
> » !*: f v> « •• ' *
j *
?:1" >ï '
" X' / W " / ' < » v** •« i i îa i *c

i
o %
tonne O sm 3 J j 0 inhgg 10 kg /cm 2g t 0 inhgg 0 kg / cm 2g ;i 0 MPaa 0 kg /, cm 2a _ . 0 mmhga â j '
- K&asmV-ïæ ,
is
«
t
OU
UK.tonU
O Msft3 i % O MPag Q other £ OMPagjO Other $ 0 ïnhga
TV -.. - .. *** f î virVA^-vt : : - --: :ir? -
oihSr ri® ;
O other ; Jo •
YI
Silo & Vc .« "
• , * 'i iv üZ KOK jJÀffc \ y yssa& xi KSX'I

; r*0 U S ton
ÿS psi O inH 20 g :© • psia > mmhga : I© cp ? i
© lb/tt3 C
-O
-
.. ' • s* wv> •* v
^ : 'i
«

J
p

kPa jQ mmhg
Ô bar
iiO kPaa 10 ïnhga 5 lp P a * I fO kg / mÎ3J QMH ..
lO ata . J0 bara |'£O mPa.s|ï g /cm 3 A0 ïnhga i o I
1
: 3« i
i0 MPaa ;0 kg/ cm2a| O Other! i ô Ib/ m3 | 0 mnihga
'
|Q inhg j0 kg /om2
nam
ÿ

ilo 7 m
:fIfan. r v.-.
— -
.
— ’ iir
7 d
.;
7/ . •• i i j
L 1o 3 ,.?Ü
. s’ïï.-
- J5? &SJO
“ î
"
Other
SâSsVJ ';; VK:;
- •
M
g
'

iyj SgJ êirl ü l


|î Ü
s l
0; X
Other
1 ; ,BÜ 0 Other B
:%asœ «Ksa5Wf
ISO
^
âaôs? :
Other I :

-
? psJ MjfiKzïTjiiZi il * JiS5 âpxihiair;v|
* jf :-K|
£Wv;.
lliS®iaè degF |
• >

m
. ;
degK § s® ft/s
.

s ;© degF
© btu/lb |
1 î»
0 in V
: © degR :©
ïÉ?0
'
y O u /k , |
:
|| Ô< c . ^ I iO degF O deqC ? JS r-O m /S
-
it& * .r c :; <
"iv £*
fl^- ©
3/ ft
î jV*' liiO
" - degC |
T f

o uthe, o tiegH ss'


gl rjlsqigisl
^
jasiv. C : JT
’ 13
:
-
'
cm : : ; . Other
io
^

ù

degk
'

O- . ^
tUr/r /r J
b üï ZG.r&M £* s&ZA
|0 m iWatssKiHMtffim A.
rè v 0 Other n- S
||0 OtherxssskJHHbssm
'
U
. M m QR âÀSàYêüsèrfileè mmmmm
W.
; -
y .v *

. ZnliWi ÆêStSî tSSS t iS-, SS : - ..v


'
. ris

The screen shows the process variables used in a liquid calculation and list the
available options. To assure full coverage each (Except Flow Time Base) has an
’’Other” option . This is a user defined unit. Double click the option and it will
display the name and multiplier to convert it to the standard units. The standard unit
is always the first item in the list.

The screen shows the current selection. Any unit may be selected and will be used in
the calculation if OK is selected.

To create a User File for the User File Unit option in the calculation, select the
desired units and click the save button. A double click on any unit option selects that
option and returns to the calculation.

Data Conversion

For all items except flow, the unit change represents only a multiplier to convert the
input data and the data is always converted. The Flow Quantity option has Mass
and Volume options . The relationship between mass flow and volume flow is a
multiplier and the molecular weight of the gas, conversion can only be made when
the molecular weight has been entered .

233
Definition of units

Mass flow units :


lb = pounds
kg = kilograms
tonne = 1000 kg = lMg
g = gram
UKton = 2240 lb
USton = 2000 lb
Other = user defined mass unit
Volume flow units :
sft3 = standard cubic feet
sdm3 = standard cubic decimetres
sm3 = standard cubic metres
Msft3 = million standard cubic feet
Other = user defined volume unit
Flow time base :
/s = per second
!m = per minute
/h = per hour
/d = per day
Gauge pressure :
psig - pounds per square inch gauge
kPag = kiloPascals gauge
atg = atmospheres gauge
inhgg = inches of mercury gauge
MPag = megaPascals gauge
inH20g = inches of water gauge
mrnhgg = millimetres of mercury gauge
barg = bars gauge
kg/cm2g = kilograms per square centimetre gauge
Other = user defined gauge pressure unit
Pressure drop :
psi = pounds per square inch
kPa = kiloPascals
at = atmospheres
inhg - inches of mercury
MPa = megaPascals
inH 20 - inches of water
mmhg = millimetres of mercury
bar = bars
kg/ cm2 = kilograms per square centimetre
Other = user defined pressure drop unit

234
!

} Absolute pressure :
psia = pounds per square inch absolute j
kPaa = kiloPascals absolute
ata = atmospheres absolute
inhga = inches of mercury absolute
MPaa = megaPascals absolute
inH20a - inches of water absolute
mmhga = millimetres of mercury absolute [i

: !

bara bars absolute Lj


kg/ cm2 a = kilograms per square centimetre absolute
Other = user defined absolute pressure unit
Temperature :
degF = degrees Fahrenheit
degF = degrees Centigrade
degR = degrees Rankine
degK = degrees Kelvin
Other = user defined temperature unit
Velocity i|
ft/s = feet per second
m/s = metres per second
Other = user defined velocity
Viscosity :
j cp = centipoises
Pa.s = Pascal seconds
cs = centistokes
kPa.s = kiloPascal seconds
Other = user defined viscosity unit
Pipe size :
in = inches
mm = millimetres
cm = centimetres
ft = feet , ij
m = metres
Other = user defined size
Length and elevation :
ft = feet ||
m = metres jj
Other = user defined length
Density
lb/ft3 - pounds per cubic foot |j
kg/m3 = kilograms per cubic metre
g/ cm3 = grams per cubic centimetre
lb/in3 - pounds per cubic inch
Other = user defined density unit

235
Latent Heat :
btu/lb = British thermal units per pound
kJ/lb = kilojoules per pound
Other = user defined latent heatMass flow units :

AUXILIARY PROGRAM
Calculation Data Printout t
This program will print the input and output calculation data and one associated
comment. The comment is included in the data sheet for reference purposes. It also
creates the default printout headings. The headings me printed at the top of all
printouts. They are saved in the HEADINGS.DAT file. This is the third default
path. If all programs are set to the same path, this becomes the default headings for
all program printouts.
i!
mmassmiamm
ÜU >. I
-
'

mPrintout hoadina s and ddtaWMif


h;-T •
Aw . • iv T; ;; r At T ;:
- ;

!i
T V. ' v. - h W
w
. T . "vw '• v: •
' '

ÈRûtim
mr ; h i

WmmmÊÈBÊ ffimms
Octagon Engineering Corporation
mm
ÊMmmmmmmmÈÊÊ:
i

If Plant Conversion liiw ;i

mmmmm »
& M

IMP
îfeiSfewlojirnn tUpdate
2000 2314 PM
;!

;!

Mimmmmmmm Sy. ÿÊÿpl :


m
'

Instruca c 5
:i

m «MÜ itfi
sMS5r*ai

V a; V m Li
Heading? mû
im OK mA &
IB m m
tsm
*

KH
&
mom
: 4- ::
mm « V
SSS
S3 :i

• !

Save headings . Saves the headings

Cancel. Returns to the calculation form without printing

OK. Prints the headings and calculation using the Windows Print Manager, then
returns to the calculation form

236
|I
Îi

Auxiliary programs
Pipe pressure loss calculation
1. Calculate the Reynolds Number -
_ 6.31533. WN
Kn = —
° D. (ucp :

For Reynolds Numbers less than 2000 the program uses laminar flow. Greater than 4000 it uses
turbulent flow. In the critical zone 2000 to 4000 it uses a blend of the two.Most people avoid this region
by changing the pipe size. Use your judgment for its suitability.
2. Laminar flow friction factor - H
64
f= :
3. Turbulent flow friction factor (The Colebrook equation) - r
1
-i= -
..
-2 logf 0.0018 + 2.51=) i

Vf l 3.7D RD Vf J i
3. Calculate the Line pressure drop per 100 feet - !
0.000336fW 2
D5V n psi per 100 feet
1

4 The line pressure drop


' - II
M
The equivalent line length is determined for the valves ,fittings and equipment losses and
divided by the pressure drop per foot.
For gases the density is recalculated at each one twentieth of the equivalent line length.
5. Calculate the fluid velocity -
W .
!
19.65y nD per second

Reference The Crane Company Technical Paper No 41OC i!

Nomenclature
W Rate of flow Ib/h
D Pipe inside diameter inches !
f Friction factor dimensionless
Yn Density at flow conditions Ib/ft3
M- CP Absolute Viscosity centipoise

Reynolds Number dimensionless ü


il
i

Water Hammer and Time for Closing Formula


1. Velocity of wave propagation - ;

8.6182 :

a- :- i
1 D
Gr M EW
:

VIVIB
feet per second (derived from the Joukowski equation)
2. Pressure rise.-
avGf
= 74TÏ psi
3. Critical time -

237

:
2L
t =
a seconds
4. Time for maximum allowable pressure.-

t PX
Psv - POP seconds
5. Pressure for selected time -
pt = pctc + POP
. t set
psig L
?
6 Pipe support force - :•

= Pressure rise X area of pipe lbs

Nomenclature
3 Velocity of wave propagation feet per second
g
Specific gravity at flow conditions dimensionless

Bulk modulus of elasticity of the fluid psi


D pipe inside diameter inches
E Modulus of elasticity of the pipe material psi
W Pipe wall thickness inches
v Normal flow velocity feet per second

Critical time seconds 1


J

L Pipe length feet


Closing time for safety valve set pressure seconds
p
c Pressure rise for critical time psi
p
sv Safety Valve set pressure psi
p
OP Operating pressure psig

* SEL Selected time for closing seconds

238
h

;
;

AUXILIARY PROGRAM Data Files


:

INSTRUCALC V5 Random access file specification for Auxiliary programs


AUXDAT. Dat.Tag Numbers are stored in the sequential file AUXDAT.TAG. Its
number in the file is the record number in the random access file. 1

Type FileData
ProgNums As Integer 2 bytes !
PipeConds As Integer 2 bytes :
PipeMatls As Integer 2 bytes 1
GasBasiss As String * 3 3 bytes
LiqBasiss As String * 3 3 bytes.
FS(0 To 27) As Single 112 bytes.Units conversion factor
GS 0(O To 27) As Single 112 bytes.
GS1(0 To 27) As Single 112 bytes.
GS2(0 To 27) As Single 112 bytes. :

UnS(0 To 27) As String * 8 2 24 bytes.Unit Name


PDSs( l To 6) As Single
PDIs ( l To 14) As Integer
24 bytes.
28 bytes.
r
Services( l To 5) As String * 25 125 bytes.Data sheet service,Date,
By,Fluid,,PipeMatl
Notess As String * 60 60 bytes.Data sheet notes
End Type Record len=921

GasBasiss "Mas" for a gas mass calculation, "Vol" a volume


LiqBasiss "Mas " for a liquid mass calc, " VoT a volume

If ProgNum = 1 Then Program = "Line Loss - Liquid flow"


If ProgNum = 2 Then Program = "Line Loss - Gas Flow"
:
Common data
PipeCond Percentage increase in friction factor, 0,20 or 50
PipeMatl = 1 Commercial steel
PipeMatl = 2 Drawn tubing
PipeMatl = 3 Cast Iron f

PipeMatl = 4 Galvanised Iron


PipeMatl = 5 Asphalt lined
PipeMatl = 6 Concrete
PipeMatl = 7 Wood stave
PDS( i ) = Pipe length F8(25) UnS(25)
PDS(2) = Pipe inside diameter FS 18
( ) UnS (18)
PDS(3) = Pipe elevation FS (25) UnS (25) i

PDS(4) = Entrance type


PDS(5) = Exit type
PDI( l ) = Number of gate valves

239
j

PDI(2) = Number of globe valves ) !


i
PDI(3) = Number of check valves |
PD1(4) = Number of 90deg elbows
PDI(5) = Number of 45deg elbows i

PDI(6) = Number of thru tees :


:

:
PDI(7) = Number of branch tees
1

:1
Liquid data
GSx( l ) = Flow rate FS(1) UnS ( l )
GSx(2) = Temperature UnS (2)
GSx (3) = Pressure FS(3)
GSx (4) = Equipment pressure loss FS(4)
UnS(3)
UnS(4)
f
GSx (6) = Specific gravity at flow conditions !
GSx(7) ~ Viscosity at flow conditions FS(7) UnS (7) :
:

Gas data
GSx (O) = Flow rate
GSx(2) — Temperature
FS (0) UnS(O)
UnS(2)
!
r
f
GSx(3) = Pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
GSx(4) = Equipment pressure loss FS (4) UnS(4)
GSx(5) = Molecular weight
GSx(7) = Viscosity FS(7) UnS(7)
GSx( lO) = Ratio of specific heats
GSx( l 1) = Critical pressure FS( ll ) UnS ( ll )
GSx( 12) = Critical temperature FS (12) UnS (12) !
?
If ProgNum = 3 Then Program = "Water Hammer - Liquid
flow"
GS0(1) = Flow rate FS(1) UnS( l )
GS 0(2) = Temperature UnS(2)
GS0(3) = Operating pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
GS1(3) = Allowable pressure FS (3) UnS (3)
GS0(6) = Specific gravity ;

GS 0(27) = Bulk modulus FS(27) UnS(27)


GS1(27) = Line Elastic modulus FS(27) UnS(27)
GS0(25) = Line length FS (25) UnS(25)
GS0(18) - Pipe inside diameter FS(18) UnS (18)
GS2(18) = Pipe wall thickness FS (18) UnS ( 18)
|
GSO( IO) = Selected time secs

If ProgNum = 4 Then Program = "Process Liquid Data"


GSx(O) - Molecular weight
GSx( l ) = Liquid flash point UnS (2)
GSx(2) = Temperature UnS (2)
GSx(3) = Pressure FS(3) UnS (3)

240
!!

GSx(4) - Normal boiling point UnS(2)


GSx(5) = Specific gravity at base conditions
GSx (6) = Specific gravity at flow conditions I

GSx(7) = Viscosity FS (7) UnS(7)


GSx(8) = Vapor pressure FS(8) UnS(8)

GSx(9) Density FS(9) UnS(9)
GSx( l 1) = Critical pressure FS( ll ) UnS( ll )
GSx(12) = Critical temperature UnS(12)
GSx(27) = Bulk modulus FS(27) UnS(27) p
ri
If ProgNum = 5 Then Program = “ Process Gas Data ” h
GSx(O) = Compressibility factor
GSx(2) = Temperature UnS(2) i I
GSx(3) - Pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
GSx(4) = Nonnal boiling point UnS(2)
GSx(5) = Molecular weight
GSx(7) = Viscosity FS (7) UnS(7)
GSx (8) = Vapor pressure FS(8) UnS(8) IP
GSx(9) = Density FS (9) UnS(9) \!
GSx( lO) = Ratio of specific heats M
GSx( l 1) = Critical pressure FS( ll ) UnS( ll )
GSx(12) = Critical temperature UnS(12)
) GSx (13) = Required latent heat of vaporization FS(16) UnS (16) :

GSx( l 6 ) = Known latent heat of vaporization FS(16) UnS( l 6)


GSx ( l 5) = Known latent heat temperature UnS(2)
:

Miscellaneous files
AUXDAT.UNS Sequential file. User unit data
AUXDAT.STP Sequential file. Base conditions
:!

HEADINGS.DAT Sequential file. Printout titles


AUXCALC.DRV Sequential file. Default drives and paths
AUXCALC.COL Sequential file. Color selections
: i

AUXILIARY PROGRAMS
Import Process Data
To Import process data into a calculation, make a sequential file for each calculation .
Files to have a filename (Suggest the tag number) with no extension (ie AUX-100 , ).
After INSTRUCALC reads the file it will rename the file to "FILENAME.OK". This
will divide the files into two lists, those which have been processed and those which
have not. %

'

241
i!

ü
I!
To read a file.
;
1

1 . Go to the required calculation and select the required units.


2. Take the Import data menu option. is
3 . Find the required file. (Using standard Windows procedures) jj

4 . Select the file and the data will be loaded.


5. Proceed with the calculation and save the data. ( Now in the INSTRUCALC
file) i
:

6. The sequential file will be assigned the extension ".OK " and will disappear
,

from the list.


7. If a review is required , use the Windows file procedures for files with an
extension ".OK "
8. Revised process data should be provided without extensions. The
Instrument engineer will then have an instant review of work not yet
performed.

Data input sequential file requirements


3
(In input order)

Water Hammer calculation Variable name


1 Tag number (Seq file)
2 Fluid name Service(3)
3 Maximum flow G(0,1)
4 Maximum allowable pressure GO,3)
5 Temperature G(0,2)
6 Operating pressure G(0,3)
7 SG @ flow conditions G(0,6)
8 Liquid bulk modulus G(0, 27)
9 Pipe elastic modulus G( l ,27)
10 Line length G(0,25)
11 Pipe inside diameter G(0,18)
12 Pipe wall thickness G(2.18)
13 Pipe material Service(5)

Pressure loss calculation Liquid Flow Variable name


1 Tag number (Seq file)
2 Fluid name Service(3)
3 Maximum flow G(Case, l )
4 Temperature G(Case,2)
5 Pressure G(Case,3)
6 SG @ flow conditions G(Case,6)
7 Viscosity G(Case,7)
8 Pipe size PDS(2)

242
Pressure loss calculation Gas Flow Variable name
1 Tag number (Seq file)
2 Gas name Service(3)
3 Gas Flow G(Case, 0)
4 Temperature G(Case, 2)
5 Pressure G(Case, 3)
6 Barometric pressure 0(0,23) y
7 Gas MW G (Case, 5) jj
8 Cp/Cv G(Case, 10) i|
9 Viscosity G(Case,7) j
10 Critical pressure G(Case, 11) jj
11 Critical temperature G(Case, 12)
12 Pipe inside diameter PDS(2)

AUXILIARY PROGRAM
Pipe Dimensions
tl
;!

The pipe sizes are available in a program look -up table. To find the size, select the j!
Pipe ID button to display the pipe size screen, enter the nominal size of the pipe and
select the search button. The available wall thickness and the corresponding inside
diameters for the nominal size are displayed. Select the required size and the data will |j
be downloaded to the calculation.
:

Metric dimensions are in millimeters and nominal sizes are base on 25 mm per
nominal inch. If units other than inches or millimeters are used the data transferred
,

i!
back to the calculation will be converted to the calculation units. Il\
\
w
;I
:i
jj

243 Ï
!

:l
;i

;!

fl
' i

p :
:

* i
i

244
'

li

Appendices
Appendix A: Questions Users Ask Most
Appendix B: Sources of Version 5.1

245
:

Appendix A
Questions Users Ask Most )

1. Are the CV, ORD, PIT, and REL calculations made at standard,
maximum, or flowing conditions ?
Yon should enter the maximum flow.

2 . What standards do the CV (ORE, PIT, and REL calculations conform to?
See Appendix D for a list of the sources used in the calculations. Also the sequence of
calculations for each routine, which follows the routine (or group of routines), lists
the source of the routine. Î
;

3. How do the base conditions affect the calculations ? Can these be changed?
The base conditions are important only in the ORE calculations. You can change the
base conditions in these calculations .

4.1 know the size of the bore and the size of the the orifice and the flowrate .
Can I calculate a new differential pressure?
Enter the known data and the best guess for the differential pressure. Then enter the
orifice size in the selected orifice diameter line. Then run the calculation. Compare j
;

the calculated orifice to the selected orifice bore. If it is different, enter a new
differential pressure and repeat until the sizes match. It takes less than one minute to
figure things this way. Any unknown variable can be calculated this way.

246
5 . I compared the results of an INSTRUCALC CV calculation with the
results I got from doing the problem by hand (or with results from another
program) and the results don't match . Why not? INSTRUCALC overestimated
(underestimated) the size of this valve by more than X% . These calculations are
wrong? 11
There could be a variety of reasons why your results and those of INSTRUCALC do
not match. Most user's first reaction is to figure there is a bug in the program. This j
certainly could be the reason, but it is not likely. The calculation programs have been L
used successfully for more than eight years and have been tested considerably. More
likely, INSTRUCALC is taking some value into consideration that your hand
calculation did not calculate. Review the sequence of calculations at the end of each
routine to make sure you (or the other software program) have followed all the steps
involved.
j
:: j

Any of the following can have a significant effect on the calculated size of control
valves and usually are forgotten when hand calculations are done: piping geometry,
viscosity, critical flow, flashing, choked flow. 7"

If after reviewing the calculation again, yon feel that the program is still giving you
erroneous results, make a screen print of all your input (please give us screen prints, j!
and not just the end printout) and note the areas of difference. Send this to us and we
will review your results and let you know what the problem is. However, please be
aware that deducing what the problem is can take some time, so please allow at least
four days for an answer.
jj
ij
6. INSTRUCALC allows me to enter data that conflicts with known
standards. For example, general guidelines for backpressure build up call for
not more than 10% of set pressure. INSTRUCALC allowed me to have a
backpressure of almost 92% of set pressure. Why ?
INSTRUCALC should be used by knowleadgable professionals . Some entries axe for
your information only and though they will affect your final decision, the calculation
itself cannot account for this information. You must be sure you understand what the
calculation calculates and how. Review the sequence of calculations after the routine
for this information. Also, review the infonnation at the beginning of the module
chapter for general rules concerning the calculations. INSTRUCALC is a tool, but it
cannot replace the engineers who use it. Be sure you understand what the results
mean. iI
U
7. How do you change a tag number. When I try to edit it, nothing happens.
The tag number is the key to the calculation . You can only change it if you save the !

tag as a new file. Otherwise the tag number will not change. You can also use the Edit
Data Files option in the Utility Program to change and update the tag numbers .
Each tag is not really saved as a separate file, but as a separate record in a file that
contains all the tags.

i:

247 |
:
!

248 I
)

Appendix B
Sources for Version 5.1
Control V alves
ANSI/ISA-S 75.01, 1977
ISA Handbook for Control Valves- J.W. Hutchison
Masoneilan noise prediction formula

Flow Element Sizing


ISO 5167 Sizing Equation as described by R.W. Miller
ISO 5168 Accuracy Standard
ISO 5024 Volumetric Standards(14.69595 psia & 59 F)
Principles and Practice of Flowmeter Engineering, L.K. Spink, The Foxboro
Company.
The Flow Meter Engineering Handbook, R. W. Miller, McGraw Hill, New York.

ISO Flow Elements


Annubar Flow Handbook, Dietrich Standard Corporation
Annubar no longer requires viscocity correction for liquids less than 250 cp.

Pressure Relief Valves


API RP-520, parts 1 and 2, 4th Ed ., 1976
AS ME Code Section 8, Pressure Vessel Code, UG-132
ASME Code Section 1 , Power Boiler Code Manufacturers
API or NFPA 30 data for fire generated flowrate
ASME for new liquid trim vlaves which is now mandatory for new work.

249
Option to use data published by National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 30)

Heat Exchanger, Piping Entrapped Liquid


ASME Code, Section 8, Pressure Vessel Code, Summer 1984 addenda
API RP-520, 1976
ANSI B31

Tank Vents
API 2000
API 620
API 650

Rupture Disks
ASME Code, Sections I and VIII.
Fike Metal Products Technical Bulletin, TB 8100-8102

Auxiliary Programs
Line Pressure Drop- Crane Company Technical Paper, No. 410C
Compressibility Factor- Redlich-Kwong
Vapor Temperature- Lee and Kesler
Latent heat of Vaporization- Watson

:
i
!

250
)

)
AGA Orifice Plates
Concentric-Flange Taps
Concentric-Radius Taps
Concentric-Corner Taps

Program Overview
These programs are based on 1990 AGA Report No. 3. Orifice Metering of
Natural Gas and Other Related Hydrocarbon Fluids. They are suitable for use with
all gaseous and liquid fluids that are considered to be clean, single phase,
homogeneous and Newtonian. All gases, most liquids and most dense phase
fluids associated with the petroleum, petrochemical and natural gas industries are
usually considered Newtonian . The user should be familiar with the report in
order to be aware of the design, application, installation and limitations required
in order for the uncertainty percentage to be applicable.

Prior to this report, AGA used the Buckingham equation and its associated data
set. The new report is based on a new data set derived for oil, water, natural gas
and air using 11 different laboratories, 12 different meter tubes and more than 100 _
different orifice plates. The data set consisted of 5734 flange, 2298 comer and )
2160 radius tap points. Data was collected from the United States, Europe,
Canada, Norway and Japan. Its new equations use the Stolz linkage form and the
Reader-Harris/Gallagher coefficient of discharge equation. AGA differs from the
IS O/Miller technique because of the discharge coefficient equation, the
requirement of using the meter tube inside diameter and orifice bore at the
operating temperature instead of using the thermal expansion factor (Fa) and the
calculation of the uncertainty % for the discharge coefficient. j .

AGA sets limits of nominal pipe sizes larger than 2 inches, schedule 160, orifice [
bore sizes larger than 0.45 inches, beta ratios of 0.1 to 0.75 and pipe Reynolds
Numbers greater than 4000, to achieve a standard deviation of 0.24% for the
10192 data points, compared to 0.68% for the previous AGA equations.

Because of the worldwide participation, equations are available for sharp edge
orifice plates using flange, comer and radius taps for both liquid and gas.
Programs for each are included even though the AGA Report No.3 only j
recognizes flange taps. :

The uncertainty percentage is expressed as a plus and minus percentage of the


overall flow measurement and is considered to be accurate nineteen times out of
twenty. It is calculated using sensitivity coefficients for the empirical discharge
coefficient, expansion factor, orifice diameter, pipe diameter, differential pressure, }
static pressure temperature and density.
j
The programs require the input of the meter tube and required orifice diameter at a
temperature of 68° and the construction materials for both the meter tube and
orifice plate. The program calculates the meter tube diameter at the flowing
temperature. It uses this to calculate the meter tube Reynolds number, the beta
ratio and then the orifice diameter. The calculated orifice diameter is
compensated for 68° for display. Thus, there is no direct correlation between the
displayed beta ratio and meter tube and orifice diameters.

An orifice plate is a circular flat plate which is inserted between flanges to


measure flow in pipelines. It has a precision bored hole in its center which causes
a pressure drop. Bernoulli in 1738 determined that flow rate was proportional to
the square root of pressure drop . These programs determine the relationship
between the flow rate, the pressure drop and the size of the hole.

The programs are based on the American Gas Association 1990 Report Number 3.
"Orifice Metering of Natural Gas and Other Related Hydrocarbon Fluids ". They
are suitable for use with all gaseous and liquid fluids that are clean, single phase,
homogenous and Newtonian. All gases, most liquids and most dense phase fluids

2
associated with the petroleum petrochemical and natural gas industries are
Newtonian.

The user should be aware of the report’s design, application and limitations
requirements in order for the uncertainty percentage calculation to be applicable.
AGA sets the following limits for an approved calculation -
The pipe size must be greater then 2 inch schedule 160
The orifice bore must be larger than .45 inches
The beta ratio must be between between 0.1 and 0.75 j
The pipe Reynolds Number must be greater than 4000 j -

The AGA report is extracted from a new database. This database contained new j
information for flange, radius and comer pressure taps. Programs are provided
for all of the taps. Only the flange taps are recognized by AGA, the other
programs will provide increased accuracy over the ISO programs.
_ .
_ .
j
:

Program Features
-
i
_
Perform sizing calculations
Calculate either - Orifice size, Flow rate or Differential range
Calculate vent or drain hole size if required
Calculate the minimum plate thickness
Calculate permanent pressure and power loss
Calculate accuracy uncertainty percentage
Supply fluid properties at flow conditions
Supply steam data
Supply pipe sizes
Provide material selection i
Use English or SI engineering units in any mixture
Use mass or volume flow units
Import process data
Print a calculation sheet using the Windows Print Manager .i. I
Save the data I

;i

Prepare instrument data sheets


WYSIWYG style
Initially general- sheets for bid purposes
Supply database of standard specification items
After vendor selection, revise for permanent records
Print a data sheet using the Windows Print Manager
Save the data
!
j

Print a summary of saved records


Print all records
Print selected records
3
Print only records having required characteristics
)
This is a program for calculating the size of orifice plates in accordance with
AGA Report #3. The available options are:
Concentric - Flange Taps - liquid or gas
Concentric - Radius Taps - liquid or gas
Concentric Comer
- Taps - liquid or gas

©I AGA Report #3 Orifice P ate Sizing »rogç


_ . m

Orifice Plate. - Selection


-. . -s-.- v x j r v r
— : N

.• i
- :
'
•.
:

© 1Concentric - Flange Taps


O 2 Concentric Radius Taps

-- ;
: • •

• . .

m
:
j
V
:

O 3 Concentric ~ Comer Taps f


FS
!! /•v, . --
l
s'sJrij - - -

awi»*t on developed
1
H
i ®mm O
r
i
m r a
ta &
tB

S»! ss^
si & fa
i
iMMsiiii AHN
ftidnjol compared to O GS - )

an
mmm
m
mm
S ' mmm
P
IIWI
Mil m HP mSpf
m
n- ill
ffimmssimi
me
k HO Gas |
||© Liquid
1
W
M
Lir f liiwiïiini i
« * i:
^ f,r,;c r i i v; i ÜTI ik
<i C ^ fc £

AGA Program Menu Options »

File
Default files
Recalls file data using the files in the default drives and paths.
Other files
Recalls file data using the Windows file selection procedure.
Flow calc, maintenance
Edit Tag Numbers
Provides the facility to change the Tag Numbers on file.
Or delete records from file.
Sort and delete calcelled records
Rearrange the Tag Numbers in ascending order.
4
:

Delete the items marked if the edit was saved .


) Pressure calc , maintenance
Edit Tag Numbers
Provides the facility to change the Tag Numbers on file.
Or delete records from file.
Sort and delete calcelled records
Rearrange the Tag Numbers in ascending order.
Delete the items marked if the edit was saved.
Data files path
Path for the default calculation data files. [
User unit file path
Path for the default engineering units.
.

Printout headings file path


Path for the printout headings.
V
Convert 3 file stage 2
Instrucalc version 3 file conversion to Windows format.

Exit !
Exits from Instrucalc to Windows Program Manager.

Color
Provides color options for Instrucalc displays, using the Windows palette.
• . >

) Edit Tables j

InstruCalc uses Data Tables for Gas, Liquid, Pipe Size and Material properties,
these contain data from which exact properties for the flow conditions are
calculated. It also has tables for equipment data. These option provides an easy i
means of customizing them. Items can be added, inserted, deleted and changed.
Restrictions are built into the Materials Coefficient of Expansion table on _
insertion and deletion because the row number is used to save data in the
calculations.

Each program can edit the tables used in the program. Take note that some, such
as the Gas, Liquid and Pipe Size are used by other programs and may include data
required only by them. j

" •
" '
. * * ' :

Editing is performed by either clicking the appropriate line in the Grid or entering
the line number in Row to Edit and clicking Recall Row. Edit the data and Load
Row to the Grid. When a box in the edit line is clicked, information on the data
required for that box is displayed above. Save Grid overwrites the old file. A
backup file is recommended before you start. The file name is in the heading of
the Edit Form and the files are in the program directory.
I.
j

\ Note that data cannot be edited directly in the grid.

i
Print Summary )
Goes to the print summary program.

AGA Program Lead Sheet i

The program will only stop at the Lead Sheet if it fails to find the default paths file
To continue, type in the paths and save the file.

The Data Files are specific to a project and an instrument type f


The Units File may be common for all projects and specific for an instrument type
The Headings File maybe specific for a project and common for all instruments

AGA Orifice Size Liquid Calculation.


;; *j
t ; ,o;
r

Éisæèis
l .
1-
L

üüüü
m
ïi

SB
m
atfafiriæ isS»
1
y
m*
m

l Be» , ^W
'
.
a atia . emP j

*
i
S Norm flow differ
mH 20
mmm êBM T ’'

?
mf
T:
S. 1

tnjet
ora.-

pi
& ïK

T:
m i
i

ï
*
,
.H ï
SB Hnrm fini» RPlmn )H Mn
SÉiiilSÜt« SIte
Max pressure ss ir 20
£
) j
taüiBfii
;
IfS
; ;§ 3
mm
ms s
i î ilHttliiS m II
I 7 . :-CateuJaiion F:
M&M an
T mMm.
:

S1 H --
I? - mfv ..
liSHMllSp
m.• Avi

p
- factors .. IJnormal flowiSif
J y UlwU

-,
l IvJ » I IlltfLU|jjhi

^
Jr UI
ciScsiasiiiSsShiihjSsS!

i
mi
.h
'

- K BS3 S

wmmmm
S
? v, m>1v y
:S»

nmamnasm
»
mS; 304 stainless sleel
mi
Carbon steel iTl Vent hole
vlîri ra
'

m IS

Drain hole |
| i© Orifice size
iüSI go Flowrate
HH 10 Standard size| fl
Ù
fi
pm
IIISIlltMlllS
|
fiBaâftlBIIVMatl
10 Custom size | 0 Differential rangeai
SMS *

Units .

There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available -
Mass Flow - English Units. Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit.
Volume Flow - English Units. US gallons per minute and degrees
Fahrenheit.

6
'
Mass Flow - SI Units. Kilograms per second and degrees
) Centigrade.
Volume Flow - SI Units. Litres per second and degrees Centigrade.
User Units. A set of units selected from the Liquid
Flow Engineering Unit screen.
i

To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units .
The Liquid Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed. It shows the
available options and the current unit selection.

Select the required units and save the User file. !


Unit Selection . r

A new calculation defaults to Mass English Units. :

The Unit Selection can be made at any time. The input data will be converted to
the new units. If a volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity at !
base conditions is not available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual
input entry can be changed by the selecting the Review Units option and choosing
from the Liquid Flow Engineering Unit screen.

Base Conditions .
)
The Base Conditions option will display the current values of base pressure, base
temperature, barometric pressure and calibration temperature. They should be
checked and modified and saved to suit the operating conditions. AGA specifies a
base pressure of 14.73 psia for natural gas, 14.696 for liquids with a vapor ;
pressure equal or less than one atmosphere, and a base temperature of 60°. :

Fluid Properties .

The Fluid Properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are
entered. The properties required for a calculation are available for pure liquids
and mixtures and are provided in the selected units. Caution should be used for !
mixtures of dissimilar fluids because the mixture law may not apply.

For a pure liquid find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the fluid i
properties will be entered .

For a mixture select the first component. In the component box, enter the
percentage. Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then select
calculate in the component box and the program will calculate and enter the
mixture values. The fluid properties database can be user maintained.
) :

7 .]
T
; i

:
/

Calculation options are: I

Orifice size.
Flowrate.
Differential Range .

y < {sons
'
ï

Orifice size
m
I
j . Flowrate L!
li
^ - Differential ranoe li
Select the calculation option and the necessary input data is enabled. The required 1

variable will be disabled and will receive the calculated value.


li
Vent/Drain Hole option.

Options provide for the automatic selection of the recommended hole size or the
input of a user size. Either a vent hole, a drain hole, both or neither can be
selected. Both are the same size. If the flowing liquid contains gas bubbles, a vent
hole will enable them to pass the orifice plate. If the line needs to be drained a
drain hole can be provided
The hole size will be compensated for in the calculation . :i

; Ü
ii
Meter tube ID.
!!
To look up the pipe dimensions, click the meter tube button. !

The pipe sizes screen will be displayed. li


Enter the nominal pipe size. ii

Click the Search button to display the available sizes.


Select the required inside diameter(Double-click or click OK).
i

Material Selection.
Select the Element material to display the materials screen.
On the materials screen, select the required material.
Repeat for the Meter tube material.

Input Data

The options selected enable the input boxes of the data required for the calculation :

and disable the input boxes for the ii


:
calculated outputs and the data not required .
The maximum flow rate is the upper range value.
The normal flow will be the point of greatest accuracy.
Specific gravity at base conditions is only required for volumetric !
flow.
I
8
i

:
: :

) - 1

Calculate
Click the Calculate button.
The program will validate the input data.
If not valid it will display the unsatisfactory data.
If valid it will -
Calculate the output data.
Display the results. 1

Enable the calculation printout.


Enable the data sheet option. I
Calculation Results I

The output data should be examined for adequacy.


Best accuracy is for beta ratio in the area of 0.55. M
i!
Change data as required and recalculate.
The plate thickness is the recommended minimum.

Filing and Moving On

The options in the File menu are:


[
Program menu - Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
Prepare data sheet - Is enabled after a calculation is made, it displays the il
) screen to prepare a data sheet form for the calculated item.
New record - Clears the screen for a new calculation.
-
Save Using the default path, it saves a new record if not previously
I
saved
or saves changes to an existing record.
Save New. .Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new
-
record ( Used to duplicate similar items i.e. Recall an existing
,

record. Edit as required and Save New)


-
Save As.... Uses the Windows file access system. Saves to a file
anywhere.
y
Import data - Select the units and read Input data supplied in sequential
files. lili
File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation records
The default paths are:
The Data Files. (AGADAT.TAG and AGADAT.DAT). :!

The User Unit Files. (AGADAT.UNS). u


The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS .DAT). P
-
Print flow calculation Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays
the screen to print a calculation.
Exit - Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program
Manager. (.

;
9
T

AGA Liquid Engineering Units


Liquid Flow Engineering Uiiifi 1 " . H ^ 1
®| mmmI
m- I- low nu miilu " :
J
ë
Tërü bOrahjr . ^ mmMm mmmmmm
mmé I
sss
I;
^
liVO lb- .-. -
«
! O kg

i- ©
-
ISO 2285
lUSgallll
; : ÿ jÿ&JKOSi* W«.VJP r T.

lO Ire i i
PS . .
f wA Tÿ fcüCir ; a &l

HHiSiv «/ es A O
JÉIrtils
:
degC II
£

i
lÔ onne- - - lO 3. . . l*®- ÉO
« |-
^O degK '

| Si
ÿ
'

I
e**AU,'. > > > > ^v .±TjtSrTTfTCr*ST ie \*ï .
JU"* ffi
; ?
Bp Other
iO g UKgal -

mmmm m-
y
g^ - -> 1 I
o m3
.A< J ^. y»wr

UKton ^
! :r;' fs
^cry^ n** »«rry
rpy >^c v Vff»A<SçW
y»“Mfg

; ÉO
fir
:
H «s
;0 USton O bbl 1K - -Tl
5ti
--
ii lufièé diamelér
SiSES
m 1MW !

s Süa
Sfl
^aoiri © i?I© in
%K»
in e
lp âHHHftflg
! IO Other BO Other | o mm mS?
i

a
:

« pugg - .
u mmmMmmÆÊmmmmmïm. RJ
o cm m
BÏ mKO
« M cm WdW
»| 5 ^kPaa
fl W raa
'

$
Kl
5
i

3
- X :5 ïææËSs

Son wMirii , I: ii ; 1

: ? loMî meiKl e
Ü- 333 O ft US
tel MÏO~riIïT Mtemmh < i
il
tO ±/ m |jOjh. s
&
om i.
f
«© ooFhër us
, „ rUix
^ jî jÿS BWyST ' '” '

iO /d
'
^ ^
Lrl
m
traHHW

«mm
i i aa£&gro«ugJM
^
Ê
-

I© psigSg IO înH 20g |


iR!u»cwg8iytip
K?
H:

©
SS
ï nH 2G B
i
sfMssillsiiSg!
OK
^ i
a- ?Sj
- ,
> tr^r4gaanj;^gejy 'n^ 4; »7 ,r@

I! fiTkê 10 mmhgq - OkPa fi


T
)
80 atg IO barg . - !s O înHg .70'*UZ vi. ÿj
gfp HH
_ 2q| I O îîHHH 2 Ü »
l'; ttf

IO_ - inhgg
_ -. fO kg- /—om
- -. - vw ^-Trr nr-tJ.rt
TAT ^. r * ; * AT ^ -* i • ''Ar’ tr.i l(MMMMIIMnMVt3WM«MM

I Si & O
J
^C
|

O M Pag IO Other i 3 mBar S


jlg
«i
B
O Other ȧ a
«
MB
- -: a :

The screen shows the process variables used in a liquid calculation and list the
available options. To assure full coverage each (Except Flow Time Base) has an
" Other" option. This is a user defined unit. Double click the option and it will
display the name and multiplier to convert it to the standard units. The standard
unit is always the first item in the list. The screen shows the current selection .
Any unit may be selected and will be used in the calculation if OK is selected.

To create a User File for the User File Unit option in the calculation, select the
desired units and click the save button. A double click on any unit option selects
that option and returns to the calculation.

Data conversion

For all items except flow, the unit change represents only a multiplier to convert
the input data and the data is always converted. The Flow Quantity option has
Mass and Volume options. The relationship between mass flow and volume flow
is a multiplier and the specific gravity of the fluid . It is conventional when
10
measuring flow by volume that it be at a standard temperature (Usually 60 degrees
Fahrenheit). Two specific gravity values are necessary for a volumetric flow
calculation, mass flow cannot be converted to volume flow until the specific
gravity at standard conditions is available.

Definition of units
\
Mass flow units :
lb — pounds
kg = kilograms jL
tonne - 1000 kg = 1Mg 1
g = gram
UKton = 2240 lb
-
USton 2000 lb
Other = user defined mass unit
Volume flow units :
USgal = US gallons
litre = litres ;
ft3 = cubic feet f
UKgal = UK gallons j
m3 = cubic metres
bbl = barrels (42 US gallons)
cm3 = cubic centimetres
Other = user defined volumetric unit
Flow time base :

/s per second
/m = per minute
/h = per hour
/d = per day
Gauge pressure :
psig = pounds per square inch gauge

kPag kiloPascals gauge
atg = atmospheres gauge
inhgg ~ inches of mercury gauge
MPag = megaPascals gauge
inH20g = inches of water gauge
mmhgg = millimetres of mercury gauge
barg = bars gauge
kg/ cm2g = kilograms per square centimetre gauge
Other = user defined gauge pressure unit ••

Absolute pressure :
psia = pounds per square inch absolute
kPaa = kiloPascals absolute
inhga = inches of mercury absolute
mmhga = millimetres of mercury absolute

11
Other = user defined absolute pressure unit
Temperature : '

)
degF = degrees Fahrenheit
degF = degrees Centigrade
degR = degrees Rankine
degK = degrees Kelvin
Other = user defined temperature unit
Viscosity :
cp = centipoises ;
kPa.s = kiloPascal seconds 1
Other - user defined viscosity unit !
Differential pressure :
inH20 = inches of water
kPa = kiloPascals
inhg = inches of mercury
mmH20 -- millimetres of water
mBar = millibars
Other = user defined differential
Pipe and orifice diameter :
in = inches
mm = millimetres
cm = centimetres
ft = feet
m = metres )
Other = user defined size

AGA Material Selection


The sheet displays the material options and the current selection. The temperature
thennal expansion coefficients are selected with the material. AGA requires a
thermal correction for both pipe and orifice plate. Either make a new selection
(Double click or click then click OK), or click Cancel to return with no change.
The program will return to the calculation.

AGA Calculation Data Printout


This program will print the input and output calculation data and one associated
comment. The comment is included in the data sheet for reference purposes.

It also creates the default printout headings. The headings are printed at the top of
all printouts. They are saved in the HEADINGS .DAT file. This is the third .)

12
default path. If all programs are set to the same path, this becomes the default
headings for all program printouts.

i(h Calculation data printout » WÎ


mtmm
wmimmmmm m
m
W:

Select font. Select Rrinter


! %
m
IMlh!
ÜÜ1
|J f|Octagon Engineering Corporation
|
ill ~v
llllisi A
wmmé&fe& %
aSt sSSîj o Mm .&
wmm
tr S

P lp§
»
Plant Conversion

SI 1994 Update *
pi
i !
[ m 2314 il
|
j
^^
X ISIS
.
fs\s as®
m

l» 2000 Pi
m
1m
: rifift K ill
IS ifc *


mm wmm I
« Z
n
li
«
ISHfimi
a
Mil
jS&l

m fasisw
wmm
i m*mmmmms
îSITE
m
m
mm
mm mf -î
ff um
mmmmm
H filingsm
I
:
aï ?- m %
*

/
Save Headings Saves the headings

Cancel Returns to the calculation form without printing


OK. Prints the headings and calculation using the Windows Print Manager, then
returns to the calculation form
i

AGA Flow Element Data Sheet


The first use of the data sheet is to obtain competitive bids. It should initially
emphasize the engineering requirements and be fairly general regarding the
details. When a vendor is selected it should be updated to the exact details so that
the data sheet is a record of the instrument purchased.

The relevant data from the calculation is automatically displayed. Minor editing , i

such as rounding can be performed. Major editing should be done in the


calculation routine in order to preserve the integrity of the calculation .
I
A user defined database is available to enter data for those inputs which have a i
limited number of options . To activate this, double click the input box, the data
.
r

13

?
on file is displayed . Double click the required option and the data is transferred to
the data sheet form . )

The database should be customized for the project requirements. To edit the data;
click the selected item. Edit the data in the active top line, select Replace,
continue with the edit and Save on completion. The Input data menu option has
option to enter either the first or the second item in the list for all items. If the
database is constructed so that the first item is the first standard selection and the
second item is the second standard selection then two standard data sheets are
available for a single keystroke. This feature only enters data into empty input
boxes . !
Some input boxes require unique data which is typed in. Space is provided to
enter information for non standard options. Enter the title and data , it will be
saved with the other data. Three lines of notes of special instructions are available
at the bottom of the data sheet. The input data is limited to 25 characters and 60
characters for each of the notes.

File options r

Print data sheet - Prints the data sheet using the Windows Print Manager. Refer
to Windows Help
Go to calculation. - Returns to the calculation form using the same record
Update headings - Overwrites the headings with the current default set )

;
.

)
I-

:•

14 ;
7
AGA Orifice Size Gas Calculation.
i

i Il AGAOrifiçIl>miiPiüi
^^^^Ms ï5

! :•
"
•; . -;;:. r.;;::r ±ï ::::::r .
i

5-sasste«rit»Sr
:

mm
rag i Fluid Ü eta ratio (sV flow temp
mm
.„
-
H
Î:
aximum ï « s
3 ?
Norm fiow âîfië ir ipH 20
I 3 Noim (16 Reynold
iff » No,
«
s ra î I

$fi
Ma « p u te i H 2D ,=
mm sur ms
iSïîiiBiS
A
il
3 Hax power joss
1 Ü ncertainty percent
s2!
S
i? Min plate thickness in
hp
t
imÊÈËSÊmSÊ&Êm s Maxi Biff. range
V
î nH2p
Mi |ï Calculation factors 0 normal- Mow
l* thermal1P
ffe lj bPlate -W ï •

!,Ri expansion :
mm Velocity of approach I

&
AS
is-
1| Disch. cutifficien.
-
'
» • V :'
: . r :<* . ;v *.*
*
'

- • ï

mje
»
• /
'.
*.
"
> .*‘- --•£.-
. %

**
.*
. :.

F:
|13 as expansion
f

G | I Rase pressure factor


| L
Base temperature fafcjb
. aJ__ u

f .
He nenl nM e„
B
304 stainless steel jj iffIf
r L
uaroon sceei jag
.
s *Ef
Ir
ibi i Vent hole
* * * **
_
3
SBlatiQ
&
^îisasa g Qptïp S
T< «*w\ m». t>r <- .u ; * > *



30 Drain hole flll ®;| l® size '


mm C Orifice
'

V - .^ > .
- œ v »cvo-oucra
'rVU 0 >» A 1
it
--- * - - J»;
^ V J >:br^rt
^æsssBsgEæssædBBsgsaâ i M5
• ï
æ
) m a mm m* Haf

i
t mS
ëulâë

-^
Mi;Blit
---- -

rmii' rJ"‘ïïi rFrl —


'
.
'
'
SI &
MM
^ il ~
^ms&^sMmusssaaak
^ iO Differential
j
SRI
- . . vArÿte J’j . a l-TTtV;
KT cr'
^
ejlO Flotte ... , É
,Wg

range &M

Units .

There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available -
Mass Flow - English Units. Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit.
Volume Flow - English Units. US gallons per minute and degrees
Fahrenheit. •j

Mass Flow - SI Units . Kilograms per second and degrees


Centigrade.
Volume Flow - SI Units. Litres per second and degrees Centigrade.
User Units. A set of units selected from the Liquid
Flow Engineering Unit screen. j

To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units .
The Liquid Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed. It shows the
available options and the current unit selection.
:

Select the required units and save the User file. j

15
Unit Selection.

A new calculation defaults to Mass English Units.

The Unit Selection can be made at any time. The input data will be converted to
the new units. If a volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity at
base conditions is not available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual
input entry can be changed by the selecting the Review Units option and choosing
from the Liquid Flow Engineering Unit screen. :
Base Conditions.

The Base Conditions option will display the current values of base pressure, base
temperature, barometric pressure and calibration temperature. They should be
checked and modified and saved to suit the operating conditions. AGA specifies a
base pressure of 14.73 psia for natural gas, 14.696 for liquids with a vapor
pressure equal or less than one atmosphere, and a base temperature of 60°.

Fluid Properties.

The Fluid Properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are
entered. The properties required for a calculation are available for pure liquids
and mixtures and are provided in the selected units. Caution should be used for
mixtures of dissimilar fluids because the mixture law may not apply.
)

For a pure liquid find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the fluid
properties will be entered .

For a mixture select the first component. In the component box, enter the
percentage. Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then select
calculate in the component box and the program will calculate and enter the
mixture values. The fluid properties database can be user maintained .

Calculation options are:


Orifice size.
Flowrate.
Differential Range.

Select the calculation option and the necessary input data is enabled. The required
variable will be disabled and will receive the calculated value.

16
ii

I
Vent/Drain Hole option .
) - ;
Options provide for the automatic selection of the recommended hole size or the
input of a user size. Either a vent hole, a drain hole, both or neither can be
selected. Both are the same size. If the flowing liquid contains gas bubbles, a vent
hole will enable them to pass the orifice plate. If the line needs to be drained a
drain hole can be provided
The hole size will be compensated for in the calculation. :•

r
Meter tube ID r
To look up the pipe dimensions, click the meter tube button |
The pipe sizes screen will be displayed
Enter the nominal pipe size
Click the Search button to display the available sizes
Select the required inside diameter(Double-click or click OK)
i

Material Selection
Select the Element material to display the materials screen :
On the materials screen, select the required material.
Repeat for the Meter tube material.
%

Input Data
\
The options selected enable the input boxes of the data required for the calculation
and disable the input boxes for the calculated outputs and the data not required.
The maximum flow rate is the upper range value.
The normal flow will be the point of greatest accuracy.
j
Calculate
Click the Calculate button. -
The program will validate the input data. -,
If not valid it will display the unsatisfactory data. :
If valid it will - Calculate the output data.
Display the results.
Enable the calculation printout.
Enable the data sheet option.

Calculation Results
The output data should be examined for adequacy.
Best accuracy is for beta ratio in the area of 0.55.
Change data as required and recalculate. ;
The plate thickness is the recommended minimum.

17
;

Filing and Moving On


) !
"

The options in the File menu are:


Program menu - Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
Prepare data sheet - Is enabled after a calculation is made, it displays the
screen to prepare a data sheet form for the calculated item.
-
New record Clears the screen for a new calculation.
-
Save Using the default path, it saves a new record if not previously
saved
or saves changes to an existing record .
Save New.-. Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new
record ( Used to duplicate similar items i.e. Recall an existing
,

record. Edit as required and Save New)


Save As.... - Uses the Windows file access system. Saves to a file
anywhere.
Import data - Select the units and read Input data supplied in sequential
files.
File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation records [
The default paths are: f
The Data Files . (AGADAT.TAG and AGADAT.DAT) . j
The User Unit Files. (AGADAT.UNS).
The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS.DAT) .
Print flow calculation - Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays -
,

the screen to print a calculation.


Exit - Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program
Manager.

Print (AGA Flow Element) Summary


The program will provide a printout summary of data sheet records on file.
Access to this is from the AGA Sizing Programs menu
It can provide a printout of either -
All fields
Selected fields
Fields equal to
Fields not equal to
Fields equal to or less than
Fields equal to or greater than
Fields less than
Fields more than

18
Procedure for a new Summary

Select Options
Clear checks Clears all check on the form
Clear Other Data Clears all other data on the form
Make new field selections
Each field has four boxes -
A check box to select the field
A box to specify the field width
A box to enter data to compare 1
A box to specify the compare method (Double click for ;
data)
Select data relationship
And or or !
Click Print to print using Windows Print Manager

File Options •
'
• • •
;
: l

Save print options


Saves a standard printout
Go to Program Menu Form
Returns to program menu for further work on this module
Exit
) Returns to the Windows Program Manager
i

Procedure for a standard printout

Select Options

Recall saved options


Print
!

Procedure to print all fields

Select Options
Check all
Print
j
Other Options
j

Select font
Windows font selection procedure
Select Printer
Windows Print Manager
; ^
j-
19
AGA Gas Engineering Units )
:

4 I

^ mmmSSH masÊ&BÊm&mm sas


~i.
h

ipfe m
S3

î0 F y !jV
0 inH .« 5gI %s K© CD S® degR |l 0 degK § ’

w ps**ïg 20
»« «

tsvrw s t
M1

&
v
i
ipyM jo « * 3 ! SO kPag O nimhg ç i | O Pa.s |
Ô
|. jjv kg . aÔ
sdm 3| O atg [Ô fcwg - |
«
Ô mPa - sf » § | |jO 6 l TEri ifsrf
degC é !
Ml
— !
AMUM» vaw<f ) j

! |0 tonne| kg/cm2g|
O î nhgg h(0srnit
.0
sm 3
:0 Msft3 ; IRO MPag ?Q Qthei
—_ - êsis m i S
•- + i r a i,
« « J;

^ ^ ^ j: KO ïÿé

Otherf
ifefeëtüfê
O USton
||0 OlherjjO Hlher ;
ç» - - -
»
0-
'- V H»

?Q kPaa îO înhga
0.- - . ou- . .
psia.. . ,« "A " I UAQ'
(
'
'
,
;
I V JI
mmhga
^V
— ;•
V SJ »»
ç atrr
r- Basebiess.

I immI
|10 *
.
P fe
fl» îiO
•i

T î'jSs.
ilO mm
^

| fcjnm "

ü 10
;
--
ata . -- - [ O^> bara
i'Sfr X'

MPaa
- * . .- .. 4\ 1Ô kPaa |
Vf

kg / cm2a|
*’ *
• i
'
|
o
r rV' \ s izw t '

!‘: âBPMKHIS § æiliO cm &


®- 0 cm
~ Si ? IO î nhga
- ’ -

ion - * - * ' ^ **'£' ^ %r ï*** IV. i. j


* % f7X77
;

II|j Üô tm BP
*« rrK>: / * * •• *

! IO /s S© / h .
* -.ar-, . .
.O mmhga|
m
ajcavv

J iys BSo W<7«1?£ X '’“


' “
I VÏ

10 /m O Ô ni | §î
IO Olhei II
t îFf
%
ËmM
assisisaisiil M&SÊS Æ
f

itïISQi m p

lÜlSIiil
- - '
- v; 5

L jlÉO kPa | SWia


WP mmH 20-M ^
. .-
g !Ô / 3 irl ' V ?0 r

;
h Sib^
Qdagc kg m ;
\ L g ^ ° ,R | .
| 0 2 | | g cm3
if W°£ ** M
d !
ÿftOmBa, lo Îb/in3 1! aaHrimi
!» æ riii
I

SO Other i
i:WmMmMmàSÊ mm
-
yw: ' ’ : '

'. y / •v» -. -
A S {
|
- - ^
; .'J i’. ;Vy,î T ' .I ''1'r - -.
r. J .‘7 ‘J
*;;“ • ~ . '.
)
.-•

The screen shows the process variables used in a liquid calculation and list the
available options. To assure full coverage each (Except Flow Time Base) has an
"Other" option. This is a user defined unit. Double click the option and it will
display the name and multiplier to convert it to the standard units. The standard
unit is always the first item in the list. The screen shows the current selection.
Any unit maybe selected and will be used in the calculation if OK is selected.

To create a User File for the User File Unit option in the calculation, select the
desired units and click the save button. A double click on any unit option selects
that option and returns to the calculation.

Data Conversion

For all items except flow, the unit change represents only a multiplier to convert
the input data and the data is always converted . The Flow Quantity option has
Mass and Volume options. The relationship between mass flow and volume flow
is a multiplier and the molecular weight of the gas, conversion can only be made
when the molecular weight has been entered .

20
!
i

: i

Definition of units
) ii
Mass flow units :
lb = pounds
kg = kilograms
tonne = 1000 kg = 1 Mg
g = gram
UKton = 2240 lb
USton = 2000 lb ii
Other = user defined mass unit
Volume flow units :
u
II

sft3 = standard cubic feet


sdm3 = standard cubic decimetres i!
sm3 - standard cubic metres i
Msft3 = million standard cubic feet
Other = user defined volume unit
Time base :
/s - per second
/m = per minute
/h = per hour
/d - per day ; i

Gauge pressure :
psig = pounds per square inch gauge ii
> kPag = kiloPascals gauge ii
atg = atmospheres gauge I
inhgg = inches of mercury gauge
MPag = megaPascals gauge
inH20g = inches of water gauge :

mmhgg = millimetres of mercury gauge


barg = bars gage M
kg/cm2g = kilograms per square centimetre gauge
Other = user defined gauge pressure unit !

Absolute pressure :
psia = pounds per square inch absolute ::
kPaa = kiloPascals absolute
ata = atmospheres absolute ;
:

bara = bars absolute


Mpaa = megaPascals absolute
kg/cm2a = kilograms per square centimetre absolute
inhga = inches of mercury absolute . i

mmhga = millimetres of mercury absolute !


Other = user defined absolute pressure unit •:

Temperature :
degF = degrees Fahrenheit
degF = degrees Centigrade
!

\
\
21
degR = degrees Rankine
degK = degrees Kelvin )
Other = user defined temperature unit
Viscosity :
cp = centipoises
Pa.s = Pascal seconds
cs = centistokes
kPa.s = kiloPascal seconds
Other = user defined viscosity unit
Differential pressure : .
inH20 = inches of water i
kPa = kiloPascals
inhg = inches of mercury
mmH20 millimetres of water
mBar = millibars
Other = user defined differential
Pipe and orifice diameter :
in = inches I
mm = millimetres f
cm = centimetres
ft = feet
m = metres
Other = user defined size
Density: )
lb/ft3 = pounds per cubic foot
kg/m 3 = kilograms per cubic metre
g/ cm3 = grams per cubic centimetre
lb/in3 = poimds per cubic inch
Other = user defined density unit

)
22
AGA Flow Orifice Calculation Routines
Set initial values. C= Q .6:Y=1
\
.
1 Calculate the Normal Differential Range
)

HN = Hm. fwMV
wj \

2. Calculate the Orifice Sizing Factor

suM = ,
N w

^
358.9628. D 2 . Yn . HN
3. Calculate Reynolds Number
_
" 'D
_ 6.31533. WN
n. pcp
D
f
4 . Calculate the beta ratio f
-0.25
f \2
C
Po = 1+ ' Y. s
Y U
'
5. Calculate the discharge coefficient at infinite Reynolds Number (Typical)

CINF = 0.5961+ 0.0291p * - 0.229PQ + 0.003(1- + TapTerm


6. Calculate the true discharge coefficient 1
r
C = CWF + 0.000511 1 0 6 .
0.7

+ 0.021 + 0.0049
19000J3 o
-I0.8 \

Po
r10O 0.35 j

Ro V RD J V RD ) :
!

)
,
/ .
7 If the fluid is gas then calculate the expansion factor
«
H
\

^
Y = 1 - 0.41+ 0.35Po ) N
V 27.73KP;,
8 . Repeat from step 4 until the beta ratio value changes less than 0.000001

9. Calculate orifice bore


:

d = po - D
Fluid Properties
These are calculated using common chemical formulae with each item corrected for pressure and
temperature. Some fluids show deviations from the formulae, the user should check typical calculated
values against known values. In all cases if accurate laboratory information is available it should be
used.
Density uses the Redlich-Kwong Equation.

For complete details of all formula and techniques refer to the AGA Report #3 and The Flow
Measurement Engineering Handbook By R.W.Miller. These describe the development of the formulas,
the application limitations and installation requirements for predictable results as well as a large amount
of other valuable information.

Nomenclature
WM Flowrate upper range variable Ib/h i.
Ww Flowrate normal flow Ib/h
h,
'
!
23
'

il

!!

H, Differential upper range variable inches of water


)
Differential normal inches of water
Orifice sizing factor dimensionless
Mi Correction for pipe sizes less than 1.8 inches see AGA Report #3
D Pipe inside diameter at flowing temperature inches i!

d Orifice inside diameter inches


Tn
-
Detteity at - ftew conditions lb/ft3
MCP Absolute Viscosity centipoise
r
I!
RD Reynolds Number dimensionless
Po Beta Ratio ; dimensionless
c Orifice discharge coefficient dimensionless
C* 'INF
Æ %

Orifice discharge coefficient for infinite Reynolds Number dimensionless


Y Gas expansion factor dimensionless
P(
k
Upstream pressure
Ratio of specific heats
TapTerm Correction for tap location
psia
dimensionless
see AGA Report #3
i

) :

24
f

)-,
Data Files
I
INSTRUCALC V5 Random access file specification for AGA flow elements
AGADAT. Dat. Tag Numbers are stored in the sequential file AGADAT.TAG. Its
number in the file is the record number in the random access file.

Type FileData Calculation info

ProgNum As Integer 2 bytes.Program number Liq <4:Gas>20


ElemMatlNom As Integer 2 bytes.Element material number
PipeMatlNum As Integer 2 bytes Pipe material L
FloBasis As String * 3 3 bytes."Mas" denotes amass calculation,
" Vol " a volume
Vent As String * 3 3 bytes. "Yes " or "No" for drainhole
FS(1 To 15) As Single 60 bytes. Units conversion factor
GS (1 To 20) As Single 80 bytes.( l -15)
UnS( l To 15) As String * 8 120 bytes.Unit Name

Data sheet info


SdS( l To 7) As Single 28 bytes.
AraS( l To 16) As String * 25 400 bytes .Data sheet array selections
Txtl ( l To 3) As String * 25 75 bytes.Data sheet service,line num, fluid
) Txt2( l To 3) As String * 60 180 bytes.Data sheet notes
TXT3(1 To 7) As String * 10 70 bytes.Data sheet num,spec,rev,date,req,by,appr
End Type Record len=1025

All Elements

ElemMatlNom and PipeMatlNum


-
!

If material number = 1 Then Material = "301 stainless steel" !

If material number = 2 Then Material = "304 stainless steel "


If material number = 3 Then Material = "310 stainless steel" !

If material number = 4 Then Material = "316 stainless steel"


If material number = 5 Then Material = "330 stainless steel " i-
If material number = 6 Then Material = "347 stainless steel" :
l
If material number = 7 Then Material = "Aluminum bronze"
If material number = 8 Then Material = "Beryllium copper"
If material number = 9 Then Material = "Carbon steel"
If material number = 10 Then Material = "Copper"
If material number = 11 Then Material = "Cupronickel " \
If material number = 12 Then Material — "Hastelloy B"
:

If material number = 13 Then Material = "Hastelloy C"


I:
1

If material number = 14 Then Material = "Haynes stellite 25"


If material number = 15 Then Material = "Inconel X "
) If material number = 16 Then Material = "K - Monel "
25 I

-- . -

If material number 17 Then Material - "Nickel ”
If material number = 18 Then Material = "Pyrex glass" )
If material number = 19 Then Material = "Tantalum "
If material number = 20 Then Material = "Titanium "
FloBasis "Mas" denotes a mass calculation, "Vol" a volume
Vent "Yes" or "No" for drainhole

Liquid

- AGA - Liquid" r
If ProgNum - 3 Then Program = "Concentric Orifice Plate - Comer taps - :
If ProgNum = 1 Then Program = "Concentric Orifice Plate - FlangeTaps - AGA -
Liquid"
If ProgNum - 2 Then Program = "Concentric Orifice Plate - D and D/2 taps AGA
- Liquid"
GS(1) = Maximum flow FS(1) UnS ( 10
GS(2) = Flow temperature UnS(2)
GS (3) = Inlet pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
GS (4) = Differential range FS(4) UnS(4) L
GS (5) = Specific gravity at flow conditions
GS(6) = Specific gravity at standard conditions
GS(7) = Viscosity FS(7) UnS(7)
:

GS (8) = Pipe inside diameter FS(8) UnS(8)


GS (12) = Orifice size FS(12) UnS(12) )
GS(13) = Base pressure FS(13) UnS(13)
GS(14) = Base temperature UnS(14)
GS(15) = Barometric pressure FS(15) UnS(15) !

GS (16) = Calibration temperature UnS(14)


GS (18) = Normal flow FS(1) UnS( l ) :

GS(19) = Drain hole size FS(12) UnS(12) i

SDS( l ) = Normal flow differential FS(4) UnS(4)


SDS(3) = Plate thickness FS(12) UnS(12)
SDS 4 = Beta
( ) ratio
SDS (5) = Chart multiplier

Gas

If ProgNum = 21 Then Program = "Concentric Orifice Plate - FlangeTaps - AGA


- Gas”
If ProgNum = 22 Then Program = "Concentric Orifice Plate - D and D/2 taps - I

AGA - Gas"
If ProgNum = 23 Then Program = "Concentric Orifice Plate - Comer taps - AGA -
Gas"
GS (1) = Maximum flow FS(1) UnS(l )
GS(2) = Flow temperature UnS(2) )

26
GS (3) = Inlet pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
GS (4) = Differential range FS (4) UnS(4)
GS(5) = Molecular weight
GS (6) = Ratio of specific heats
GS (7) = Viscosity FS (7) UnS (7)
GS(8) = Pipe inside diameter FS(8) UnS(8)
GS (9) = Density FS(9) UnS(9)
GS (10) = Critical pressure FS(10) UnS( lO)
GS( ll ) = Critical temperature UnS( ll )
GS (12) = Orifice size FS(12) UnS(12)
GS (13) = Base pressure
GS (14) = Base temperature
FS(13) UnS(13)
UnS(14)
È
GS(15) = Barometric pressure FS (15) UnS(15)
GS(16) = Calibration temperature UnS(14)
GS(18) = Normal flow FS(1) UnS( l )
GS(19) = Drain hole size FS(12) UnS(12)
SDS( l ) = Normal flow differential FS(4) UnS(4)
SDS(3) = Plate thickness FS ( 12) UnS(12)
SDS(4) = Beta ratio -
SDS(5) = Chart multiplier

Miscellaneous Files

) AGADAT.UNS Sequential file. User unit data !

AGADAT.STP Sequential file. Base conditions


AGASPEC.TXT Sequential file. Data sheet item selections
HEADINGS.DAT Sequential file. Printout titles !
AGASUM.DAT Sequential file. Standard summary selections
AGACALC.DRV Sequential file. Default drives and paths
AGACALC.COL Sequential file. Color selections

AGA Import Orifice Process Data


To Import process data into a calculation.

Make a sequential file for each calculation. Files to have a filename (Suggest the
tag number) with no extension (ie FE-100.). After INSTRUCALC reads the file it
will rename the file to "FILENAME.OK". This will divide the files into two lists,
those which have been processed and those which have not.

To read a file.

1. Go to the required calculation and select the matching units.


) 2. Take the Import data menu option.
27
3. Find the required file. (Using standard Windows procedures)
X
4. Select the file and the data will be loaded. ]
5. Proceed with the calculation and save the data. ( Now in the INSTRUCALC
file) |
6. The sequential file will be assigned the extension ".OK", and will disappear
from
the list.
7. If a review is required, use the Windows file procedures for files with an
extension ".OK" j
8. Revised process data should be provided without extensions. (The Instrument j-
engineer will then have an instant review of work not yet performed.)

Data input sequential file requirements:


(In input order)

Gas Flow elements Variable name


1 Tag number (Seq file)
2 Fluid name Txtl (3) !
3 Maximum flow G(l ) f
4 Normal flow G(18)
5 Temperature G(2)
6 Inlet pressure G(3)
7 Barometric pressure GO 5) i
8 Differential range G(4) )
9 MW G(5)
10 Cp/ Cv G(6) |
11 Viscosity G(7)
12 Pipe size G(8)
13 Density G(9)
14 Critical pressure G(10)
15 Critical temperature G(ll )
16 Line number Txtl (2)
17 Service Txtl ( l )

Liquid flow elements Variable name


1 Tag number (Seq file)
2 Fluid name Txtl (3)
3 Maximum flow G(l )
4 Normal flow G(18)
5 Temperature G(2)
6 Inlet pressure G(3)
7 Barometric pressure G(15)
8 Differential range G(4)
9 SG @ FTP G(5)
10 SG@ Base G(6)

28
'

11 Viscosity G(7)
12 Pipe size G(8)
13 Line number Txtl (2)
14 Service Txtl (2)

AGA Meter Tube Data |


The meter tube is the straight sections of pipe, upstream and downstream of the
orifice plate, as specified in AGA Report No.3, part 2. The meter tube inside
diameter is the inside diameter of the upstream section of the meter tube measured f
at a temperature of 68° as specified by report No.3, part 2. i

\
Intitially, in most cases, the meter tube is not available and the standard size is
used. This is available in a program look-up table. To find the size, select the
meter run size button to display the pipe size screen, enter the nominal size of the
pipe and select the search button. The available wall thickness and the
corresponding inside diameters for the nominal size are displayed. Select the
required size and it will be downloaded to the calculation.

When the meter tube becomes available, measure the inside diameter and back-
calculate either the amended flow rate or differential pressure.
)
Metric dimensions are in millimeters and nominal sizes are base on 25 mm per
nominal inch. If units other than inches or millimeters are used, the data transfered
back to the calculation will be converted to the calculation units.
I

I- :

î
}
y

30
!
I

FIXED GE0METRY1
Flow Devices
Integral Flow Orifice Assemblies
Target Meters
Elbow Flow Elements
Annubar Pitot Tubes

Programs are provided for liquid and gas

Program Overview
The Integral Flow Orifice Assembly is a device for measuring small flows. The
assembly is available in pipe sizes of 1/2, 1, and 1 1/2 inches, with orifices
ranging from 0.002 to 1.249 inches . Calculations are available for the square
edge, quadrant edge and jewel design, each with options for calculating the orifice
size, flowrate or differential range. The program can calculate the discharge
coefficient.

The Target Flow Meter is a disk supported in the center of the pipe to provide an
annular orifice. The square root of force on the disk is proportional to the
flowrate. It has the advantage of having no dam affect and does not require any
external piping. The meters are available in line sizes of 1/2 to 4 inches with

31
;

different size targets for each meter. The program can select the sizes which are :
applicable to the application. ;
The Elbow Flow Element is a standard short or long radius elbow, with taps at 45
degrees on the inside and outside of the bend, to measure the differential created
by the centrifugal force of the fluid flowing round the bend. The square root of
the differential is proportional to the flowrate. The program will calculate either
the differential range or the flowrate. It will provide the data for standard or
accept data for non standard elbows.
r
ii
Annubar is a registered trademark of Dover Industries Incorporated. It is a
pitot tube device for insertion in pipe, it produces a differential, the square root of
which is proportional to flowrate. They are available for all sizes of pipe and have
the same characteristics as orifice plates. The advantages are low pressure loss and
low installed cost. The disadvantages are a fixed and sometimes low differential !
and because it may be a long slender column and be subject to vibration and :

structural problems. The program has options to select the model or calculate the
flowrate. •• . -
;? . .

These programs are suitable for use with all gaseous and liquid fluids that are
clean, single phase, homogenous and Newtonian. All gases, most liquids and
most dense phase fluids associated with the petroleum petrochemical and natural
gas industries are Newtonian.
i

FIXED GEOMETRY Program Features

Perform sizing calculations

Calculate either. - Element size, Flow rate or Differential range


Calculate permanent pressure and power loss
Calculate accuracy percentage
Supply fluid properties at flow conditions
Supply steam data
Supply pipe sizes
Provide material selection
Use English or SI engineering units in any mixture
Use mass or volume flow units
Import process data
Print a calculation sheet using the Windows Print Manager
Save the data

32
Prepare instrument data sheets
\

WYSIWYG style
Initially general- sheets for bid purposes
Supply database of standard specification items
After vendor selection, revise for permanent records
Print a data sheet using the Windows Print Manager
Save the data

Print a summary of saved items

Print all records


I
Print selected records
Print only records having required characteristics

This is a program for calculating the size of Integral Orifice Assemplies, Target
Meters, Elbow Flow Elements and ‘Annubar’ Pitot Tubes. Programs are avialbel
for both gas and liquid.
The available options are:

Integral Flow Orifice Assembly Gas or Liquid


Target Meter Gas or Liquid
Elbow Flowmeter Gas or Liqued
“ Annubar” Pitot Tube Gas Or Liquid

ff twrm
î
assis

i
j
- . .. i

IÜK
!
I11IIS© 1Integral Flow Orifice Assembly
ifllBfO 2 Target%Meter
! : ,* } .% w, r

' JO —3 Elbow Flowmeter


"
LT . ,
*: . àL pvan:

- ç-
:.* r

• •
. : .< :• , v.: .: l •
- tKiISIS
-re:-
- --

4 :i o d "Annubar" Pitot T ube


iv

->

il

I
mmauamT‘j

list
mmmmm
m
. ®ara

n %
2 A- : »
3
& A
a
.

«I !
i - ' '
-

JggljSpP- -W
. 1â - m
smssmmm

V V λ
d *
2S ïièSSiK*! n ?

no
y £as |
i
1$ f © Liquid
*

m
H"Annubar is a registered trademark of Dover Industries Incorporated
11
:
1
m mm 3>5

)
5
7
33
;
Program Menu Options )
New calculation

Select the required calculation option and the fluid option, then select OK
(or doubleclick if at least one of the options is already selected).

File ! .

Default files
Recalls file data using the files in the default drives and paths. È
Other files
Recalls file data using the Windows file selection procedure.
Flow calc, maintenance
Edit Tag Numbers
Provides the facility to change the Tag Numbers on file.
Or delete records from file.
Sort data file
f
Rearrange the Tag Numbers in ascending order.
Delete the items marked if the edit was saved. i

Pressure calc, maintenance


Edit Tag Numbers
Provides the facility to change the Tag Numbers on file.
Or delete records from file. >
Sort data file
Rearrange the Tag Numbers in ascending order.
Delete the items marked if the edit was saved .
Data files path
Path for the default calculation data files.
User unit file path
Path for the default engineering units .
Printout headings file path
Path for the printout headings.
ConvertV3 file stage 2
Instrucalc version 3 file conversion to Windows format. ;

Exit
Exits from Instrucalc to Windows Program Manager.
Color
Provides color options for Instrucalc displays, using the Windows palette.
Edit tables
InstruCalc uses Data Tables for Gas, Liquid,Pipe Size and Material
properties, these contain data from which exact properties for the flow
conditions are calculated. It also has tables for IFOA, Annubar and Elbow
data. These option provides an easy means of customizing them. Items can i
be added, inserted, deleted and changed. Restrictions are built into the )
1
34

V
Materials Coefficient of Expansion table on insertion and deletion because
) the row number is used to save data in the calculations.
Each program can edit the tables used in the program. Take note that
some, such as the Gas, Liquid and Pipe Size are used by other programs
and may include data required only by them .

Editing is perfonned by either clicking the appropriate line in the Grid or


entering the line number in Row to Edit and clicking Recall Row. Edit
the data and Load Row to the Grid . When a box in the edit line is clicked,
information on the data required is displayed above. Save Grid overwrites
the old file. A backup file is recommended before you start . The file name
is in the heading of the Edit Form and the files are in the program
directory.
Note that data cannot be edited directly in the grid.
Print Summary
Goes to the print summary program.

Fixed Geometryl Program Lead Sheet


The program will only stop at the Lead Sheet if it fails to find the default paths
file.To continue, type in the paths and save the file.
The Data Files are specific to a project and an instrument type
The Units File may be common for all projects and specific for an instrument type
The Headings File maybe specific for a project and common for all instruments

;
35
-

FG1 Integral Flow Orifice Assembly Liquid


Calculation.
J

snmiw imrwayi .V.-


a i rc ;
--
y::'
Mi tl

« m S
sM: -a
Li tr.:
Sftftl
!

i: * .

II m.
I BÜ fi Outnut data
.
-- i *

rd-£3 ?
Bela ratio : y. >; > î:
m ^ ^
'

ï
m

- ü
H 3
w Norm flow differ inH 2tLv r
*
L? ffVè 5 *
--
S
Ml noyy
1? Sï
m Nmm flow
; Fteynpldi !


[ M SS
e
* Il Mm â wem ps
; <nH?P :


« ?» M Man power tnss bp

mm
Il Uncertainty peicent

, v .„,
WKà
;

Calculation facttiig P» nounat tl. ^


M
::

lifcMpftR
KK&X *
S?
:
se
SIS
wmM
8ÉR
U
-
.•

mo -
ivs irss,'
il n rificeg!t a
T— ^
design -
:

«B «fflgI
i
V
s 1 Square edge jj
PPHP
MnMH Ü
&
es
lO
Orifice size
Flowrale
©
Iiês 'jlO
fluadiant edge
:
• l
I© Differential range BlpO Aewel . . ï |
.- - * *‘5«Vi *l ei r ü'^ïîï3i«üîiâ
:£l£.ia2:S3Kr :3«f CSS’# RS] * ! .( ' -
Æ Sîœ
VS SÎ 'i CTi S&

f aii 304 stainless sleei


'
:

Calculate
.
T'.-;
\

Carbon steel
.
J
:

This is available in 1/2 inch 1 inch and 11/2 inch pipe sizes with standard orifice
plates ranging from 0.002 to 1.249 inches diameter. Schedule 40 meter runs are i
i
available with precision bored pipe. The 1/2 inch is bored to 0.66 inch (16.76 !
:

mm), the 1 inch to 1.093 inch (27.76 mm) and the 11/2 to 1.561 inch (39.65 mm).
Orifice plate design can be sharp edge, quadrant edge or jewel.

Engineering Units .

There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available:

Mass Flow - English Units. Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit.
Volume Flow - English Units. US gallons per minute and degrees
Fahrenheit.
Mass Flow' - SI Units. Kilograms per second and degrees
Centigrade.
Volume Flow - SI Units. Litres per second and degrees Centigrade.
User Units. A set of units selected from the Liquid Flow
Engineering Unit screen

36

:•
'

;
To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units. The Liquid
) Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed. It shows the available options
and the current unit selection. Select the required units and save the User file.

Unit Selection

Anew calculation defaults to Mass English Units.

The Unit Selection can be made at any time. The input data will be converted to
the new units. If a volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity at
base conditions is not available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual
input entry can be changed by the selecting the Review Units option and choosing
from the Liquid Flow Engineering Unit screen.

Fluid Properties.

The Fluid properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are
entered. The properties required for a calculation are available for pure liquids
and mixtures and are provided in the selected units. Caution should be used for
mixtures of dissimilar fluids because the mixture law may not apply.

For a pure liquid find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the fluid
properties will be entered.
^ For a mixture select the first component. In the component box, enter the
percentage. Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then select
calculate in the component box and the program will calculate and enter the
mixture values. The fluid properties database is user updateable.

Base Conditions

The Base Conditions option will display the current values of base pressure, base
temperature and the barometric pressure. They should be checked and modified
and saved to suit the operating conditions. ISO specifies a base temperature of
14.696 psia (101.325 kilopascals) and 59° (15 degC). AGA specifies a base
pressure of 14.73 psia for natural gas, 14.696 for liquids with a vapor pressure
equal or less than one atmosphere, and a base temperature of 60°.

Calculation options are:


Orifice size
Flowrate
Differential range

It is a good idea to use standard size orifice plates where possible. Select the

37
Differential range and the necessary input data is enabled. The required variable _
will be disabled and will receive the calculated value. )

Orifice Design

Square edge
Quadrant edge
Jewel

The Square edge option covers for most flows, the Quadrant edge is for small ;
flows and the Jewel is for very small flows.
'
. j

Pipe ID j
To look up the pipe dimensions, click the meter tube button.
The pipe sizes screen will be displayed.
Enter the nominal pipe size.
Click the Search button to display the available sizes.
Select the required inside diameter(Double-click or click OK).

Material Selection .

Click the Element material to display the materials screen.


;

On the materials screen, select the required material. )


The Element material option is disabled for a jewel orifice plate. :

Repeat for the Pipe material.

Input Data I

The options selected enable the input boxes of the data required for the calculation
and disable the input boxes for the calculated outputs and the data not required.
The maximum flow rate is the upper range value. ;

The normal flow will be the point of greatest accuracy.


The Specific gravity at base conditions is only required for
volumetric flow I
Double click the Orifice diameter text box to display the Standard ::

Orifice sizes

Calculate
Click the Calculate button.
The program will validate the input data.
If not valid it will display the unsatisfactory data.
;•

If valid it will:
Calculate the output data. )

38
Display the results.
1 Enable the calculation printout.
Enable the data sheet option.

Calculation Results 1

The output data should be examined for adequacy.


If the differential range is not suitable select a different orifice size
Special sizes are available if absolutely necessary.
Change data as required and recalculate. I
L
Filing and Moving On

The options in the File menu are:



!
Program menu - Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
Prepare data sheet - Is enabled after a calculation is made, it displays the
screen to prepare a data sheet form for the calculated item. I
-
New record Clears the screen for a new calculation. [
Save - Using the default path, it saves a new record if not previously
saved or saves changes to an existing record.
Save New.-.Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new
record (Used to duplicate similar items i.e. Recall an existing
,

record. Edit as required and Save New).


Save As. . . . - Uses the Windows file access system. Saves to a file
anywhere.
Import data - Select the units and read Input data supplied in sequential
files.
File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation records.
The default paths are:
The Data Files . (FGlDAT.TAGandFGlDAT.DAT).
The User Unit Files . (FG1DAT.UNS). * j
The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS.DAT).
Print flow calculation - Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays
the screen to print a calculation.
Exit - Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program
Manager.

)
39
i
I

FG1 Target Meter Liquid Calculation. "


\
;
y

FG!Target Meters Liquid ;

ssû re . m :
!..
!<«} m
L
MS Mi
£
§ : Maximum range is selectable between :

in- =
; •

-M i Target diameter

AS &mja
- 3 [ Pipe inside dia in
SliiiiiiiKiiil
:

Norm . How Reynolds ho.


wswwmmmmm
.
% £
r W
. t
Zi % Max pressure loss inH 2Q
m
j-
i:

l gMUilj-mitainlessstee
Haax* power
i -::m w

loss
powei MJSS . hp

^
;
:
Unceltajn percent

— —
I
liiiBjilMBiiiSI Calb
°" M ; r Calculation tactors normal flow
; - >v " —
^
: : '
'
'

: m T h ; .\ ; /
' ••

\ :

iI i «
-r
m §

-r .
r , -:..
v:
“ **
?®Sï3!

æsaïæœ ;
sH

Target meter are available in sizes 1/2 inch to 4 inches, sizes over 1 inch have
two target sizes. They are calibrated by selecting a force on the target as the upper j
;
range value. This calibration adjustment and the different body and target sizes
ensure that all desired intermediate ranges can be covered . ) :•

The program starts at the minimum size and finds a combination suitable for the
application.
i

Engineering Units.
;
!

There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available:
:
:

Mass Flow - English Units. Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit.
Volume Flow - English Units. US gallons per minute and degrees
Fahrenheit. ;

Mass Flow - SI Units. Kilograms per second and degrees


Centigrade.
Volume Flow - SI Units . Litres per second and degrees Centigrade.
User Units. A set of units selected from the Liquid Flow
Engineering Unit screen

To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units . The Liquid
Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed. It shows the available options
and the current unit selection. Select the required units and save the User file. i

; ;

V
f
40 :
r

;
Unit Selection

A new calculation defaults to Mass English Units.

The Unit Selection can be made at any time. The input data will be converted to
the new units. If a volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity at
base conditions is not available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual jI
; j
input entry can be changed by the selecting the Review Units option and choosing
from the Liquid Flow Engineering Unit screen. j|
Lj
IJ
ii
Fluid Properties.
ij
The Fluid properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are
entered. The properties required for a calculation are available for pure liquids
and mixtures and are provided in the selected units. Caution should be used for
mixtures of dissimilar fluids because the mixture law may not apply.

For a pure liquid find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the fluid fi
properties will be entered.

For a mixture select the first component . In the component box, enter the : I

j
percentage. Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then select j
> calculate in the component box and the program will calculate and enter the
mixture values. The fluid properties database is user updateable. ij |I
H
Base Conditions ij
i
i

I
The Base Conditions option will display the current values of base pressure, base jj
temperature and the barometric pressure. They should be checked and modified
and saved to suit the operating conditions. ISO specifies abase temperature of
14.696 psia (101.325 kilopascals) and 59° (15 degC). AGA specifies a base ji
pressure of 14.73 psia for natural gas, 14.696 for liquids with a vapor pressure : j

equal or less than one atmosphere, and a base temperature of 60°.


ij
Material Selection.
Click the Target material to display the materials screen.
On the materials screen, select the required material.
Repeat for the Pipe material .
i:

Input Data

The options selected enable the input boxes of the data required for the
calculation and disable the input boxes for the calculated outputs and the data not
j required. The maximum flow rate is the upper range value.

41
Calculate
!!
Click the Calculate button. :|
)(
The program will validate the input data.
If not valid it will display the unsatisfactory data.
If valid it will:
Calculate the output data. i

Display the results.


Enable the calculation printout.
Enable the data sheet option.
I
fl

Calculation Results
I
|!
The output data should be examined for adequacy.
Change data as required and recalculate.

Filing and Moving On i!

The options in the File menu are:

Program menu - Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
-
Prepare data sheet Is enabled after a calculation is made, it displays the
screen to prepare a data sheet form for the calculated item.
i
New record - Clears the screen for a new calculation.
Save - Using the default path, it saves a new record if not previously
) i
saved or saves changes to an existing record.
Save New.-.Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new
record (Used to duplicate similar items i.e. Recall an existing
,

record . Edit as required and Save New).


-
Save As . ... Uses the Windows file access system. Saves to a file
anywhere.
Import data - Select the units and read Input data supplied in sequential
files
File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation records.
The default paths are:
The Data Files . (FG1DAT.TAG and FG1DAT.DAT).
The User Unit Files. (FG1 DAT.UNS).
The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS.DAT).
Print calculation - Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays the
screen to print a calculation.
Exit - Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program
Manager.

42
) FG1 Elbow Flow Meters Liquid Calculation.

m
-
WrM feë ccnd ; infepfessure liffiBï
^^
-
Rie . ê : <ÿ y-

:p mmém
Hiifniit
UUTRiji na a
*- CAAv i . ' - .
!

S
i«2«
££*3
i
...
IJ Norm flowdrffyr c; jirinH 20q -
I; » „o» Reynolds ^
|MH #Pï%#ë: fess ï nH 2p
no
Â

|; Urtdertainty ..
- hp
! m
« p£ II percent

i
s « SHM
m m
V.
'

gSïâ
|
|
K L ;
>
v

!I l Thermal
; > •

expan um
-
:: « - - -
.
Calculation factors; & normal How
: =

• •
• •
.•

rfc
: A:*
»

i
.
- 'v
*
4 ë aÉiatoÉlllllfegiti -

S s
.-
;; 3
8 S? lIfc»
ü lati gfffiyp '
i -SS &î
mB-ü
:; -s
f s Cuîfc
;
s I

wwmmmmmm 1
. © differential range .
JOBBÊtm 5, V TJ
*=
i*
©Short radius JO
Long radius £) Other radius O Flowrate 1
wmmmmmmmm ^
*- - -
iSBWI !
Mm
•P ÿ/sWM Ÿ K Æ;::
S1
Carbon stee s
*

Elbow meters can be useful for a quick way of measuring flow in an existing line,
find an elbow and install pressure taps on the inside and outside of the taps,
connect a differential pressure instrument and you can measure flow. The
differential range is non adjustable and not very large Accuracy in the range 4 to
5 percent can be expected .

Engineering Units.

There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available:
:

Mass Flow - English Units. Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit.
Volume Flow - English Units . US gallons per minute and degrees
Fahrenheit.
Mass Flow - SI Units. Kilograms per second and degrees
Centigrade.
Volume Flow - SI Units. Litres per second and degrees Centigrade.
User Units. A set of units selected from the Liquid Flow
!
'
Engineering Unit screen

To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units . The Liquid
Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed. It shows the available options
and the current unit selection. Select the required units and save the User file.
i

43
!I

Unit Selection
)
A new calculation defaults to Mass English Units.
I

The Unit Selection can be made at any time. The input data will be converted to !
the new units. If a volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity at
base conditions is not available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual
input entry can be changed by the selecting the Review Units option and choosing ?

from the Liquid Flow Engineering Unit screen.

Fluid Properties
I
: i

The Fluid properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are
entered. The properties required for a calculation are available for pure liquids
and mixtures and are provided in the selected units. Caution should be used for
mixtures of dissimilar fluids because the mixture law may not apply.

For a pure liquid find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the fluid
!
:!

properties will be entered. Î


For a mixture select the first component. In the component box, enter the !
percentage. Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then select
calculate in the component box and the program will calculate and enter the
mixture values. The fluid properties database is user updateable. ) I
:
Base Conditions I
The Base Conditions option will display the current values of base pressure, base
temperature and the barometric pressure. They should be checked and modified
and saved to suit the operating conditions. ISO specifies a base temperature of i!
14.696 psia (101.325 kilopascals) and 59° (15 degC). AGA specifies a base : •

pressure of 14.73 psia for natural gas, 14.696 for liquids with a vapor pressure
equal or less than one atmosphere, and a base temperature of 60°. I
:•

.j
Calculation options are: :•

Flowrate
Differential range ?!
: •

:

Pipe Dimensions

To look up the pipe dimensions, click the meter tube button.


The pipe sizes screen will be displayed .
Enter the nominal pipe size. )

44
11
* ;

Click the Search button to display the available sizes.


) Select the required inside diameter(Double-click or click OK).

Material Selection

Click the Meter Tube material to display the materials screen.


On the materials screen, select the required material.

Elbow Mean Radius


Select either the Short Radius or Long Radius for automatic determination
or enter the radius in the text box. I
Input Data

The options selected enable the input boxes of the data required for the
calculation and disable the input boxes for the calculated outputs and the data not
required .
The maximum flow rate is the upper range value. ij
The normal flow will be the point of greatest accuracy. Ü
The Specific gravity at base conditions is only required for
volumetric flow

Calculate
Click the Calculate button.
’ The program will validate the input data.
If not valid it will display the unsatisfactory data .
If valid it will:
Calculate the output data.
Display the results.
Enablè the calculation printout.
Enable the data sheet option .

Calculation Results
I

The output data should be examined for adequacy.


Change data as required and recalculate.

Filing and Moving On


:• i

The options in the File menu are:


i

Program menu - Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
Prepare data sheet - Is enabled after a calculation is made, it displays the
screen to prepare a data sheet form for the calculated item.
\
Ï

45
I
New record - Clears the screen for a new calculation. _____ \
J.
\ :•

Save - Using the default path, it saves a new record if not previously )
saved or
saves changes to an existing record .
Save New.-. Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new
record (Used to duplicate similar items i.e. Recall an existing
,

record. Edit as required and Save New).


Save As... . - Uses the Windows file access system . Saves to a file
anywhere.
Import data - Select the units and read Input data supplied in sequential
files. j.
File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation records.
The default paths are:
The Data Fües . (FGlDAT.TAGandFGlDAT.DAT).
The User Unit Files . (FG1DAT.UNS).
The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS.DAT).
Print flow calculation - Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays
the screen to print a calculation. |j
Exit - Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program
Manager.

46
FG1 Annubar Flow Element Liquid Calculation.
!

.
i

:H P 5
ii
Output data
:- • ;
4 "

;•
msmrngt Diarrieter range in
1s ifSTT ? K7
!i
-
'
; «
Ma* allow differ
' : -L :
inH 20
. . "
' •
• •

Ï5ÎÜ-mm
|Nbrm flow differ ï nH 20
sp

v m- m
T BWi V
i.
3
:k:
Max
rv
pressure
- '"' ; i”
loss inH 20
vy : -. J : -: -. .

Max power loss


>
• .i‘ ' :
:

.: hp
- -.
i «
f
'
.
% Uncertainty percent ;

K*
fl
;
m
fttfifl
m 9
v
VL
i wim
Rod Reynolds No - ? :; -- Aÿ
W ÊÊaw& iSamtomi
A• • • r.

S-wK a - .•: - :
• ••• • •' ..
• ••••

f =.Àr «f “

OS1
I
.; factor
Thermal expansion Ïi
fl *
:

j Discharge coefficient
.
:& - v . ' Ai
"
“ '•

1 T
I
tonxSvi

/
BBi»»MO ll ^d
»
304 stainless steel
nHHHHI mm Carbon steel
Ji

- m
is
:
je |
J'

F ange
~

;
$|

i
j© Auto select model
lO= Manual select model I
|fi
ft=2

0 Flowrate
*8
R Calculate

Si Ü
1

-.
T-
^c - ^T^cvCjri^r^mr ^
/iicass?trr 'j
i

Annuhar is a trademark of Dover Industries Incorporated. The magnitude of the !

differential produced by an Annubar is a function of the pipe size and the model
selected. The differential is fixed by the design. For a specified flow rate the
transmitter will need to be calibrated to the differential produced by the design
selected. There is a maximum differential range, above which there is a danger of
structural problems where it may fail because of vibration. There are five designs
of increasing ruggedness, four of which have options for support on both sides of
the pipe. They are either thread mounted or flange mounted, the thread mounted
being the most rugged because it has a shorter length.

Model Features

Model Pipe size range Support Mounting Maximum Differential


10 1/2 to 2 inches One side Thread 1500 to 260 inH20
10 1/2 to 2 inches One side Flange 1500 to 260 inH20
15 2 to 5 inches One side Flange 87 to 23 inH20
15 2 to 5 inches One side Thread 630 to 124 inH20 |:
16 2 to 5 inches Both sides Either 720 to 164 inH20
25 4 to 42 inches One side Flange 142 to 4 inH20
1

47
!

!

25 4 to 42 inches One side Thread 764 to 16 inH20


26 4 to 4 inches Both sides Either 1010 to 28 inH20
35 12 to 96 inches One side Flange 77 to 1 inH20
35 12 to 96 inches One side Thread 360 to 7 inH20
36 12 to 96 inches Both sides Either 534 to 9 inH20 :

45 24 to 96 inches One side Flange 61 to 2 inH20


45 24 to 96 inches One side Thread 272 to 8 inH20
46 24 to 96 inches Both sides Either 427 to 15 inH20

Engineering Units.
!
There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available:
Mass Flow - English Units. Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit.
Volume Flow - English Units . US gallons per minute and degrees
Fahrenheit.
Mass Flow - SI Units. Kilograms per second and degrees
Centigrade.
Volume Flow - SI Units . Litres per second and degrees Centigrade.
User Units. A set of units selected from the Liquid Flow
Engineering Unit screen
i
To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units. The Liquid
Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed. It shows the available options
and the current unit selection. Select the required units and save the User file.

Unit Selection.

A new calculation defaults to Mass English Units.


:

The Unit Selection can be made at any time. The input data will be converted to
the new units. If a volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity at
base conditions is not available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual
input entry can be changed by the selecting the Review Units option and choosing
from the Liquid Flow Engineering Unit screen.

Fluid Properties .

The Fluid properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are
entered. The properties required for a calculation are available for pure liquids
and mixtures and are provided in the selected units. Caution should be used for
mixtures of dissimilar fluids because the mixture law may not apply.

For a pure liquid find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the fluid
properties will be entered.

48
i

i
For a mixture select the first component. In the component box, enter the
}
!
percentage. Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then select
calculate in the component box and the program will calculate and enter the
mixture values. The fluid properties database is user updateable.
I
Base Conditions

The Base Conditions option will display the current values of base pressure, base
temperature and the barometric pressure. They should be checked and modified ?
and saved to suit the operating conditions. ISO specifies a base temperature of
14.696 psia (101.325 kilopascals) and 59° (15 degC). AGA specifies a base
pressure of 14.73 psia for natural gas, 14.696 for liquids with a vapor pressure f
equal or less than one atmosphere, and a base temperature of 60°.

Calculation options are:


Auto Select Model.
Manual Select Model
Flowrate.
r

Select the calculation option and the necessary input data is enabled. The required i

variable will be disabled and will receive the calculated value.


1

The Auto Select will start at the model 10 and find a size, the manual select will
) calculate for the selection and Calculate Flowrate will calculate the flow for your
selection of all other data.

Pipe ID
:

i
Pipe Sizes :

:•
:h
a i
i?
a? AO
i
*
I 12 5 . 156 12.438 m
12 10 . 18 12.39
812 20 . 25 12.25 2

12 30 . 33 12.09
12 STD . 375 12 :

12 40 . 406 11.938
2
i

:
2 r?
-
Si a $ _-
r
- sSli M
A

m & rm
ss
I » 0, ISM
mm mm œ- tift« as
3
3

ÉÉSi
ii ÉÉÉlii
' :• 'Si
- 3

s
.
: T.

49

:‘
:

:•
To look up the pipe dimensions, click the meter tube button.
The pipe sizes screen will be displayed. )
Enter the nominal pipe size.
Click the Search button to display the available sizes.
Select the required inside diameter(Double-click or click OK). :

Material Selection.

Click the Element material to display the materials screen. j


On the materials screen, select the required material. i
Repeat for the Pipe material. I

Input Data

The options selected enable the input boxes of the data required for the calculation I
and disable the input boxes for the calculated outputs and the data not required.
The maximum flow rate is the upper range value.
The normal flow will be the point of greatest accuracy.
The Specific gravity at base conditions is only required for
volumetric flow •

f
>
-

Calculate ;

Click the Calculate button.


The program will validate the input data. )
If not valid it will display the unsatisfactory data.
If valid it will:
Calculate the output data.
Display the results.
Enable the calculation printout.
Enable the data sheet option.

Calculation Results

The output data should be examined for adequacy. The Auto select model only
finds the smallest model. It may not be your preferred choice, try other options
with Manual select Change data as required and recalculate. :

Filing and Moving On j

The options in the File menu are:


Program menu - Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
Prepare data sheet - Is enabled after a calculation is made, it displays the
screen to prepare a data sheet form for the calculated item.
New record - Clears the screen for a new calculation.

50
Save - Using the default path, it saves a new record if not previously
)
y
saved or saves changes to an existing record. \
- Save New . -. Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new
record (Used to duplicate similar items i.e. Recall an existing
,

record. Edit as required and Save New).


Save As . . . . - Uses the Windows file access system. Saves to a file
anywhere.
-
Import data Select the units and read Input data supplied in sequential
files. L
File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation records.
The default paths are: !
The Data Files . (FG1DAT.TAG and FG1DAT.DAT). f
The User Unit Files . (FG1DAT.UNS). . |
The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS.DAT).
Print flow calculation - Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays
the screen to print a calculation.
Exit - Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program Manager.

:
:•

51
FG1 Liquid Engineering Units _
s,

i
mmmm 3miM :
:

WSËÈBSS Êmi
ËBmSmmm
mmmm
m© inH 20 f - Bar
!0 kPa
4mm
® p*“ I !
mm.
Mx- r - |
mo inHg
—— O kPaa Si .,

/
'
IV

MU mmH 20 1 SO -ï.nhga |
IO mmh |

ago
.j»5 i r 3k aüU$o%K >s a
h MO niBar SO rnmhga IP
§
io ""
fe-a 1
KO g |
UKgal * Jgj
to
!

iia;" ËaajasLia lO Other |ssss f SO ^g^iSOther iQSS


^SSBâSSS | Ë

mmsimm
[
0 Other KO Other >
s
u © © cp #m u g©. degF i :
i

O Pa.s WmÊÊ&a ^ ^O degC I


- mO
!S? r
/7 .fCT XJDCSX»9XWMCI<vA« /A

mm ^
p

«
st
Flhw tint » lMSii « HO cm O CS il
lassj «
'•

Ho 1as-© / h - Son i
O mPa.s
n / m if ) /d as M 0 O HU . .
eyvr vt
^
m »ÿ KW
other
aaeawiniawaw qcwi?rv?Ay.r f
-

RO
iMS
»1
m &@&SBES£3S 3S&3&£
^
X
mmsm Hi 7
i-

« mKHiitlpifiiM
!
L
K ! ciJ ÊS 3 :
I® psig lO ïnH 20 g |
1 »- -
i : M«SI«
IO kPag «
SO
mmhgg|.. ill
i|Ki0. degC rasa
»
lO- _ atg lO barg . . 11SO degR
SO

4 \t v , -,rj
/
r

|ÎO kg cm2q
o
# :cV;

lô ift,
1 £ancel|
|;
iy
llO
*4
inhgq
Hn

MPag| G Other i O
degK
^
Other .
-•

mmm
m Mmmmmmmm ^
1
-
IT' ZJ

mmm -
Ml?
mmmmmmkrn £ )

The screen shows the process variables used in a liquid calculation and list the
available options. To assure full coverage each (Except Flow Time Base) has an
’’Other” option. This is a user defined unit. Double click the option and it will
display the name and multiplier to convert it to the standard units. The standard
unit is always the first item in the list.

The screen shows the current selection. Any unit maybe selected and will be
used in the calculation if OK is selected.

To create a User File for the User File Unit option in the calculation, select the
desired units and click the save button.

A double click on any unit option selects that option and returns to the calculation.

Data conversion

For all items except flow, the unit change represents only a multiplier to convert
the input data and the data is always converted. The Flow Quantity option has
Mass and Volume options. The relationship between mass flow and volume flow

52
is a multiplier and the specific gravity of the fluid. It is conventional when
measuring flow by volume that it be at a standard temperature (Usually 60 °).
Two specific gravity values are necessary for a volumetric flow calculation, mass
flow cannot be converted to volume flow until the specific gravity at standard
conditions is available.

Definition of units

Mass flow units :


lb = pounds
kg = kilograms
tonne = 1000 kg = 1Mg
g = gram
UKton = 2240 lb
USton = 2000 lb
Other = user defined mass unit
Volume flow units :
USgal = US gallons
litre = litres
A3 = cubic feet
UKgal = UK gallons
m3 = cubic metres

bbl barrels (42 US gallons)
cm3 = cubic centimetres
Other = user defined volumetric unit |

Flow time base :


/s = per second
/m = per minute
/h = per hour
/d - per day
Gauge pressure :
psig - pounds per square inch gauge
kPag - kiloPascals gauge :•


atg atmospheres gauge
inhgg = inches of mercury gauge
MPag = megaPascals gauge
inH20g = inches of water gauge
mmhgg = millimetres of mercury gauge
barg = bars gauge
kg/cm2g = kilograms per square centimetre gauge
Other = user defined gauge pressure unit
Absolute pressure :
psia = pounds per square inch absolute
kPaa = kiloPascals absolute
inhga = inches of mercury absolute

53
mmhga = millimetres of mercury absolute
Other = user defined absolute pressure unit '
)
Temperature :
degF = degrees Fahrenheit
degF = degrees Centigrade
degR = degrees Rankine
degK = degrees Kelvin
Other = user defined temperature unit
Viscosity : :
cp = centipoises i
Pa.s = Pascal seconds
cs = centistokes
kPa.s = kiloPascal seconds |

Other = user defined viscosity unit


Differential pressure :
inH20 = inches of water
kPa = kiloPascals
inhg = inches of mercury [
mmH20 = millimetres of water
mBar = millibars
Other = user defined differential
Pipe and orifice diameter :
in = inches
mm = millimetres )
cm = centimetres
ft = feet
m = metres
Other = user defined size

Fixed Geometryl Material Selection


The sheet displays the material options and the current selection. The temperature
thermal expansion coefficients are selected with the material. A thermal
correction for both pipe and flowmeter is made. Either make a new selection
(Double click or click then click OK). Or click Cancel to return with no change.
The program will return to the calculation.

FG1 Calculation Data Printout i


.

This program will print the input and output calculation data and one associated
comment. The comment is included in the data sheet for reference purposes (
/ I

54
i

It also creates the default printout headings. The headings are printed at the top of
) all printouts. They are saved in the HEADINGS.DAT file. This is the third
default path. If all programs are set to the same path, this becomes the default
headings for all program printouts.

B Calculation -
VW .'
NHSHL -. ;
i

i : l : riritr ) ilt hoadinaslairtd data

-W3m
mm mm - --
-- a
Hi
lllll ftp i:
i
gMi
iil
m «M- png
V,
Êèêè
at
sa mmmi
III

.Ilk
!

! Sii
üm
*
mmm
WBmmwmsmmmmm
BÜ Dovet Industries Inc
lit
mmm
HË mmm
•X

\tvm
mm *
__
l&mM
Stftill
H i
MMiji
i
RBWl
1

m11m MM
)
lis E5
1Headings& BWii
a *
Manasm
.î.'i

iîütei
.•V
Ü»
I
!
:
ï
-

Save Headings. Saves the headings


s

Cancel. Returns to the calculation form without printing


;

OK. Prints the headings and calculation using the Windows Print Manager, then
returns to the calculation form

Fixed Geometryl Data Sheet


The first use of the data sheet is to obtain competitive bids. It should initially
emphasize the engineering requirements and be fairly general regarding the
details. When a vendor is selected it should be updated to the exact details so that
the data sheet is a record of the instrument purchased.

The relevant data from the calculation is automatically displayed. Minor editing ,
such as rounding can be perfonned. Major editing should be done in the
calculation routine in order to preserve the integrity of the calculation.

55
A user defined database is available to enter data for those inputs which have a
limited number of options. To activate this, double click the input box, the data } :

on file is displayed. Double click the required option and the data is transferred to
the data sheet form .
-!I

The database should be customized for the project requirements. To edit the
data; click the selected item. Edit the data in the active top line, select Replace,
continue with the edit and Save on completion. The Input data menu option has
option to enter either the first or the second item in the list for all items. If the
database is constructed so that the first item is the first standard selection and the
second item is the second standard selection then two standard data sheets are
available for a single keystroke. This feature only enters data into empty input
boxes. Some input boxes require unique data which is typed in. Space is
provided to enter information for non standard options. Enter the title and data , it
will be saved with the other data.

Three lines of notes of special instructions are available at the bottom of the
data sheet. The input data is limited to 25 characters and 60 characters for each of
the notes. f
File options

Print data sheet Prints the data sheet using the Windows Print Manager. Refer
to Windows Help. )
Go to calculation . Returns to the calculation form using the same record
Update headings Overwrites the headings with the current default set

/
FG1 Integral Flow Orifice Assembly Gas
)
Calculation.
:

r;

--
— -rtr,m
-- -
; £r

^! ' ïi Jîî^5:
iïT'’ù vl üSi i iî ss ï JSSSS.'Æ î? ; "

&$g&
5SS Output dam - •
'• • . ~. 'V•::
- --
• mm mm mh Diameter range
>n
.. • *
'

H*
-
te
- U «
k

WÙÊÊMBBtiKà %
V

s
: tpl5
;
1
^
Si
i qrni.. flpy# differ inH. 20 :
S - ,- ’ >
4 ’» * * ’ , • * *
* ,

lml ü
;
X
lællMIlËS s j
f
B
.1 i!ii mv. ,ft : m
Uncertainty pç *« rceià
. J:
i

*- .

l«« « SliaS lPP


. .
. j" '
I
écjh çiKeats F: Calculation factors tft noimal floi*
[ Si sp
^ ^ >
;r. * >?? Ji; : ••. v . v.vl .:V -':v ïî
i'“• *'rSE •
!
-
- . ‘
- •
; '
; -
:
Tbe mfll e8paF sion fact
!

i mm&ÊwW é u i
? Discharge coefficient ..!
mm
mm
. i? '
•' -
:: --V:
'
'

JGasexpansion :
"; . - . :Ç : .: ;• C-nA
• " • • ' ‘

a - reg?ssf -
! £

Üi SliMii
^ 1
s
'

Pig«
WSU ÊSttt
base temoeratur ë f à rt. ^ t
!
£
r

|© Auto select modal


I© Manual select model j
^g ;
imm
& mn
im
aSSXSæ
fj>.
m
ÏÏEi

r-;

Thread §fjQ Hange |j § *0 FloviSte ÜÜir

am «3
tKiiwrï vr. ys%TA mmm $

Ffcîüî:
;W&
Carbon steel mam»* 5«W

This is available in 1/2 inch 1 inch and 11/2 inch pipe sizes with standard orifice
plates ranging from 0.002 to 1.249 inches diameter. Schedule 40 meter runs are
available with precision bored pipe. The 1/2 inch is bored to 0.66 inch (16.76
mm), the 1 inch to 1.093 inch (27.76 mm) and the 11/2 to 1.561 inch (39.65 mm)
Orifice plate design can be sharp edge, quadrant edge or jewel.

Engineering Units.
\
There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available:

Mass Flow - English Units. Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit.
Volume Flow - English Units . US gallons per minute and degrees
Fahrenheit.
Mass Flow - SI Units . Kilograms per second and degrees
Centigrade.
Volume Flow - SI Units. Litres per second and degrees Centigrade.
User Units . A set of units selected from the Liquid Flow
) Engineering Unit screen i

57
To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units. The Liquid 1

Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed . It shows the available options
and the current unit selection . Select the required units and save the User file.
) !
Unit Selection.
: •

A new calculation defaults to Mass English Units .

The Unit Selection can be made at any time. The input data will be converted to
the new units. If a volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity at
base conditions is not available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual
input entry can be changed by the selecting the Review Units option and choosing
\
from the Liquid Flow Engineering Unit screen.

Fluid Properties.

The Fluid properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are
entered. The properties required for a calculation are available for pure liquids :

and mixtures and are provided in the selected units. Caution should be used for
mixtures of dissimilar fluids because the mixture law may not apply.

For a pure liquid find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the fluid :

properties will be entered.


/
)
For a mixture select the first component. In the component box, enter the
percentage. Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then select
calculate in the component box and the program will calculate and enter the
mixture values. The fluid properties database is user updateable.

Base Conditions

The Base Conditions option will display the current values of base pressure, base
temperature and the barometric pressure. They should be checked and modified
and saved to suit the operating conditions. ISO specifies a base temperature of
14.696 psia (101.325 kilopascals) and 59° (15 degC). AGA specifies abase
pressure of 14.73 psia for natural gas, 14.696 for liquids with a vapor pressure
equal or less than one atmosphere, and a base temperature of 60°. :

Calculation options are: :

Orifice size
Flowrate
Differential range

It is a good idea to use standard size orifice plates where possible. Select the

58
.
i

Differential range and the necessary input data is enabled. The required variable :

will be disabled and will receive the calculated value. :

Orifice Design

Square edge
Quadrant edge :

Jewel :

The Square edge option covers for most flows, the Quadrant edge is for small
r
1
flows and the Jewel is for very small flows
i
!

Pipe ID
:

To look up the pipe dimensions, click the meter tube button.


The pipe sizes screen will be displayed.
Enter the nominal pipe size.
Click the Search button to display the available sizes.
Select the required inside diameter(Double-click or click OK).
1

Material Selection. \

Click the Element material to display the materials screen.


) On the materials screen, select the required material. :

The Element material option is disabled for a jewel orifice plate.


Repeat for the Pipe material. :

Input Data

The options selected enable the input boxes of the data required for the calculation
and disable the input boxes for the calculated outputs and the data not required.
The maximum flow rate is the upper range value.
The normal flow will be the point of greatest accuracy.
The Specific gravity at base conditions is only required for
volumetric flow
Double click the Orifice diameter text box to display the Standard

Orifice sizes

Calculate
Click the Calculate button.
The program will validate the input data. I

If not valid it will display the unsatisfactory data.


If valid it will :
Calculate the output data.
!
59
r
I
Display the results.
Enable the calculation printout. _ )
Enable the data sheet option. >

|
Calculation Results j

The output data should be examined for adequacy.


If the differential range is not suitable select a different orifice size
Special sizes are available if absolutely necessary.
Change data as required and recalculate. j
L
!
Filing and Moving On

The options in the File menu are: :


Program menu - Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
-
Prepare data sheet Is enabled after a calculation is made, it displays the
screen to prepare a data sheet form for the calculated item.
New record - Clears the screen for a new calculation. )

Save - Using the default path, it saves a new record if not previously r
saved or saves changes to an existing record.
Save New.-.Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new
record (Used to duplicate similar items , i.e. Recall an existing
record. Edit as required and Save New).
Save As . .. . - Uses the Windows file access system. Saves to a file /

anywhere.
Import data - Select the units and read Input data supplied in sequential
files.
File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation records.
The default paths are:
The Data Files . (FG1DAT.TAG and FG1DAT.DAT).
The User Unit Files. (FG1DAT.UNS).
The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS.DAT).
Print flow calculation - Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays
the screen to print a calculation.
Exit - Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program
Manager.

60
TGI Target Meter Gas Calculation.
. - . ..
*'ï> 1' • 'i V 1

ssure ri>
:
iWiii l
:
Output data
i.: t . r/-?;: > -- TU
^

mm Hi ?f
Maximum range is selectable between :
s
- fargetdiaineter
;

f
ES
?
v: Pï pe inàicle dia lb
|
s|
iiireri
.

*» -- ' flow
Norm r* •n ’

Reynolds no. fr
'
I
, « IBfppWii
,
;
-

iMHSfll
v! HR S:
? Max pressure loss nHXO ,
ifeS «&
HH &
Man loss
i

!: ® ft power hp
' Uncertainty percent
:: 4 k -: n

'
:

]
'-
1
^
: largit material
^ m
m
vy 304 stainless
;
steel
Carbon sleel
11
ft
!

Thërmailians ïon
al expansion
- .
Calculation factors @ normal flow
: *• v

. .>
f .

t mwmMmmmim
i ïiïiû H
|
«ffexpah nn î L
^
131

mmmÊmm** «w» Base pressure factor I


3SHBMB
- -
zk î U**: :.;: iü ï.Sÿ&:
•••
vi::;iL ks&iSi
•rlf .
> r^ ~ v. «/ *> « - - ^. .
',: > j f L . 'k
J

^ -
r l r y:y /
,

^7 .-- r -
j ;>' JS:i »*»

Target meter are available in sizes 1/2 inch to 4 inches, sizes over 1 inch have
two target sizes. They are calibrated hy selecting a force on the target as the upper
range value. This calibration adjustment and the different body and target sizes
ensure that all desired intermediate ranges can be covered .

The program starts at the minimum size and finds a combination suitable for the !

application.

Engineering Units.

There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available:

Mass Flow - English Units. Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit.
Volume Flow - English Units. US gallons per minute and degrees
Fahrenheit.
Mass Flow - SI Units. Kilograms per second and degrees
Centigrade.
Volume Flow - SI Units. Litres per second and degrees Centigrade.
User Units. A set of units selected from the Liquid Flow
Engineering Unit screen

)
61
To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units . The Liquid
Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed. It shows the available options )
and the current unit selection. Select the required units and save the User file.

Unit Selection.

A new calculation defaults to Mass English Units .

The Unit Selection can be made at any time. The input data will be converted to l
the new units. If a volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity at ;
base conditions is not available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual [
input entry can be changed by the selecting the Review Units option and choosing
from the Liquid Flow Engineering Unit screen.
!
j
Fluid Properties.
?

The Fluid properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are
entered. The properties required for a calculation are available for pure liquids i
and mixtures and are provided in the selected units. Caution should be used for
mixtures of dissimilar fluids because the mixture law may not apply.
!

For a pure liquid find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the fluid i

properties will be entered .

For a mixture select the first component. In the component box, enter the
percentage. Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then select
calculate in the component box and the program will calculate and enter the
mixtur e values. The fluid properties database is user updateable.

Base Conditions

The Base Conditions option will display the current values of base pressure, base
temperature and the barometric pressure. They should be checked and modified
and saved to suit the operating conditions. ISO specifies a base temperature of
14.696 psia (101.325 kilopascals) and 59° (15 degC). AGA specifies a base |
pressure of 14.73 psia for natural gas, 14.696 for liquids with a vapor pressure
equal or less than one atmosphere, and a base temperature of 60°.
:

Material Selection. >

Click the Target material to display the materials screen.


On the materials screen, select the required material.
Repeat for the Pipe material .

)
s'

62
:
Input Data

The options selected enable the input boxes of the data required for the
calculation and disable the input boxes for the calculated outputs and the data not
required. The maximum flow rate is the upper range value.

Calculate
Click the Calculate button.
The program will validate the input data.
If not valid it will display the unsatisfactory data.
If valid it will: t
Calculate the output data.
Display the results.
Enable the calculation printout.
Enable the data sheet option.

Calculation Results
The output data should be examined for adequacy.
Change data as required and recalculate. r

Filing and Moving On

The options in the File menu are:


) Program menu - Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
Prepare data sheet - Is enabled after a calculation is made, it displays the
screen to prepare a data sheet form for the calculated item.
New record - Clears the screen for a new calculation.
Save - Using the default path, it saves a new record if not previously
saved or saves changes to an existing record.
Save New.-.Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new
record (Used to duplicate similar items i.e. Recall an existing
,

record. Edit as required and Save New).


Save As.... - Uses the Windows file access system. Saves to a file
anywhere.
Import data - Select the units and read Input data supplied in sequential
files.
File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation records.
The default paths are:
The Data Files . (FG1DAT.TAG and FG1DAT.DAT).
The User Unit Files . (FG1DAT.UNS).
The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS.DAT).
Print flow calculation - Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays
the screen to print a calculation.
Exit - Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program
j Manager .

63
FG1 Elbow Flow Meters Gas Calculation.
.. ................ . j : .r . ! .

imv

" -
Iva dic iii:

Output data
mm Mi n
!S Norm flow differ mH 20
rmm1» nui 3
? Norm flow R ynold na
*
msmmmi
55
a
%
>

Majt pressuie
,

^loss ^ïbH20
: mK
'

3
V
Max pbweir loss hp
5 m Uncertainty percent
a c
5
*
:
Ï
i $ Calculation factors @ normal flow
s Thermal expansion
Î:
r
£ hoc SffiUfiSHI ü 5
3
1 sjfc - . . • ' . ..
'
A
1
À-
s ^ Discharge coefficient ^
! .

Viscosï l
I . \ .vV “ iK**/ r
-
• b* . f/

MBliWiBWiS
%

Base pressure factor •

;;
it

© Short radius ÎO Long radius|0 Other radius j


t

â
ft ~.
-
- mfiSSi
PafettiTSSerature faot
y
es© Differential rangeS

iasm
ssssMasap

«o Flowrate
r % mHUmH
.v mmomrittm -
I

fl
on 5-D IÏS1

m « *a
ft

.
Si
£

V
J
KÎ MSlSipi
yx
”i:2£Æ

mm
*
.
Ca bulate
s«EityE5KS
a L

s a: ;
Carbon steel -
ft

& I

Elbow meters can be useful for a quick way of measuring flow in an existing line, J
find an elbow and install pressure taps on the inside and outside of the taps,
connect a differential pressure instrument and you can measure flow. The
differential range is non adjustable and not very large Accuracy in the range 4 to
5 percent can be expected.
:

Engineering Units.

There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available:

Mass Flow - English Units. Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit.
Volume Flow - English Units. US gallons per minute and degrees
Fahrenheit. :

Mass Flow - SI Units. Kilograms per second and degrees


Centigrade.
Volume Flow - SI Units. Litres per second and degrees Centigrade.
User Units. A set of units selected from the Liquid Flow
Engineering Unit screen

To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units . The Liquid .
!

Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed. It shows the available options
and the current unit selection . Select the required units and save the User file. )

64
Unit Selection.

A new calculation defaults to Mass English Units.


j

The Unit Selection can be made at any time. The input data will be converted to
the new units. If a volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity at
base conditions is not available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual
input entry can be changed by the selecting the Review Units option and choosing
from the Liquid Flow Engineering Unit screen.
L

Fluid Properties

The Fluid properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are
entered. The properties required for a calculation are available for pure liquids
and mixtures and are provided in the selected units. Caution should be used for
mixtures of dissimilar fluids because the mixture law may not apply.

For a pure liquid find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the fluid
properties will be entered.

For a mixture select the first component. In the component box, enter the
percentage. Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then select
calculate in the component box and the program will calculate and enter the
mixture values. The fluid properties database is user updateable.

Base Conditions

The Base Conditions option will display the current values of base pressure, base !
temperature and the barometric pressure. They should be checked and modified
and saved to suit the operating conditions. ISO specifies a base temperature of
14.696 psia (101.325 kilopascals) and 59° (15 degC). AGA specifies a base
pressure of 14.73 psia for natural gas, 14.696 for liquids with a vapor pressure
equal or less than one atmosphere, and a base temperature of 60°.

Calculation options are:


Flowrate
Differential range

Pipe Dimensions :
|

To look up the pipe dimensions, click the meter tube button.


The pipe sizes screen will be displayed.
Enter the nominal pipe size.
Click the Search button to display the available sizes.
Select the required inside diameter(Double-click or click OK).

65
Material Selection.

Click the Meter Tube material to display the materials screen.


1
On the materials screen, select the required material .

Elbow Mean Radius


Select either the Short Radius or Long Radius for automatic
determination or enter the radius in the text box.

Input Data

The options selected enable the input boxes of the data required for the
calculation and disable the input boxes for the calculated outputs and the data not
required.
The maximum flow rate is the upper range value.
The normal flow will be the point of greatest accuracy.
The Specific gravity at base conditions is only required for
volumetric flow

Calculate
Click the Calculate button.
The program will validate the input data.
If not valid it will display the unsatisfactory data.
If valid it will: )
Calculate the output data.
Display the results.
Enable the calculation printout.
Enable the data sheet option.

Calculation Results

The output data should be examined for adequacy.


Change data as required and recalculate.

Filing and Moving On

The options in the File menu are:

Program menu - Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
Prepare data sheet - Is enabled after a calculation is made, it displays the
screen to prepare a data sheet form for the calculated item.
New record - Clears the screen for a new calculation.
Save - Using the default path, it saves a new record if not previously
saved or saves changes to an existing record.

66
Save New.-.Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new
) record (Used to duplicate similar items, i.e. Recall an existing
record. Edit as required and Save New).
Save As . . . . - Uses the Windows file access system. Saves to a file
anywhere.
Import data - Select the units and read Input data supplied in sequential
files .
File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation records.
The default paths are:
The Data Files . (FG1 DAT.TAG and FG1 DAT.DAT).
The User Unit Files. (FG1DAT.UNS). Î
The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS.DAT).
Print flow calculation - Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays
the screen to print a calculation.
Exit - Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program
Manager.
I

FG1 Annubar Flow Element Gas Calculation.


r
.!.
--
..î. s r .
t \.
*

61
mm > ù; • > _y i C j
rV'- fe TA

mA
if
m m à mmw
3
$
mmmm
M ,, m
lifter
ax allow «
<
ï ^

i H 20
I apniigiliïï - y-imm
imt Ê
IrfqaMfliowMll
tm m A li 3 mmmmm «
m m
* r
W-

1
1
" ^20 I
iHl 5 $
3
%
i?ï ggp^ rr"* i - 3
i
;
isilii £ Si 111 3 i«a«aa
tBmmsmmnsm
;
|ilill
mÊÊmmÊÊm HiI»» xi $
y

I
I3
Bisepi suretacto,
il ®
38M
Sr-\ j

a
mwM
;v'

’;
Î
8 ^US I .rnmmrnmmmmm g

nh»MHI
*777
W5
%
mm wmmmmi
msmmmmsmmmmmms O 3G JO 46 jl ^ âAutolati
G ü b ri!
î lc ôn
v.

II © select model
7

a li
SiSBi
11
!
:r
-
eA
.7

HO 10 I© 15 fO 25 lO 35 JO 45 À *

lO Manual select model


Cl? jcMySV* >*

Mmm m *&
[
i I O Flowrate «1 - :Æ

!
amnmi i
Mi
304 stainless stee -
mpsmm
T'T ï V
mmm
Carbon steel

Annubar is a trademark of Dover Industries Incorporated . The magnitude of the


differential produced by an Annubar is a function of the pipe size and the model
I
)
67
selected. The differential is fixed by the design. For a specified flow rate the
transmitter will need to be calibrated to the differential produced by the design )
selected. There is a maximum differential range, above which there is a danger of
structural problems where it may fail because of vibration. There are five designs
of increasing ruggedness, four of which have options for support on both sides of
the pipe. They are either thread mounted or flange mounted, the thread mounted
being the most rugged because it has a shorter length.
;

Model Features

Model Pipe size range Support Mounting Maximum Differential


10 1/2 to 2 inches One side Thread 1500 to 260 inH20
10 1/2 to 2 inches One side Flange 1500 to 260 inH20 :
15 2 to 5 inches One side Flange 87 to 23 inH20
15 2 to 5 inches One side Thread 630 to 124 inH20
16 2 to 5 inches Both sides Either 720 to 164 inH20
25 4 to 42 inches One side Flange 142 to 4 inH20 T'*

25 4 to 42 inches One side Thread 764 to 16 inH20


26 4 to 4 inches Both sides Either 1010 to 28 inH20
35 12 to 96 inches One side Flange 77 to 1 inH20
I
35 12 to 96 inches One side Thread 360 to 7 inH20
36 12 to 96 inches Both sides Either 534 to 9 ini120
45 24 to 96 inches Oneside Flange 61 to 2 inH20
45 24 to 96 inches One side Thread 272 to 8 inH20
46 24 to 96 inches Both sides Either 427 to 15 inH20

Engineering Units.

There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available:

Mass Flow - English Units. Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit.
Volume Flow - English Units . US gallons per minute and degrees
Fahrenheit.
Mass Flow - SI Units. Kilograms per second and degrees ?
Centigrade.
Volume Flow - SI Units. Litres per second and degrees Centigrade.
User Units . A set of units selected from the Liquid Flow
!
Engineering Unit screen

To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units . The Liquid
Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed. It shows the available options
and the current unit selection. Select the required units and save the User file.

68
:
Unit Selection.
}
A new calculation defaults to Mass English Units .

The Unit Selection can be made at any time. The input data will be converted to
the new units. If a volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity at
base conditions is not available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual
input entry can be changed by the selecting the Review Units option and choosing
from the Liquid Flow Engineering Unit screen.
!
Fluid Properties. !
The Fluid properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are
entered . The properties required for a calculation are available for pure liquids
i

and mixtures and are provided in the selected units. Caution should be used for :

mixtures of dissimilar fluids because the mixture law may not apply.
'

For a pure liquid find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the fluid
properties will be entered.

For a mixture select the fust component. In the component box, enter the
,

percentage. Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then select
calculate in the component box and the program will calculate and enter the
' mixture values. The fluid properties database is user updateable.

Base Conditions

The Base Conditions option will display the current values of base pressure, base
temperature and the barometric pressure. They should be checked and modified
and saved to suit the operating conditions . ISO specifies a base temperature of
14.696 psia (101.325 kilopascals) and 59° (15 degC). AGA specifies abase
pressure of 14.73 psia for natural gas, 14.696 for liquids with a vapor pressure
equal or less than one atmosphere, and a base temperature of 60°.

Calculation options are:


Auto Select Model.
Manual Select Model
Flowrate.

Select the calculation option and the necessary input data is enabled . The required
variable will be disabled and will receive the calculated value.

The Auto Select will start at the model 10 and find a size, the manual select will
)
69
calculate for the selection and Calculate Flowrate will calculate the flow for your
selection of all other data. 1
Pipe ID

To look up the pipe dimensions, click the meter tube button.


The pipe sizes screen will be displayed.
Enter the nominal pipe size.
Click the Search button to display the available sizes.
Select the required inside diameter(Double-click or click OK).

Material Selection.

Click the Element material to display the materials screen.


On the materials screen, select the required material.
Repeat for the Pipe material.

Input Data

The options selected enable the input boxes of the data required for the calculation
and disable the input boxes for the calculated outputs and the data not required.
The maximum flow rate is the upper range value.
The normal flow will be the point of greatest accuracy. .
The Specific gravity at base conditions is only required for
volumetric flow

Calculate
Click the Calculate button.
The program will validate the input data.
If not valid it will display the unsatisfactory data.
If valid it will:
Calculate the output data.
Display the results.
Enable the calculation printout .
Enable the data sheet option.

Calculation Results

The output data should be examined for adequacy. The Auto select model only
finds the smallest model . It may not be your preferred choice, try other options
with Manual select . Change data as required and recalculate.

Filing and Moving On

The options in the File menu are: )

70
Program menu - Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
) Prepare data sheet - Is enabled after a calculation is made, it displays the
screen to prepare a data sheet form for the calculated item .
New record - Clears the screen for a new calculation.
-
Save Using the default path, it saves a new record if not previously
saved or saves changes to an existing record.
Save New .- . Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new
record (Used to duplicate similar items i.e. Recall an existing
,
:

record. Edit as required and Save New). ;


Save As . .. . - Uses the Windows file access system. Saves to a file f
anywhere. !
Import data - Select the units and read Input data supplied in sequential
files.
File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation records.
The default paths are:
The Data Files. (FG1DAT.TAG and FG1DAT.DAT).
The User Unit Files. (FG 1DAT .UNS).
The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS.DAT).
Print flow calculation - Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays f
the screen to print a calculation.
Exit - Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program Manager.

Print (Fixed Geometry1) Summary


The program will provide a printout summary of data sheet records on file. This
can be accessed from the Fixed Geometry Flow Element Sizing Program menu.

It can provide a printout of either:


All fields
Selected fields
Fields equal to
Fields not equal to
Fields equal to or less than
Fields equal to or greater than
Fields less than
Fields more than

Procedure for a new Summary j

Select Options
Clear checks Clears all check on the form j

Clear Other Data Clears all other data on the form


Make new field selections
Each field has four boxes
I
71
:

I
A check box to select the field
A box to specify the field width )
y

A box to enter data to compare


A box to specify the compare method (Double click for
data)
Select data relationship
And or or
Click Print to print using Windows Print Manager

File Options
Save print options
Saves a standard printout
Go to Program Menu Form
!
Returns to program menu for further work on this module M
Exit
Returns to the Windows Program Manager

Procedure for a standard printout


II 1

Select Options
Recall saved options
Print
I
II
!

Procedure to print all fields

Select Options
i:

li
Check all
Print
II
Other Options
w
Select font 11
Windows font selection procedure
:

Select Printer l

Windows Print manager

:|
T !

72
FG1 Gas Engineering Units
t m .
®iiü™
- ViscositO ~i r ~ Critical u essuieT M Base Dress!
jj© psig tO inH 20 g
teg
© cp l ;® psia ;0 mmhga" ï;;ssaKS8®,«?isp :

|Q kPag lO rnmhgg O Pa s O kPaa ’i O inhga .© psia | t


ass®»® O MPa aioO
lO kg .- - . SO- -sdm3 ?IO -atfl baig ) O ml a.s f b ate gV/ bara B: lO kPaa I
. -- . .. - . r'J ’ .. . %
|p
x i J O A æX S C M J X V D J" :ARTSZX: c AX\ir > **rÂ
AX
^^ • •
y y f

tonne SO sm3 IQ tO inhgg kg / cm 2g ; kg / cm 2a P inhga |


lO—
|
T --'v*u wsc*/iss*!
• ?
IQ g | 0 MSft 3 lO MPagiQ %0

Other Other| mmhga 1


! ¥. SÈSÈKms
diameter
i&c r -.
Pipe
HHHBH SO nthc, ;

t
| jfo Otherfo other! r

! 8
ITflrl É
wsmi
rtO
Éo
bi
~
mm
cm
H
ü
mo »n m
P jO
Tb mm p
ÿé
KT #

cm
""
pits |
M
|
® ÿaL
!0
|_._ »
JH tSsf
î
.
degC
iP Other J
^ ^

lO / [O /d
in
ISO m Bl sSO m
’ ?
«
Isysr
ass
fcHFSiFIP lâà
teiO Other »
JH mmsmmsgÈê
* AluSWrae
trari ^
agpifflBaap i SSUF® *“ I.
» .
. .
1‘
i iQ. _
kPa . ü
-
mm ib/fi3 m . .î
tSlSjsïïLjSj SO degc
MW> vWXW X«\Avl W<‘*ï
^
m ilb k / m3
/

É- SjSJ üSS.ilft iO degR llllMIgiiB


O niBar ;)i:d degk « ÜP [b/i 3 ss ' '

i #fo SKr» irisr


« MM®»
- SM " IP ÎÎ 3 !

i MBM
i.

The screen shows the process variables used in a gas calculation and list the
available options. To assure full coverage each (Except Flow Time Base) has an
“ Other” option. Tins is a user defined unit . Double click the option and it will
display the name and multiplier to convert it to the standard units. The standard
unit is always the first item in the list .

The screen shows the current selection. Any unit may be selected and will be
used in the calculation if OK is selected.

To create a User File for the User File Unit option in the calculation, select the
desired units and click the save button

A double click on any unit option selects that option and returns to the calculation.

Data Conversion

For all items except flow, the unit change represents only a multiplier to convert
the input data and the data is always converted. The Flow Quantity option has
Mass and Volume options . The relationship between mass flow and volume flow
is a multiplier and the molecular weight of the gas, conversion can only be made
when the molecular weight has been entered.

73
Definition of units

Mass flow units :


lb = pounds
kg = kilograms
tonne = 1000 kg = lMg
g = gram
UKton = 2240 lb
USton = 2000 lb
Other = user defined mass unit
Volume flow units :
sft3 = standard cubic feet
sdm3 — standard cubic decimetres
sm3 — standard cubic metres
Msft3 = million standard cubic feet
Other = user defined volume unit
Time base :
/s — per second
/m = per minute
/h = per hour
/d = per day
Gauge pressure :
psig = pounds per square inch gauge
kPag = kiloPascals gauge
atg = atmospheres gauge
inhgg — inches of mercury gauge i
MPag = megaPascals gauge
inH20g = inches of water gauge
mmhgg = millimetres of mercury gauge
barg = bars gauge
kg/cm2g = kilograms per square centimetre gauge
Other = user defined gauge pressure unit
Absolute pressure : j

psia = pounds per square inch absolute



kPaa kiloPascals absolute
ata = atmospheres absolute
bara = bars absolute
Mpaa = megaPascals absolute
kg/cm2a = kilograms per square centimetre absolute
inhga - inches of mercury absolute
mmhga = millimetres of mercury absolute
Other - user defined absolute pressure unit
Temperature :
degF = degrees Fahrenheit
degF = degrees Centigrade \

74
degR = degrees Rankine
) degK = degrees Kelvin
Other = user defined temperature unit
Viscosity :
cp = centipoises
Pa.s = Pascal seconds
cs = centistokes
kPa.s = kiloPascal seconds
Other - user defined viscosity unit j
Differential pressure : [
inH20 = inches of water t
f.
kPa ~ kiloPascals j
inhg = inches of mercury
mmH20 = millimetres of water
mBar = millibars
Other = user defined differential
Pipe and orifice diameter :
in = inches j
mm = millimetres !

cm = centimetres
ft = feet
m = metres
Other = user defined size
)
.
Density:
;
lb/ft3 = pounds per cubic foot
kg/ m3 = kilograms per cubic metre
g/cm3 = grams per cubic centimetre
lb/in3 = pounds per cubic inch
Other = user defined density unit

75
.

Fixed Geometryl Calculation Routines


Annubar Liquid Flow ) :

1 Calculate the differential range :

/ 2
w.m
Hm =
V 2834.717KD FA VG7J
2
Inches of water
2 Calculate velocity
W.n
V=
„FaD 2
feet pef seconcj
3 Calculate Rod Velocity. There is a minimum rod Reynolds Number below which the flowing fluid will
not separate properly from the edges of the Annubar.
I
Annubar Gas Flow
RD = 1487
M' cp ^^ 2-

1. Calculate the differential range -


t \2
W.
Hm = 358.94KDm2 I

v FA 1 Y / 7^ |nches of water i.

2. Calculate the expansion factor - r


\
1
^
1273d Hm
Y = 1- 0.011332 1- - 0.00342
\ Pfk
.
3 Apply the expansion factor - !

Hm = ±k2
H
y
Repeat steps 2 and 3 again -
Nomenclature
0 Pipe inside diameter inches
YN Density at flow conditions lb/cubic foot
FA Thermal expansion factor dimensionless
<3 , Specific gravity at flow temperature dimensionless
Hm Differential range inches of water
k Ratio of specific heats dimensionless
K Flow coefficient dimensionless
Pi Inlet pressure psia
Fw Annubar width feet
RD Rod Reynolds Number dimensionless
V Fluid velocity feet per second
wm. Flow rate Ib/h
Y Expansion factor dimensionless

^ CP Viscosity
76
centipoises

:
!
ti
Reference :

The Annubar Flow Handbook Dover Industries inc


) Annubar Is a registered trademark of Dover Industries Inc
l

Elbow Flowmeter l

1.. Calculate the Reynolds Number -


_
f
_
6.31533. WM .
'D D - M cp>
!i
I

..
2 Calculate the discharge coefficient -

KSM
3 „Calculate the differential range -
JZD +
6.Sj r

R£ ^
2D
0.5 i !
/ \2
wm.
HM = i!
V 358.9268 KSMFAD
2
/77/ inchMofwater
Nomenclature
D !
Pipe inside diameter inches
yn Density Ib/cubic foot
s
FA Thermal expansion factor dimensionless
Differential range inches of water I
H-

) ^
rb
SM Discharge coefficient
Elbow mean radius
dimensionless
inches :•
«
wm Flow rate Ib/h
JJ- CP Viscosity centipoises si
:

Target Meters
1. Calculate the Reynolds Number - M
6.31533. W il
RD = - D- HCP
; ;!

.
2 Calculate the flow rate -
i

.
i

/ /
W = 358,9268KFA 5.941939 1-
\ B
D
J
VY F T
Ib/h
3. Calculate target force - ! i

\2
N W,
FT = V 6296.4 K/
M
pounds )

!•

Nomenclature
BT Target ratio (Target diameter/Bore diameter) dimensionless
(Supplied by manufacturer)
) P Pipe inside diameter inches

77
:
1N Density Ib/cubic foot
FA
Thermal expansion factor dimensionless )
K Discharge coefficient dimensionless
(Supplied by manufacturer)
W plow rate !b/h
I1CP Viscosity centipoises

Integral Flow Orifice Assemblies


1. Calculate the Reynolds Number - :

6.31533. W
Rd d CP
(
2. Calculate the discharge coefficient - ^
Coo = A + Dp 2 + E|34 + Ff38
B = G + Hp 2 + jp -4
C = Coo + BR s
(C for Jewel insert is 0.995)
^
(Values of A,D,E,F,G,H and J vary with design and size. See manufacturers data)
i
3. Calculate the expansion factor - .L

,
Y = 1- (0.41 + 0.35(34 )
H
27.73P,k
4. Calculate flow rate -

W=
358.9268 CFAY1d2
^ ~h\
Ib/h
Nomenclature
a Orifice bore diameter inches
D Pipe inside diameter inches
Yn Density Ib/cubic foot
FA Thermal expansion factor dimensionless
C Discharge coefficient dimensionless
H Differential range inches water
k Ratio of specific heats (Gas only) dimensionless
:•

Ff Iniet pressure psia


Rd Orifice Reynolds Number dimensionless
V

W Flow rate !b/h


P Beta ratio (d/D) dimensionless
MCP Viscosity centipoises

Fluid Properties
These are calculated using common chemical formulae with each item corrected for pressure and
temperature. Some fluids show deviations from the formulae, the user should check typical calculated
values against known values. In all cases if accurate laboratory information is available it should be

78
i

used.
Density uses the Redlich-Kwong Equation.

For complete details of all formula and techniques refer to The Flow Measurement Engineering
Handbook By R.W.Miller and Foxboro Technical Information Tl 037 087. These describe the
development of the formulas, the application limitations and installation requirements for predictable
results as well as a large amount of other valuable information.

/
79
!
|
!

FIXED GEOMETRY1 Data Files


INSTRUCALC V 5 Random access file specification for FG1 flow elements
FGIDAT .Dat. Tag Numbers are stored in the sequential file FG1DAT.TAG. Its
number in the file is the record number in the random access file.

Type FileData
Calculation info
ProgNum As Integer 2 bytes.Program number Liq<6 :Gas>20
ElemMatlNom As Integer
PipeMatlNum As Integer
2 bytes.Element material number
2 bytes Pipe material
1
FloBasis As String * 3 3 bytes."Mas " denotes amass
calculation, "Vol" a volume \

Code As String * 3 3 bytes. " Yes" or "No" for drainhole


FS(1 To 15) As Single 60 bytes.Units conversion factor !:
GS( 1 To 20) As Single 80 bytes.Variable data
UnS(l To 15) As String * 8 120 bytes .Unit Name

Data sheet info


SdS( l To 7) As Single 28 bytes.
AraS ( l To 22) As String * 25 550 bytes.Data sheet array selections
Txtl ( l To 3) As String * 25 75 bytes.Data sheet service,line num, fluid
Txt2( l To 3) As String * 60 180 bytes.Data sheet notes
TXT3 (1 To 7) As String * 10 70 bytes. Data sheet
num,spec,rev,date,req ,by,appr
End Type Record len= l 175

Common to all Elements


ElemMatlNom and PipeMatlNum
If material number = 1 Then Material = "301 stainless steel"
If material number = 2 Then Material = "304 stainless steel "
If material number = 3 Then Material = "310 stainless steel"
If material number = 4 Then Material = "316 stainless steel "
If material number = 5 Then Material = "330 stainless steel "
If material number - 6 Then Material = "347 stainless steel "
If material number = 7 Then Material = "Aluminum bronze"
If material number = 8 Then Material = "Beryllium copper"
If material number = 9 Then Material = "Carbon steel"
If material number = 10 Then Material = "Copper"
If material number = 11 Then Material = "Cupronickel "
If material number = 12 Then Material = "Hastelloy B"
If material number = 13 Then Material = "Hastelloy C"
If material number = 14 Then Material = "Haynes stellite 25 "
If material number = 15 Then Material = "Inconel X"
If material number = 16 Then Material = "K - Monel"
80
If material number = 17 Then Material = "Nickel"
If material number = 18 Then Material = "Pyrex glass "
If material number = 19 Then Material = "Tantalum "
If material number = 20 Then Material = "Titanium "
FloBasis "Mas " denotes amass calculation, "Vol" a volume

Liquid
}

If ProgNum = 2 Then Program = "Integral flow orifice meter - liquid"


If Code = "CSq " then Orifice = Calculated discharge coefficient - Square edge
If Code = "CQu" then Orifice = Calculated discharge coefficient - Quadrant edge
If Code = "CJe" then Orifice = Calculated discharge coefficient - Jewel
i
If Code = "ESq " then Orifice = Entered discharge coefficient - Square edge
If Code = "EQu" then Orifice = Entered discharge coefficient - Quadrant edge
If Code = "EJe" then Orifice = Entered discharge coefficient - Jewel
GS(1) = Maximum flow FS(1) UnS ( l ) :

GS(2) = Flow temperature UnS (2)


GS(3) = Inlet pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
GS(4) = Differential range FS(4) UnS(4)
GS(5) = Specific gravity at flow conditions
:
GS(6) = Specific gravity at standard conditions
GS(7) = Viscosity FS (7) UnS(7) i

GS(8) = Pipe inside diameter FS(8) UnS(8)


) GS(12) = Orifice size FS(12) UnS(12)
GS(13) = Base pressure FS(13) UnS(13)
GS(14) = Base temperature UnS(14)
GS(15) = Barometric pressure FS(15) UnS(15)
GS (16 ) = Discharge coefficient
GS(18) = Normal flow FS(1) UnS( l )
SDS ( l ) = Normal flow differential FS(4) UnS (4)
SDS (2) = Nominal pipe size UnS(8)
SDS (3) = Plate thickness FS (12) UnS (12)
SDS(4) = Beta ratio
SDS(5) = Chart multiplier

If ProgNum = 3 Then Program = "Target flow meter - liquid"


GS (1) = Maximum flow FS(1) UnS( l )
GS(2) = Flow temperature UnS(2)
GS(3) = Inlet pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
GS (4) = Minimum range FS(1) UnS ( l )
GS(5) = Specific gravity at flow conditions
GS(6) = Specific gravity at standard conditions K

GS(7) = Viscosity FS(7) UnS(7) -


:

GS(12) = Target diameter FS (12) UnS(12)


GS(13) = Base pressure FS(13) UnS(13)
;
81
GS(14) = Base temperature UnS(14)
GS (15) = Barometric pressure FS(15) UnS(15) y

GS(18) = Maximum range FS (1) UnS( l )


SDS(2) = Nominal pipe size UnS(8)
I
SDS(5) = Chart multiplier

If ProgNum = 4 Then Program = " Elbow flow meter - liquid"


GS(1) = Maximum flow FS (1) UnS( l )
GS(2) = Flow temperature UnS(2)
-
GS(3) Inlet pressure
GS(4) = Differential range
FS(3) UnS(3)
FS(4) UnS(4)
i

i
GS(5) = Specific gravity at flow conditions
GS(6) = Specific gravity at standard conditions
GS(7) = Viscosity FS(7) UnS(7)
GS(8) = Pipe inside diameter FS(8) UnS(8)
GS(12) = Elbow mean radius FS(12) UnS(12)
GS(13) = Base pressure FS (13) UnS(13)
GS(14) = Base temperature UnS(14)
GS(15) = Barometric pressure FS(15) UnS(15)
GS(18) = Normal flow FS(1) UnS( l )
SDS( l ) = Normal flow differential FS(4) UnS(4)
SDS(2) = Nominal pipe size UnS (8)
SDS ( 5) = Chart multiplier
)
If ProgNum = 6 Then Program = "Annubar pitot tube - liquid"
If Code = "Thr" then Mount- Thread"
If Code = "Fla" then Mount- 'Flange"
GS(1) = Maximum flow FS (1) UnS( l )
GS (2) = Flow temperature UnS(2)
GS(3) = Inlet pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
GS(4) - Differential range FS(4) UnS (4)
GS(5) = Specific gravity at flow conditions
GS(6) = Specific gravity at standard conditions
GS(7) = Viscosity FS(7) UnS(7)
GS(8) = Pipe inside diameter FS(8) UnS(8)
GS(12) = Model number
GS (13) = Base pressure FS (13) UnS(13)
GS(14) = Base temperature UnS(14)
GS( 15 ) = Barometric pressure FS (15) UnS(15)
GS(18) = Normal flow FS(1) UnS( l )
SDS ( l ) = Normal flow differential FS(4) UnS(4)
SDS(2) = Nominal pipe size UnS(8)
SDS (5) = Chart multiplier

82
Gas
)
If ProgNum = 22 Then Program = "Integral flow orifice meter - gas"
If Code = "CSq " then Orifice = Calculated discharge coefficient - Square edge
If Code = "CPU" then Orifice = Calculated discharge coefficient - Quadrant edge
If Code = "Cue" then Orifice = Calculated discharge coefficient - Jewel
If Code = "Esq." then Orifice = Entered discharge coefficient - Square edge
If Code = "ECU" then Orifice = Entered discharge coefficient - Quadrant edge
If Code = "Edge" then Orifice = Entered discharge coefficient - Jewel
GS(1) = Maximum flow FS(1 ) UnS( l )
GS(2) = Flow temperature UnS (2) £i
r
GS(3) = Inlet pressure FS(3) UnS(3) f
GS(4) = Differential range FS(4) UnS(4)
GS(5) = Molecular weight
GS(6) = Ratio of specific heats
;

GS(7) = Viscosity FS(7) UnS(7)


GS (8) = Pipe inside diameter FS (8) UnS(8)
GS(9) = Density FS(9) UnS(9)
GS (10) = Critical pressure FS (10) UnS( lO) :

GS(11) = Critical temperature UnS(ll )


GS(12) = Orifice size FS(12) UnS(12)
GS(13) = Base pressure FS (13) UnS(13) ?

GS(14) = Base temperature UnS(14)


GS(15) = Barometric pressure FS (15) UnS(15) I
!
GS (16) = Discharge coefficient • ;

GS (18) = Normal flow FS(1) UnS( l )


SDS( l ) = Normal flow differential FS (4) UnS(4)
SDS(2) = Nominal pipe size UnS(8)
SDS(3) = Plate thickness FS(12) UnS(12)
SDS(4) = Beta ratio
SDS(5) = Chart multiplier

If ProgNum = 23 Then Program "Target flow meter - gas"


GS(1) = Maximum flow FS(1) UnS( l )
GS(2) = Flow temperature UnS(2)
GS (3) = Inlet pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
GS (4) = Minimum range FS (1) UnS( l )
GS (5) = Molecular weight
GS(6) = Ratio of specific heats
GS(7) = Viscosity FS(7) UnS(7)
GS(9) = Density FS(9) UnS(9)
GS(10) = Critical pressure FS(10) UnS( lO)
GS (11) = Critical temperature UnS( ll )
GS(12) = Target diameter FS (12) UnS (12)
GS (13) = Base pressure FS (13) UnS (13)
) I
83

|
GS(14) = Base temperature UnS(14)
GS (15) = Barometric pressure FS(15) UnS(15) )
GS(18) = Maximum range FS(1) UnS( l )
SDS(2) = Nominal pipe size UnS(8)
SDS(5) - Chart multiplier

If ProgNum = 24 Then Program "Elbow flow meter - gas"


GS(1) = Maximum flow FS(1) UnS( l )
GS(2) = Flow temperature UnS(2)
GS(3) = Inlet pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
GS(4) = Differential range FS(4) UnS(4)
GS(5) = Molecular weight
GS(6) = Ratio of specific heats
GS(7) = Viscosity FS(7) UnS(7)
GS(8) = Pipe inside diameter FS(8) UnS(8)
GS(9) = Density FS(9) UnS(9)
GS (10) = Critical pressure FS(10) UnS( lO)
GS ( ll ) = Critical temperature UnS( ll )
-
GS (12) = Elbow mean radius FS(12) UnS(12) f
GS(13) = Base pressure FS(13) UnS(13)
GS(14) = Base temperature UnS(14)
GS(15) = Barometric pressure FS(15) UnS(15)
GS(18) = Normal flow FS(1) UnS( l )
SDS( l ) = Normal flow differential FS(4) UnS(4) )
SDS(2) = Nominal pipe size UnS(8)
SDS(5) = Chart multiplier

If ProgNum =26 Then Program = "Annubar pitot tube - gas"


If Code = "Thr" then Mount= 'Thread "
If Code = "Fla" then Mount="Flange"
GS(1) = Maximum flow FS (1) UnS( l )
GS(2) - Flow temperature UnS(2)
GS(3) = Inlet pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
:•
GS (4) = Differential range FS(4) UnS (4)
GS(5) = Molecular weight
GS(6) = Ratio of specific heats
GS(7) = Viscosity FS (7) UnS(7)
GS(8) = Pipe inside diameter FS(8) UnS(8)
GS 9 =
( ) Density FS(9) UnS(9)
GS (10) = Critical pressure FS (10) UnS( lO)
GS (11) = Critical temperature UnS( ll )
GS(12) = Annubar Model number
GS(13) = Base pressure FS (13) UnS(13)
GS(14) = Base temperature UnS(14) :

GS(15) = Barometric pressure FS(15) UnS (15) }


/
;

84
GS(18) = Normal flow FS(1) UnS( l )
) SDS ( l ) = Normal flow differential FS (4) UnS(4)
SDS (2) = Nominal pipe size UnS(8)
SDS(5) = Chart multiplier :

Miscellaneous Files

FG1 DAT.UNS Sequential file. User unit data


FG1DAT.STP Sequential file. Base conditions j
FG1SPEC.TXT Sequential file. Data sheet item selections L
HEADINGS.DAT Sequential file. Printout titles !
FG1SUM.DAT Sequential file. Standard summary selections
FG1CALC. DRV Sequential file. Default drives and paths
FG1CALC.COL Sequential file. Color selections

FG1 Import Process Data


To Import process data into a calculation:

Make a sequential file for each calculation . Files to have a filename(Suggest the
tag number) with no extension (ie FI-100.). After INSTRUCALC reads the file it
. .
will rename the file to "FILENAME OK" This will divide the files into two
lists, those which have been processed and those which have not.

To read a file.
1. Go to the required calculation and select the required units.
2. Take tire Import data menu option.
3 . Find the required file. (Using standard Windows procedures)
4. Select the file and the data will be loaded.
5. Proceed with the calculation and save the data. (Now in the INSTRUCALC
file)
6. The sequential file will be assigned the extension ".OK", and will disappear
from the list.
7. If a review is required, use the Windows file procedures for files with an
extension ".OK"
8. Revised process data should be provided without extensions. The Instrument
engineer will then have an instant review of work not yet performed.

Data input sequential file requirements


(In input order)

" Annubar" Gas Flow Element


Elbow Gas Flow Element
IFOA Gas Flow Element

85
1 Tag number Seq file
2 Fluid name Txtl (3)
3 Maximum flow G( l )
4 Normal flow G(18)
5 Temperature G(2)
6 Inlet pressure G(3)
7 Barometric pressure G(15)
8 Differential range G(4)
9 MW G(5)
10 Cp/Cv G (6)
11 Viscosity G(7)
12 Pipe size G(8)
13 Density G(9)
14 Critical pressure G(10)
15 Critical temperature G( ll )
16 Line number Txtl ( l )
17 Service Txtl (2)

Target Gas Flow element


1 Tag number Seq file
2 Fluid name Txtl (3)
3 Maximum flow G( l )
4 Temperature G(2)
5 Inlet pressure G(3)
6 Barometric pressure G(15)
7 MW G(5)
8 Cp/ Cv G(6)
9 Viscosity G(7)
10 Pipe size G(8)
11 Density G(9)
12 Critical pressure G(10)
13 Critical temperature G( ll )
14 Line number Txtl (2)
15 Service Txtl ( l )

" Amiubar " Liquid Flow Elements


Elbow Liquid Flow Element
IFO À Liquid Flow Element
1 Tag number (Seq file)
2 Fluid name Txtl (3)
3 Maximum flow G( l )
4 Normal flow G(18)
5 Temperature G(2)
6 Inlet pressure G(3)
7 Barometric pressure G(15)
-
i

86
8 Differential range G(4)
/
9 SG @ FTP G(5)
10 SG@ Base G(6)
11 Viscosity G(7)
12 Pipe size G(8)
13 Line number Txtl (2)
14 Service Txtl (2)

Target Liquid Flow Element


1 Tag number Seq file
2 Fluid name Txtl (3)
3 Maximum flow G( l )
4 Temperature G ( 2)
5 Inlet pressure G (3 )
6 Barometric pressure G(15)
7 SG @ FTP G(5)
8 SG@ Base G(6)
9 Viscosity G(7)
10 Pipe size G(8)
11 Line number Txtl (2)
12 Service Txtl ( l )
!
I
j
)
J
Fixed Geometryl Pipe Inside Diameter
The orifice pipe run is the straight sections of pipe, upstream and downstream of
the orifice plate, as specified in ISO 5167 and AGA3 and ANSI 2530.
:

The ISO pipe inside diameter is the average Of 12 measurements of the upstream
section of the meter measured at a room temperature. ?
• %

Initially, in most cases, the orifice pipe run is not available and the standard size is
used. This is available in a program look-up table. To find the size, select the
meter run size button to display the pipe size screen, enter the nominal size of the
pipe and select the search button. The available wall thickness and the I
corresponding inside diameters for the nominal size are displayed. Select the
required size and it will be transferred to the calculation. :

When the meter tube becomes available, measure the inside diameter and back
calculate either the amended flow rate or differential pressure.
»

Metric dimensions are in millimeters and nominal sizes are base on 25 mm per
nominal inch. If Units other than inches or millimeters are used, the data
transferred back to the calculation will be converted to the calculation units.
)

87
il

)
!
:!

i!

:I

i
;i

:!

) '
• !

- !

.!

;i

)
88

:
; i

il
I!

.

:;

!• :

Ï
i!
:
?i
:

: I

FIXED GE0METRY2
;

!!
H
H
Flow Meters
Vortex Meters
Rotameters
Wedge Flowmeters

Programs are provided for liquid and gas il


I
Program Overview :
;
.
::

The Vortex Meter measures the frequency of vortex shedding from a bluff body
mounted in the flow stream. Within limits of velocity and viscosity the flow rate
is a linear function of the frequency. It has a greater turn down ratio than head
type meters. The program calculates the minimum and maximum flow rates
based on flow area in the flow meter, the allowable minimum and maximum
velocities and the viscosity limitations. !

The Rotameter is a variable area device. A float in a tapered tube is moved


against gravity by the flowing fluid until an area is exposed which allows it to
come to balance. The float position in the tube is a linear indication of the flow
rate. Viscosity is a limitation. Floats are designed with a viscosity immunity
ceiling to define the maximum viscosity. Sizing is determined by the float
density and the flow capacity of the tapered tube in either USGPM of water or

89

:
SCFM of air. The program does the unit conversions and supplies the float
density. }

Wedge is a trademark of The Taylor Instrument Company. The Wedge


Flowmeter consists of a meter tube and with a vee shaped wedge inserted inside.
Pressure taps either side of the wedge
measure the differential which is proportional to the square of the flow rate.
Meter sizes range for 1 to 12 inches with each size having a selection of different
wedges. Chemical seals are available for the pressure taps, making this a rugged j.
flow meter suitable for slurries and viscous fluids. The program will provide the |
wedge data and calculate either the capacity or differential for the different sizes. |

The programs are suitable for use with all gaseous and liquid fluids that are clean,
single phase, homogenous and Newtonian. All gases, most liquids and most
dense phase fluids associated with the petroleum petrochemical and natural gas
industries are Newtonian.
.. .. . . ... . .. i

. . . .. . ’
. . I

Fixed Geometry2 Program Features }


. !

Programs will:
Perform sizing calculations
Calculate either.- Meter size,or Flow rate )
Calculate permanent pressure and power loss
Calculate accuracy percentage
Supply fluid properties at flow conditions
Supply steam data
Supply pipe sizes
Provide material selection
Use English or SI engineering units in any mixture
Use mass or volume flow units
Import process data
Print a calculation sheet using the Windows Print Manager
Save the data

Prepare instrument data sheets

WYSIWYG style
Initially general- sheets for bid purposes
Supply database of standard specification items
After vendor selection, revise for permanent records
Print a data sheet using the Windows Print Manager
Save the data

90
Print a summary of saved items
]
!

Print all records


Print selected records
Print only records having required characteristics

This is a program for calculating the size of Vortex Flow Meters, Rotameters and
Wedge Flow Meters for either gas or liquid .
The available options are:
Vortex Flowmeter Gas or Liquid
Rotameter Gas or Liquid !
F
Wedge Flowmeter Gas or Liquid

mmmmmmrmmmmmmmms
fG? Fixed Geometry Flow Element ÊÊmÊSÊÊiÊsM mammnmnmrnm
?h\ i
- Flow Element Selection i
V . vL. t
zS
-VafStfe i Lia - .ï ?.

V V••
• • :
•'
. i • V *
• : • 1
vLvLG /
• •v:

lai : ;
.

© 1Vortex Flowmeter !
:.

.. .
.
:
... -.
A
'
- ?;.* :L >' .L': .a ÿ .i v •
! I V I I V iVi
'
-

-*
: st&tirS: f i l I : :r iO
U 2 Rotameter
.
j • •

p:. v
:
.
;
: M ¥ :-rf ; »y> aw <, n .
«ssssSsBas
WM
M :m, -

imà
) Si LL
'
•i

1
v.
^ j ssa
..vy. -
.'vW -. v I
SIMS
>:E
ill mull
1

- ÊÊÊÊÊÊ
« bu
WBt s
5

» VS . «s*
--
-
!

IfiSlIi
m iiSliil :: ’ Lis
SSBH
& 5SFï
m
O Gas ifl© Liquid mI :

!it:
j
i

FG2 Program Menu Options


s

New calculation !

Select the required calculation option and the fluid option, then select i

OK (or doubleclick if at least one of the options is already selected).

91
jj

File
Default files )
Recalls file data using the files in the default drives and paths. •
.!

;i

Other files
Recalls file data using the Windows file selection procedure.

Data file maintenance


Edit Tag Numbers
Provides the facility to change the Tag Numbers on file
Or delete records from file.
i

Sort data file


Rearrange the Tag Numbers in ascending order.
Delete the items marked if the edit was saved.
I

File default path I!


Data files
Path for the default calculation data files. T!
User units I!

Path for the default engineering units file.


Headings
Path for the printout headings. I!
2 ConvertV3 file stage )
Instrucalc version 3 file conversion to Windows format .
Exit
Exits from Instrucalc to Windows Program Manager. s
I!
i!
Color
Provides color options for Instrucalc displays, using the Windows palette.

Print Summary
Goes to the print summary program.
!
!

Fixed Geometry2 Program Lead Sheet


The program will only stop at the Lead Sheet if it fails to find the default paths
file. To continue, type in the paths and save the file.
The Data Files are specific to a project and an instrument type
The Units File may be common for all projects and specific for an instrument type
The Headings File maybe specific for a project and common for all instruments
i
t ;
T

92
!

FG2 Vortex Meter Size Liquid Calculation


) i

-
;:;::':
ly' ifi
i!
iggiM
fG2 Vortex FlqwmeterStiqufiJ loV#3
mF» :
m. - i
^ |

_r?Output
s- s
rr?*;vN
m
&^
«Swi ÏT"
I&ÏEL
:*:
M
-
a& data
-
as - -v

n
i
-:•
'


;>" v '
? :;
• "

WMyt/ ÊÊÈÊÊÉW & 1BF Max meter How Ib /h

iMNÜ
,: ""»• v '• •” • • • • •; • .:.:•• » • . i

: Min meter flow Ib / h !

Rangeability
* i J!
Viscous flow limit Ib / h
( MMMWI
F
; a

I
«
sR Max pressure loss inH 20
a
I Max power luss hp
I
fl » —
3

iBSHiBi percept

^
9 i!
v .
-;: % - iF-r I
^
'
"
!

NOHHHH is
!
.

mm 8© Auto size . tliilculale


-
"

:
:
SiO Manual size
« AJJ
1
I
4 \*T '
v. -Æ : ’
'

i!
m go- Flowrate I li

mmmmrn * ” mm
^ ^ . .
* my .
y Æai asa ugga335!iac?.?.;ys«r.\T À .\,*;. lare ;! - ^ ^^ J.v±>

. U ,; 1 .il
-
. . .
.v -

L
: •
• ~ .- ..J

'

:
i
:

!
The capacity of Vortex meters is determined by their internal cross section area
and the minimum and maximum operating velocities. The liquid meters have a
minimum viscosity limitation . The program has stored data on meter size 1 inch !
to 8 inches. And will accept data for others.

Engineering Units ;!
ji
There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available: ii
: i
?
;
i
;

Mass Flow - English units Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit.
Volume Flow - English Units US gallons per minute and degrees
Fahrenheit. j I

Mass Flow - SI Units Kilograms per second and degrees


Centigrade.
Volume Flow - SI Units Litres per second and degrees Centigrade.
User Units A set of units selected from the Liquid Flow
Engineering Unit screen.
i .
!; !
• «

To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units . The Liquid
Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed. It shows the available options
and the current unit selection . Select the required units and save the User file.

93
Unit Selection
''
/
j
A new calculation defaults to Mass English units . The Unit Selection can be
made at any time. The input data will be converted to the new units. If a
volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity at base conditions is
not available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual input entry can be
changed by the selecting the Review Units option and choosing from the Liquid
Flow Engineering Unit screen .

Base Conditions

The Base Conditions option will display the current values of base pressure, base
temperature and the barometric pressure. They should be checked and modified
and saved to suit the operating conditions. ISO specifies a base temperature of
14.696 psia (101.325 kilopascals) and 59° (15 degC). AGA specifies abase
pressure of 14.73 psia for natural gas, 14.696 for liquids with a vapor pressure
\
equal or less than one atmosphere, and a base temperature of 60°..
I
Fluid Properties 1
The Fluid properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are
entered. The properties required for a calculation are available for pure liquids
and mixtures and are provided in the selected units. Caution should be used for
mixtures of dissimilar fluids because the mixture law may not apply. ) !
For a pure liquid find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the fluid il
properties will be entered.

For a mixture select the first component. In the component box, enter the
percentage. Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then select
calculate in the component box and the program will calculate and enter the
mixture values. The fluid properties database can be user maintained

Calculation options are:


Auto size
Manual size
Flowrate

The auto size option starts at the smallest size and finds a suitable meter. The
manual size calculates for the selected size. The flowrate option calculates the
flow for the selected size. Select the calculation option and the necessary input
data boxes are enabled. The required variable will be disabled and will receive
the calculated value.

94
r
)
Isolating Manifold
_
This allows the sensor to be removed from the line without interrupting the flow.
!
With low density fluids it affects the allowable minimum and maximum
velocities .

Special Size
j

Option to allow input data for other sizes to be calculated.


L
Input Data
The enabled input boxes define the data required for the calculation.
The maximum flow rate is the upper range value.
The normal flow will be the point of greatest accuracy
• |

Calculate • I
Click the Calculate button.
The program will validate the input data,
Calculate the output data j _
Display the results i
i

Editing Data
The output data should be examined for adequacy.
) Is the rangeability sufficient?
Change data as required and recalculate

Filing and Moving On


i

The options in the File menu are:


Program menu - Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
Prepare data sheet - Is enabled after a calculation is made, it displays the
screen to prepare a data sheet form for the calculated item.
-
New record Clears the screen for a new calculation. I
Save - Using the default path, it saves a new record if not previously
,

saved or saves changes to an existing record.


Save New.-.Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new
record (Used to duplicate similar items, i.e. Recall an existing
record. Edit as required and Save New)
Save As . .. . - Uses the Windows file access system. Saves to a file
anywhere.
Import data - Select the units and read Input data supplied in sequential
files.

95
t:
File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation records \ :
!

The default paths are:


The Data Files (FG2DAT.TAG and FG2DAT.DAT). !

The User Unit Files (FG2DAT.UNS) !


!
The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS.DAT) !

Print flowcalculation - Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays


!
The screen to print a calculation.
Exit - Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program !
Manager

FG2 Rotameter Size Liquid Calculation


«

m
m. £
H
mmm
A
:hsss?Æ mmm ss
A:
Sivi

!mm
W.
S3
fmmm

mmm «« Him -- »
Si if » A
-
-:: VA. -..
A A . -v
'A b: / i ?: .''
;
®aqj
: ii >-
>
m 1 Rotameter URV
Required flow
ppm wrtei ,

Q

.

Ml tl lb%
iisiBsiM p $
A

s z noy s y ,, , ,
7' 4 fL
&
. 20
! il it-
MUMMMi
- .
j a 1 Pressure loss
Vv AG ; ' > : •
mH
'1 U.•
.

A
Power loss :
rPowecjoss hp
A i
gHMHB a Uncertainty percent
B
i
- » • i,s. ;i )
1
:
!•
A1 /
r
i MB i SBiiKM oiptt 9S 03
v !
A
iQieui vv: ~ i
mÊ8mBBÊÊ0îffm
Si :7
'
I
asM©mi
ra
Meter range m « 0 is Mia M
.

m
» 1' *MBamsm
x
A
a
m ÈÊÈmMmAll mSi SBliiH

iff

«as:
s
Ü £1 -A
%
-A
Ai
ftO Flowrate A
i
SB
»
Is
isss
B m
Mi

Liquid Rotameters are sized on the basis of US gallons per minute of water. The
calculation data is converted to its Usgpm of water equivalent and a meter is
chosen on that basis. The viscosity is limited to the Viscosity Immunity Ceiling
usually given in centistokes. The program converts your viscosity for comparison.

Engineering Units

There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available:

Mass Flow - English units Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit.
Volume Flow - English Units US gallons per minute and degrees
!
Fahrenheit.
Mass Flow - SI Units Kilograms per second and degrees
/
Centigrade. I

96
:

Volume Flow - SI Units Litres per second and degrees Centigrade.


User Units A set of units selected from the Liquid Flow
Engineering Unit screen.
;

To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units . The Liquid
Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed. It shows the available options
and the current unit selection. Select the required units and save the User file.
:
:

Unit Selection

A new calculation defaults to Mass English units. The Unit Selection can be
made at any time. The input data will be converted to the new units. If a
!
!
volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity at base conditions is
not available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual input entry can be
changed by the selecting the Review Units option and choosing from the Liquid
Flow Engineering Unit screen.

Base Conditions
F
f
The Base Conditions option will display the current values of base pressure, base
temperature and the barometric pressure. They should be checked and modified
and saved to suit the operating conditions. ISO specifies a base temperature of
. 14.696 psia (101.325 kilopascals) and 59° (15 degC). AGA specifies a base
/ pressure of 14.73 psia for natural gas, 14.696 for liquids with a vapor pressure
equal or less than one atmosphere, and a base temperature of 60°.

Fluid Properties
!

The Fluid properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are
entered. The properties required for a calculation are available for pure liquids
•!

and mixtures and are provided in the selected units. Caution should be used for
mixtures of dissimilar fluids because the mixture law may not apply.
:

For a pure liquid find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the fluid
properties will be entered.

For a mixture select the first component. In the component box, enter the
percentage. Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then select
calculate in the component box and the program will calculate and enter the
mixture values. The fluid properties database can be user maintained. :
:

Calculation options are:


Meter range
Flowrate
) F

97
Select the calculation option and the necessary input data is enabled. The required
variable will be disabled and will receive the calculated value. )

Input Data
The enabled input boxes define the data required for the calculation.
The maximum flow rate is the upper range value.
Specific gravity at base conditions is only required for volumetric
flow.
Double click the Float specific gravity text box and select the float { •

option l
J';
r:

Calculate
Click the Calculate button.
The program will validate the input data,
Calculate the output data
Display the results

Editing Data
The output data should be examined for adequacy.
Is the calculated equivalent flow USgpm less than the meter rated
USgpm?
Is the viscosity less than the viscosity immunity ceiling?
Change data as required and recalculate
.*

Filing and Moving On

The options in the File menu are:


Program menu - Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
Prepare data sheet - Is enabled after a calculation is made, it displays the
screen to prepare a data sheet form for the calculated item.
New record - Clears the screen for a new calculation.
Save - Using the default path,, it saves a new record if not previously
saved or saves changes to an existing record.
Save New.-.Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new
record (Used to duplicate similar items i.e. Recall an existing
,

record. Edit as required and Save New)


Save As.... - Uses the Windows file access system. Saves to a file
anywhere.
Import data - Select the units and read Input data supplied in sequential
files .
File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation records
The default paths are:
The Data Files. (FG2DAT.TAG and FG2DAT.DAT).
The User Unit Files. (FG2DAT.UNS)
The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS . DAT) )

98
-
Print flow calculation Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays
) the screen to print a calculation.
Exit - Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program
Manager

FG2 Wedge Flow Meter Size Liquid Calculation .

. -- î
i 'V.
£
SS TA :
3

mmÊBSSkam
! wS
mm
&
n , itru . t ri **t* - ...
M

:
'
Norni flow differ iriH 20 |
H .

iwmsBBsMKBm a

X
Max pressure loss inH 2G
V power loss hp T
»
S Unceitdinty percpnt £
3
B
. a
m
m -
ir:
:
.
?
t
I
L

mttamtm Disnharne eneffiment

Iffifaft% liiil
- :au ::
ff
v*

mmmm ill
î
J
m iin
© Differential Mlfci
ISSlSiSSmmmmm
) HbMrj&i
'

MÊËÊÊÊO Chemical seal»© Standard


33
I5? Flowrate
- -a a
fegA s â ÿ;
2 IS
304 stainless steel il S8SS&$5g
iT: * sæi

i
asi
m
im
Carbon steel
4
.
m - - - - - Aæ
: " T .. . eozaifüüs
^^\sSaâ

Available in sizes from 1 inch to 12 inches, with 3 or 4 different wedges for each
size, the differential is fixed for each size and wedge. The program will calculate
the flow or differential pressure for the selected combination. >

Engineering Units
Ï
There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available:

Mass Flow - English units Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit .
Volume Flow - English Units US gallons per minute and degrees
Fahrenheit.
Mass Flow - SI Units Kilograms per second and degrees
Centigrade.
Volume Flow - SI Units Litres per second and degrees Centigrade.
User Units A set of units selected from the Liquid Flow
Engineering Unit screen.

99
:

To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units . The Liquid )
Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed. It shows the available options
and the current unit selection. Select the required units and save the User file.

Unit Selection

A new calculation defaults to Mass English units. The Unit Selection can be
made at any time. The input data will be converted to the new units. If a
volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity at base conditions is !:
not available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual input entry can be I
1
changed by the selecting the Review Units option and choosing from the Liquid !
Flow Engineering Unit screen.
I
Base Conditions f
1

The Base Conditions option will display the current values of base pressure, base
temperature and the barometric pressure. They should be checked and modified 1:

and saved to suit the operating conditions. ISO specifies a base temperature of
14.696 psia (101.325 kilopascals) and 59° (15 degC). AGA specifies abase !
pressure of 14.73 psia for natural gas, 14.696 for liquids with a vapor pressure
equal or less than one atmosphere, and a base temperature of 60°.
\
) 1
Fluid Properties

The Fluid properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are
entered. The properties required for a calculation are available for pure liquids
and mixtures and are provided in the selected units. Caution should be used for
mixtures of dissimilar fluids because the mixture law may not apply.

For a pure liquid find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the fluid
properties will be entered .

For a mixture select the first component. In the component box, enter the
percentage. Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then select
calculate in the component box and the program will calculate and enter the
mixture values. The fluid properties database is user updateable.

Calculation options are: :

Differential Range
Flowrate

Select the calculation option and the necessary input data is enabled . The required
variable will be disabled and will receive the calculated value.

100
!

Wedge Ratio
Select a wedge ratio

Design
Select either the Chemical Seal or the Standard design
! i
'

Material Selection
Select the Element material to display the materials screen ;;
: i
On the materials screen, select the required material.
Repeat for the Meter tube material.
h
Input Data
The enabled input boxes define the data required for the calculation.
w i i
The maximum flow rate is the upper range value. i !
The normal flow will be the point of greatest accuracy. :
Specific gravity at base conditions is only required for volumetric .

flow.

Calculate i

Click the Calculate button. !!


The program will validate the input data,
Calculate the output data. i S
Display the results

Editing Data
The output data should be examined for adequacy. !
i

Is the differential range sufficient?


Try different wedge ratios
Change data as required and recalculate

Filing and Moving On

The options in the File menu are:


Program menu - Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
Prepare data sheet - Is enabled after a calculation is made, it displays the !
!

screen to prepare a data sheet form for the calculated item.


New record - Clears the screen for a new calculation.
Save - Using the default path,, it saves a new record if not previously
saved or saves changes to an existing record .
Save New.-.Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new :

record (Used to duplicate similar items i.e. Recall an existing


,

record. Edit as required and Save New)


Save As.... - Uses the Windows file access system. Saves to a file
anywhere.

101

I
Import data - Select the units and read Input data supplied in sequential »;
files . /

File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation records
The default paths are:
The Data Files. (FG2DAT.TAG and FG2DAT.DAT).
The User Unit Files . (FG2DAT.UNS )
:

The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS.DAT)


Print flow calculation - Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays
the screen to print a calculation. f '

Exit - Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program f


Manager £

FG2 Liquid Engineering Units

- 5SiFlew quantitymmm
a
-
.
7

JK55Ï îîf î Ul IciUld M


immssmm
« fip» rnË 1
.

:pO
© Ob] IIO gal § mmm
US
fO Jibe
]

a
K:
sÉÇTchü! M ÉÉQ2£2i ~JS ig§
m
_ ift
fl
fO jO ft3.. j«HQ üSLIM WQ il r . O inhga -
. :

fl :

j 8
tonne
O 9 ÎO UKgal
\J raftrer v

SÉtÉO «"Bar 1111 BTT| ^ £ i


a
.

*
;|
'

lO
- ~ >
i-vn'STRIFZV JO»'âüviwuci»ya ç ,

P USton to bbi
UKlon Q m3
'
i in

HAA . . « O Other
^ > Ütil
bF KKVr®S9îier K5S5*rÆvCia£S'5iiiSÏÏÈÏif; •
î . m ^; igs Ë
^ jBPB
m
)
y

&ÜBMKMIM
«0: V< AVW .Wl ,TVJ e l ytrK« jbl e Ü m lias » a terni»: fi
iüSiiSh
i :
'

cm3 r -. «
A ;Ô
psig |
-
degF
0- ï^nH. *20 m ® degF

_
i | JO Other O Other ; 10
^ ^.
Æ
jS
' j ' 'Sïiïïî
g
= .. '
WWl >üi»
wsi n.$
i'IW &agiar
SpSiEîfSf ïc£
' ! rew
îïîï »iv?WaE
îKn W»!»Kiï
r miro
g &
m O degC - m
;SS»SNU enn tr.•«s****** ' rc
t
TïMÎ

M
30 kPag mtnhgg IO degC
f HO 5 É
BSPIB te^
^^H PO
- |* * n “
Td
^

m incfeililgSBl groai atg 0 barg | 1 Ô Other A
17

H
« ®ma i11 -
iî wiw «

ifflip“ A
H m / ""h Wmâ lo
*
înhgglO kg / cm2g| Sp degK é
A %

§5 75 îio ^ a lO MPaglo Other $ Other fllfO mmmmmfi


fcS

î r.

IWi
*
-
S

WBM « Si

- _— il«i e mI
Cahcel
;-?S: SS
« Sa SSTv s m s lUii
; JV « *
- - . .- Ü 3< .3 - av - çÊ?4

»—• »
V I
* ^suna.- -
r»• si

i Ka 1M&JS
. rara.BB xtarurisainMir jAaii )

I
ra j»f| ;, 3a i V*
3unmnn« vnE»ù*<t« r ïë it j '
A ^i l ^
tcfc jm T M j

ifOJ
£ «iî PHp |0 &..^-^Sisssll| S ?
JOba
» liiHIB
S saSüàÿ

^ mÜK
r « je S p ^ "
» |
H STîi » ffiKjSS
a %irt rm ’’

i


0
O
itio
fl!

» ^ æ
|
Jf
mPa.Si|
I
{ i ?î K >
^
Other
o

other î
Hi!iSgi o MPaalO IO kg
assssng
/ cm 2aji
| gpit
O rn » ^
SM
i -
e lisé
^ m
SS y
J i*'

HO Other g^ Si BM cœ eassfeaa5w8 iüSfst £3


^
f ÜSÜ
üSSIfflS®
;ilaaBamatgjjagaaaftg
'r~ J .- .
^ wy .»
— *•

^-
' ^
J vT -^

The screen shows the process variables used in a liquid calculation and list the
available options. To assure full coverage each (Except Flow Time Base) has an
“ Other” option. This is a user defined unit. Double click the option and it will
display the name and multiplier to convert it to the standard units. The standard
unit is always the first item in the list.
!

102
The screen shows the current selection. Any unit may be selected and will be
) used in the calculation if OK is selected.

To create a User File for the User File Unit option in the calculation, select the
desired units and click the save button. A double click on any unit option selects
that option and returns to the calculation.

Data conversion

For all items except flow, the unit change represents only a multiplier to convert
the input data and the data is always converted . The Flow Quantity option has
Mass and Volume options. The relationship between mass flow and volume flow
is a multiplier and the specific gravity of the fluid. It is conventional when
measuring flow by volume that it be at a standard temperature (Usually 60 degrees
Fahrenheit). Two specific gravity values are necessary for a volumetric flow
calculation, mass flow cannot be converted to volume flow until
the specific gravity at standard conditions is available.

Definition of units

Mass flow units :


lb = pounds
) kg = kilograms
tonne = 1000 kg = lMg
g = gram
UKton = 2240 lb
USton = 2000 lb
Other = user defined mass unit
Volume flow units :
sft3 = standard cubic feet
sdm3 = standard cubic decimetres
sm3 = standard cubic metres
Msft3 = million standard cubic feet
Other = user defined volume unit
Time base :
/s — per second
/m - per minute
/h = per hour
/d = per day
Gauge pressure :
psig = pounds per square inch gauge
kPag = kiloPascals gauge
atg = atmospheres gage
inhgg = inches of mercury gauge
) MPag = megaPascals gauge
103
inH20g = inches of water gauge
mmhgg = millimetres of mercury gauge )
barg - bars gauge I
kg/cm 2g = kilograms per square centimetre gauge I
Other = user defined gauge pressure unit
Absolute pressure :
psia = pounds per square inch absolute
kPaa - kiloPascals absolute
ata = atmospheres absolute
bara = bars absolute
Mpaa = megaPascals absolute }
kg/cm2a = kilograms per square centimetre absolute
inhga = inches of mercury absolute
mmhga = mil lim étrés of mercury absolute
Other = user defined absolute pressure unit
Temperature :
degF = degrees Fahrenheit
degF = degrees Centigrade
degR = degrees Rankine :
degK = degrees Kelvin
Other = user defined temperature unit
Velocity
ft/s = feet per second
m/s = metres per second )
Other = user defined velocity
Viscosity :
cp = centipoises
Pa.s = Pascal seconds
cs = centistokes
kPa.s = kiloPascal seconds
Other = user defined viscosity unit
Differential pressure :
inH20 - inches of water
kPa = kiloPascals
inhg = inches of mercury
mmH20 = millimetres of water
mBar = millibars
Other = user defined differential
Pipe and orifice diameter :
in = inches
mm - millimetres
cm = centimetres
ft = feet j.
Ï
m = metres
\

Other = user defined size \

104
:•

Density:
i
:•

) Ib/ft3 = pounds per cubic foot


kg/m3 = kilograms per cubic metre :•

g/cm3 = grams per cubic centimetre


lb/in3 = pounds per cubic inch
Other = user defined density unitMass flow units :
:
lb = pounds
kg = kilograms
tonne = 1000 kg = lMg i.
g = gram
UKton = 2240 lb
USton = 2000 lb
Other = user defined mass unit
i
Volume flow units :
sft3 = standard cubic feet
sdm3 = standard cubic decimetres !
sm3 = standard cubic metres
Msft3 = million standard cubic feet
Other = user defined volume unit
Time base : f
/s = per second
/m = per minute
, /h = per hour
/ /d = per day
:•
Gauge pressure :
psig = pounds per square inch gauge ;
:

kPag = kiloPascals gauge :


: •

atg = atmospheres gage


inhgg = inches of mercury gauge
MPag = megaPascals gauge
inH20g = inches of water gauge
mmhgg - millimetres of mercury gauge
barg = bars gauge
kg/ cm 2g = kilograms per square centimetre gauge
Other = user defined gauge pressure unit
Absolute pressure : :

psia = pounds per square inch absolute



kPaa kiloPascals absolute
ata = atmospheres absolute :

bara = bars absolute


Mpaa = megaPascals absolute
i.
kg/cm2a = kilograms per square centimetre absolute
inhga = inches of mercury absolute
mmhga = millimetres of mercury absolute
) Other = user defined absolute pressure unit

105
Temperature :
degF = degrees Fahrenheit )
degF - degrees Centigrade
degR = degrees Rankine
degK = degrees Kelvin
Other = user defined temperature unit
Velocity
ft/s = feet per second
m/s = metres per second
Other = user defined velocity
Viscosity :
cp = centipoises
Pa.s = Pascal seconds
i
cs = centistokes
kPa.s = kiloPascal seconds
Other = user defined viscosity unit
Differential pressure :
inH20 = inches of water
r
kPa = kiloPascals
inhg = inches of mercury
mmH20 = millimetres of water
mBar = millibars
Other - user defined differential
Pipe and orifice diameter :
)
in = inches
mm = millimetres
cm = centimetres
ft = feet I
m = metres
Other = user defined size
Density:
lb/ft3 = pounds per cubic foot
kg/m3 = kilograms per cubic metre
g/ cm3 = grams per cubic centimetre
lb/in3 - pounds per cubic inch
Other = user defined density unit

FG2 Material Selection


The sheet displays the material options and the current selection. The temperature
thermal expansion coefficients are selected with the material. A thermal
correction for both pipe and flowmeter is made. Either make a new selection
(Double click or click then click OK). Or click Cancel to return with no change.
The program will return to the calculation.

106
)
FG2 Calculation Data Printout .

i
This program will print the input and output calculation data and one associated
comment. The comment is included in the data sheet for reference puiposes. {

It also creates the default printout headings . The headings are printed at the top of
all printouts. They are saved in the HEADINGS.DAT file. This is the third
default path. If all programs are set to the same path, this becomes the default
headings for all program printouts.
i
wusmtsm«
;•
:

.V
'

:! m Octagon Engineering Corporation


I ;

m
^ H
M mf m
à 1
SÉSÉlPlant Conversion 1»!
HMI
I wj
r
: im
\ m B
:® 8 msm
® m 2314 ilftfgi
|p§fp 20uu Update wu
m HH Foxboro §ÈÊ E 83L i

te!
mSim
!
MmBHaaamœ EBi

teBlIlnstrucalc 5
ïtüszï t.'lf.KV,
mmi
Bill :

A 3É
§181 SM
m BBi
m
^ m
i

®
N •i
H
imM
:

A:
mms Ü» M f ît»M
=; ® : Caffijë -
m mm
Ü s
i

iiiiim ki
,

9 SSRHSIBK!
St
Ü
: • stmà

iEî ESS Ma ^-^


!* ! i !i7.WÆ'i -
=^K ®£ï»âCâï5g6f.» «SS«yî!iî:
i KSS 'f:

Save Headings Saves the headings

Cancel. Returns to the calculation form without printing :

OK. Prints the headings and calculation using the Windows Print Manager, then
returns to the calculation form

Fixed Geometry2 Data Sheet


The first use of the data sheet is to obtain competitive bids. It should initially

107

:
emphasize the engineering requirements and be fairly general regarding the
details. When a vendor is selected it should be updated to the exact details so that )
the data sheet is a record of the instrument purchased. i
;

The relevant data from the calculation is automatically displayed. Minor editing ,
such as rounding can be performed. Major editing should be done in the
calculation routine in order to preserve the integrity of the calculation i
A user defined database is available to enter data for those inputs which have a
limited number of options. To activate this, double click the input box, the data j
on file is displayed. Double click the required option and the data is transferred to
the data sheet form. !

The database should be customized for the project requirements. To edit the i
data; click the selected item. Edit the data in the active top line, select Replace,
continue with the edit and Save on completion. The Input data menu option has
option to enter either the first or the second item in the list for all items. If the
database is constructed so that the first item is the first standard selection and the
second item is the second standard selection then two standard data sheets are
available for a single keystroke. This feature only enters data into empty input f
boxes.

Some input boxes require unique data which is typed in. Space is provided to
enter information for non standard options. Enter the title and data , it will be
saved with the other data. )

Three lines of notes of special instructions are available at the bottom of the data
sheet. The input data is limited to 25 characters and 60 characters for each of the
notes.
;
: . . . : T !
File options

Print data sheet Prints the data sheet using the Windows Print Manager. Refer
to Windows Help
Go to calculation . Returns to the calculation form using the same record
Update headings . Overwrites the headings with the current default set

108
:•

FG2 Vortex Meter Size Gas Calculation

. . . . .. i , „, i J
m
•;

TTf
i

mÊÊBÊÊmsBamï zw*.
-
/ 1 :T. vr* » •} •! • •:

.
..

-
-- .- -.r-r.z :: Ar ~ n~
:
*
~J : -r :’ L' K“
• •

Output data
! Jp iBSÏ™
^ nÉË

!g Max meter flow lb/ h


Min meter flow Ib/ h
Rangeability
: ÉllttlSsÊ 'ÏV Ï
^ ^111
ÊÊ r.:
•*
1 *

1
'

Viscous flow limit Ib/ h


$ Max pressure loss nH20
f
mass
:
@ 2
?;
Max power loss hp

'v - s !> :. - .i'.:- * / - . .
: •

-
'
;
percent

ft
-
7
;
a
i
Uncertain
^
Calculation falefois @ nurmalflow
I WmMii
'
£1 Base pressure
'" '
factor
4
fact^
83^ Vtemperature
Base
-
.
SI
L‘ - •-
••
VI :'::,‘
:v‘

: ï:

m QIGU mz u m
» aassss©
- -y- © Auto siz<
% !
V
i& A
3 C
sr 8MM
? N> ?â
- m
m- :v - iiilill
il 5
H

s

fOM
^
ih size
JÉ Li

m
Isiilotmij « dr lfolU. ;®
m IW
No ,
jO
^ gUlÉ
mx
niÔ Flowrate

-i* >R ; > ïK wmmmm


K
.
S

v èjsa iMi

) The capacity of Vortex meters is determined by their internal cross section area
and the minimum and maximum operating velocities. The liquid meters have a
minimum viscosity limitation . The program has stored data on meter size 1 inch
to 8 inches. And will accept data for others.

Engineering Units

There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available:
:
Mass Flow - English units. Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit . ;
;

Volume Flow - English Units . US gallons per minute and degrees


Fahrenheit.
Mass Flow - SI Units. Kilograms per second and degrees :

Centigrade.
Volume Flow - SI Units . Litres per second and degrees Centigrade.
User Units. A set of units selected from the Liquid Flow
Engineering Unit screen .
! •

To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units . The Liquid
Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed . It shows the available options
) and the current unit selection. Select the required units and save the User file.

109

i
Unit Selection
)
A new calculation defaults to Mass English units. The Unit Selection can be
made at any time. The input data will be converted to the new units. If a
volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity at base conditions is
not available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual input entry can be
changed by the selecting the Review Units option and choosing from the Liquid
Flow Engineering Unit screen.

Base Conditions
ft
The Base Conditions option will display the current values of base pressure, base
temperature and the barometric pressure. They should be checked and modified
and saved to suit the operating conditions. ISO specifies a base temperature of
14.696 psia (101.325 kilopascals) and 59° (15 degC). AGA specifies a base
pressure of 14.73 psia for natural gas, 14.696 for liquids with a vapor pressure
equal or less than one atmosphere, and a base temperature of 60°.

Fluid Properties :

!
The Fluid properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are
entered. The properties required for a calculation are available for pure liquids
and mixtures and are provided in the selected units. Caution should be used for )
mixtures of dissimilar fluids because the mixture law may not apply.

For a pure liquid find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the fluid
properties will be entered.

For a mixture select the first component . In the component box, enter the
percentage. Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then select
calculate in the component box and the program will calculate and enter the
mixture values. The fluid properties database is user updateable.

Calculation options are


Auto size
Manual size
Flowrate

The auto size option starts at the smallest size and finds a suitable meter. The
manual size calculates for the selected size. The flowrate option calculates the
flow for the selected size.

Select the calculation option and the necessary input data boxes are enabled. The
required variable will be disabled and will receive the calculated value.

110
Isolating Manifold

This allows the sensor to be removed from the line without interrupting the flow.
With low density fluids it affects the allowable minimum and maximum
velocities.
;

Special Size

Option to allow input data for other sizes to be calculated. ;

Input Data
The enabled input boxes define the data required for the calculation.
The maximum flow rate is the upper range value. j
The normal flow will be the point of greatest accuracy
C :

Calculate !

Click the Calculate button.


The program will validate the input data,
Calculate the output data L
Display the results

Editing Data j
The output data should be examined for adequacy.
Is the rangeability sufficient?
Change data as required and recalculate

Filing and Moving On

The options in the File menu are:


Program menu - Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
Prepare data sheet - Is enabled after a calculation is made, it displays the
screen to prepare a data sheet form for the calculated item.
New record - Clears the screen for a new calculation.
Save - Using the default path,, it saves a new record if not previously
saved or saves changes to an existing record.
-
Save New. .Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new
record (Used to duplicate similar items, i.e. Recall an existing
record. Edit as required and Save New) :

-
Save As . . . . Uses the Windows file access system. Saves to a file
anywhere.
Import data - Select the units and read Input data supplied in sequential
files . !'

ill
i
;

File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation records
The default paths are:
The Data Files . (FG2DAT.TAG and FG2DAT.DAT).
The User Unit Files . (FG2DAT.UNS)
The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS.DAT)
Print flow calculations - Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays
the screen to print a calculation. !

Exit - Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program


Manager

FG2 Rotameter Size Gas Calculation :

i
m „ X
rsm
mmî
.' Ï

? UUIPUI uma :
HU
3 m
m mm I l
I

mÊÊBÊÊÊÊÊÊÊà
a
Bkfita
I
Required How
I Rotameter URV
kp
b:
sctm air
Jb/ h I •

-
:

u Pressure loss inH 20 :•

?
Pqwer loss.
mm
'
S
Uncertainty \per it
hp r.
h
3
K:î
ht :
• -
*
ml
13
ï I tf KI
«
V 91 M m il m w.
«B
m
RM As
i:
MMS mmm © Meter range m
> A
2 sms n1
S<?&3 :S
i

IliaO Flowrate
imm attiilSüli^Siilii i
SïS
iv
:: m -; ..
mtÊ Y iimm
i
.

raflHnaMMBntl Him i

asüszsmxmi,

Gas Rotameters are sized on the basis of standard cubic feet of air The
calculation data is converted to its Standard cubic feet of air equivalent and a
meter is chosen on that basis.

Engineering Units

There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available:

Mass Flow - English units Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit .
Volume Flow - English Units US gallons per minute and degrees
Fahrenheit. i
Mass Flow - SI Units Kilograms per second and degrees
Centigrade. ;
;

Volume Flow - SI Units Litres per second and degrees Centigrade.

112
I
User Units A set of units selected from the Liquid Flow
i Engineering Unit screen.

To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units. The Liquid
Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed . It shows the available options
and the current unit selection. Select the required units and save the User file. I!
il
Unit Selection ;j
'1

A new calculation defaults to Mass English units. The Unit Selection can be
made at any time. The input data will be converted to the new units. If a
volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity at base conditions is
i
not available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual input entry can be
changed by the selecting the Review Units option and choosing from the Liquid i

Flow Engineering Unit screen.

Base Conditions

The Base Conditions option will display the current values of base pressure, base
s
:I

ti
temperature and the barometric pressure. They should be checked and modified
and saved to suit the operating conditions. ISO specifies a base temperature of I!
14.696 psia (101.325 kilopascals) and 59° (15 degC). AGA specifies a base
pressure of 14.73 psia for natural gas, 14.696 for liquids with a vapor pressure
equal or less than one atmosphere, and a base temperature of 60°. l!
t!
Fluid Properties

The Fluid properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are
entered. The properties required for a calculation are available for pure liquids
Ii!
and mixtures and are provided in the selected units. Caution should be used for ;i

mixtures of dissimilar fluids because the mixture law may not apply. Ü

For a pure liquid find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the fluid ii
i

properties will be entered.

For a mixture select the first component . In the component box, enter the
percentage. Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then select il
calculate in the component box and the program will calculate and enter the
mixture values. The fluid properties database is user updateable. I!
ir!
Calculation options are
i
Meter range
Flowrate I-

1
113

:
:•
:

Select the calculation option and the necessary input data is enabled. The required ;

variable will be disabled and will receive the calculated value.

Input Data
The enabled input boxes define the data required for the calculation.
The maximum flow rate is the upper range value.
Double click the Float specific gravity text box and select the float
option
Calculate
Click the Calculate button.
The program will validate the input data, t
Î
Calculate the output data
Display the results

Editing Data
The output data should be examined for adequacy.
Is the calculated equivalent flow SCFM less than the meter rated SCFM?
Change data as required and recalculate

Filing and Moving On

The options in the File menu are:


Program menu - Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
Prepare data sheet - Is enabled after a calculation is made, it displays the
screen to prepare a data sheet form for the calculated item.
New record - Clears the screen for a new calculation.
Save - Using the default path,, it saves a new record if not previously
saved or saves changes to an existing record.
Save New . - . Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new
record (Used to duplicate similar items, i.e. Recall an existing
record. Edit as required and Save New)
Save As.... - Uses the Windows file access system. Saves to a file
anywhere.
Import data - Select the units and read Input data supplied in sequential
files.
File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation records
The default paths are:
The Data Files . (FG2DAT.TAG and FG2DAT.DAT).
The User Unit Files . (FG2DAT.UNS)
The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS.DAT)
Print flow calculation - Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays
The screen to print a calculation.
Exit - Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program
Manager
\
!

114
\
FG2 Wedge Flow Meter Size Gas Calculation
mwmrnmmmmmsm SEr . mmm
ELI
wm
gsai
aaore
I
S£s I itm it H
uuxpur f *t «
uma
r.
! > ‘

i< j Noun flaw differ inH 2G


I Si» Max iriH 20
$ ;
pressure joss t
Max power loss hp
S
Uncertainly Vpercent
i
!
'

c-
; ss®»
>

-
Calculation factors (ft normal How
-
1

3 Thermal exparfëipil, (ipt L


4
W &3Î 5
0
a : istiKarge coefficient
V :;v v ;
mr-
,
e r&mai ' - - • :s
V •
!
Is
V ?
Base pressure factor :- feJ
5
^ »
'
7

->

M M iillSiffiiiKSllSSiiiii
^ - - ::7' -^ -* ^ > ~-x
L\ 7 n:v îï 7 liiii:2fci . 4! ft i J: nrC itL: r v .

It -
i* «W
4 :
.
I BMS ruop tins i M
I 7 ;'

- *1^,--- -
:• i

Î8 *1sSKM
. . - - - . .,- m
S
^ uua«»uns.<>Mi.*> « > « .'sCtr’ïï
?

asâaiH SOll- SSIlliiiS


tV7 > «*v •« i w » »v

I® differential p
iiiiiaioia& siaâStandaiJ Flowrate ^ ^
-- ll*i
ÜBS
a
JScï ÆsïêiiiîSft.Mi-Sw.'iêirv J- ftiNr î C
FlnuiFj l P
- ï .
V A7 , ï 4:!:» î ?; g
S*
Ml -
s

r
^ - — _ Më- ^riâliil 304 stainless steel MB
^
'

Dasi h : ; IQ D |
iica! seaj §
| 0 a

n »
. *w. .
* » . •* * ; <.Vi -. .
œ •
im
*
»
* A »V % > »Wv J VL l * CiO"

'
*3 mil ;:

;
Caibon stee
| J
iiillSSSS
JHHh
nfiMMi
Available in sizes from 1 inch to 12 inches, with 3 or 4 different wedges for each
size, the differential is fixed for each size and wedge. The program will calculate
the flow or differential pressure for the selected combination.

Engineering Units

There are four standard unit sets and one user selected set available:

Mass Flow - English units Pounds per hour and degrees Fahrenheit.
Volume Flow - English Units US gallons per minute and degrees
Fahrenheit.
Mass Flow - SI Units Kilograms per second and degrees !

Centigrade.
Volume Flow - SI Units Litres per second and degrees Centigrade.
User Units A set of units selected from the Liquid Flow
Engineering Unit screen.

To make or change a User Unit set select the option Review units. The Liquid
Flow Engineering Unit screen will be displayed. It shows the available options
and the current unit selection . Select the required units and save the User file.
Unit Selection !
) !

115 ?
A new calculation defaults to Mass English units. The Unit Selection can be )
made at any time. The input data will be converted to the new units. If a
volumetric flow unit set is selected and the specific gravity at base conditions is
not available the flow is set to zero. Units for any individual input entry can be
changed by the selecting the Review Units option and choosing from the Liquid
. 1
i
Flow Engineering Unit screen.

Base Conditions

The Base Conditions option will display the current values of base pressure, base
temperature and the barometric pressure. They should be checked and modified
• ’
«

and saved to suit the operating conditions. ISO specifies a base temperature of
14.696 psia (101.325 kilopascals) and 59° (15 degC). AGA specifies a base j
pressure of 14.73 psia for natural gas, 14.696 for liquids with a vapor pressure
equal or less than one atmosphere, and a base temperature of 60°.
• • . i
: ’ ' • • .
• T

Fluid Properties *


?•
- . = . . n. " ' '

i
The Fluid properties option is enabled when the pressure and temperature are
entered. The properties required for a calculation are available for pure liquids
and mixtures and are provided in the selected units. Caution should be used for )
mixtures of dissimilar fluids because the mixture law may not apply.

For a pure liquid find the name and select (or double-click) the name, the fluid
properties will be entered.

For a mixture select the first component. In the component box, enter the
percentage. Continue until the remaining percentage equals zero, then select
calculate in the component box and the program will calculate and enter the
mixture values. The fluid properties database is user updateable.

Calculation options are


Differential Range
Flowrate

Select the calculation option and the necessary input data is enabled . The required
variable will be disabled and will receive the calculated value.

Wedge Ratio
Select a wedge ratio

116
Design
Select either the Chemical Seal or the Standard design

Material Selection
Select the Element material to display the materials screen
On tire materials screen, select the required material.
Repeat for the Meter tube material .

Input Data {
The enabled input boxes define the data required for the calculation.
The maximum flow rate is the upper range value.
The normal flow will be the point of greatest accuracy.
:

Calculate >

Click the Calculate button.


The program will validate the input data,
Calculate the output data.
Display the results
j
i-

Editing Data
The output data should be examined for adequacy.
Is the differential range sufficient?
Tty different wedge ratios
) Change data as required and recalculate

Filing and Moving On

The options in the File menu are:


Program menu - Clears the calculation and returns to the main menu.
Prepare data sheet - Is enabled after a calculation is made, it displays the
screen to prepare a data sheet form for the calculated item.
New record - Clears the screen for a new calculation.
Save - Using the default path, it saves a new record if not previously
,

saved or saves changes to an existing record.


Save New.-. Using the default path, it saves an existing record as a new
record (Used to duplicate similar items, i . e. Recall an existing
record. Edit as required and Save New)
Save As . . .. - Uses the Windows file access system. Saves to a file
anywhere.
Import data - Select the units and read Input data supplied in sequential
files.
File default path - Changes the default paths for the calculation records
The default paths are:
The D ata Files . (FG2DAT.TAG and FG2DAT.DAT).

117
The User Unit Files . (FG2DAT.UNS) . !
) !
The Printout Headings File (HEADINGS . DAT)
Print flow calculation - Is enabled after a calculation is made. It displays
the screen to print a calculation.
Exit - Leaves the program and returns to the Windows Program
Manager

L
Print (Fixed Geometry2) Summary L

The program will provide a printout summary of data sheet records on file.
Access to this print summary is from the main Fixed Geometry Flow Element
!
Sizing Programs menu.
i
It can provide a printout of either:
All fields
Selected fields
Fields equal to
Fields not equal to
Fields equal to or less than
Fields equal to or greater than
Fields less than
Fields more than )
Procedure for a new Summary
l
Select Options
Clear checks Clears all check on the form
Clear Other Data Clears all other data on the form
Make new field selections
Each field has four boxes -
A check box to select the field
A box to specify the field width
A box to enter data to compare
A box to specify the compare method (Double click for
data)
Select data relationship
And or or
Click Print to print using Windows Print Manager

File Options
Save print options
Saves a standard printout
Go to Program Menu Form
Returns to program menu for further work on this module
118
I
:

Exit
Returns to the Windows Program Manager
!
!
!

Procedure for a standard printout


!
;

Select Options
Recall saved options
Print

Procedure to print all fields

Select Options
Check all
Print :

Other Options
Select font
Windows font selection procedure :
r
:•.
Select Printer

1
Windows Print manager

) FG2 Gas Engineering Units


.
!

E: i
naan

! nmamwaMr
SffilK m psig .
lQ^
înH 20
jjO kPag JÔ mmhgg ll
g I
|
1

®
immmwm:
0 in - ' ...vvlf IP© ïn
îiSJS= —
jQ pi CO mm
;si 7Lr<;iei9cs«iK£ x
— mmwarn

% sjt
*ïSW ^wiï vi tv' ï ÿÿ
i
« fiE ®ip»i
lil
«


H|
T

psia
i

I& J fO
^
i\IflÔ kg iO sdm3 B <0 atg 0 barg lift© cm 1% ?
ij 0 kPaa
tHiO tonne fO «m3 . . «à
i:
s!
Bip inhgg fO kg/ cm2g 11gO ft B ÎT "MQ
m- inhga p
Ii
?
I to
ukioniiiiii'
B IP ’
Msft 3| O
WW3%W5: 7<9i WXJKf V

MPag

to 0 her I dp » > J* 1d*
5 0 m , k!
,
'r^v TCTi
mmhga|
*'
:

io n» * |taïSaSSBE3
i
-
Iv kC V w s.,
- iiSiSsJis
HO mmm
USton m
r>r

rnh., n Otheid
--«SgaisL
n Other
O mW, - pill SO s latmil »
J
mam
fiiSWip
ÏS

I© tlegR|0 degk 8 # ® digF


"
mm fejsLJ
&
-:
v';ç
fj j«t:l'
is î essrta
JUTTillniG'bSSé j’’
- '- |0 degF .Q degC|| Ü0 degC b
^
Is \
lllO Ss !© /h
MSMM i
|OdegR IPIO mPa.s|
lip
§S
degK
io’isri
in|o /m *o -
i '- '
i m m
ÜHMHH 3

iirtii
I1 î îiiWiaMts
iiüaigIipsihi misi
.
:- r
«mm waamm
S- .
mgaaBm&am
V 0
. i
îriU ' :

i;
* *-
0 psia

W : B
^*' lb /'ft3 ^b
|0 mrohga iB10 ^ mmmmm SI
i
©
IS
m
ft /s 3ÜS

fa
_ .. .. ;

mkpa- ^ O g/cm3 ^i a:
o m /s i44

li |: Q kPaa jO inhga 8
. I10 kg /m3 mi St ±". ï aaBMSssKJüs

l
i
r: ;
Tm
0 ata* 0 bara
^ 4^ yo Other
! v
if ! Ofc
O MPaa 30 kg/ cm2a pMf
eàsHKX nig i :•<
* iM
îSOjnmHMjg

SSii25SSr -'^--:
'
m
‘ '

^ KSs

» ^ mmancpl
îi'?ï
ÈfâÔm ar f 0 Other -, .-
| 7

jB
m
v

: r:.
? '

!i
» «S3
î nÿ
* mmmï
i
:
:•

) !
!
;

119
i

:
:

!
The screen shows the process variables used in a liquid calculation and list the
available options . To assure full coverage each (Except Flow Time Base) has an
\

“ Other option. This is a user defined unit. Double click the option and it will
11

display the name and multiplier to convert it to the standard units. The standard
unit is always the first item in the list. The screen shows the current selection.
Any unit may be selected and will be used in the calculation if OK is selected.

To create a User File for the User File Unit option in the calculation, select the
desired units and click the save button. A double click on any unit option selects
that option and returns to the calculation.
I
Data Conversion
;

For all items except flow, the unit change represents only a multiplier to convert
the input data and the data is .always converted. The Flow Quantity option has
Mass and Volume options. The relationship between mass flow and volume flow
is a multiplier and the molecular weight of the gas, conversion can only be made
when the molecular weight has been entered.
FG2 Gas Engineering Units i-

Definition of units

Mass flow units : )


lb = pounds
kg = kilograms
tonne = 1000 kg = IMg
g = gram
UKton = 2240 lb
USton = 2000 lb
Other = user defined mass unit
Volume flow units :
sft3 = standard cubic feet
sdm3 = standard cubic decimetres
sm3 = standard cubic metres I

Msft3 = million standard cubic feet


Other = user defined volume unit
Time base :
/s = per second
/m = per minute
/h = per hour
/d = per day
Gauge pressure :
psig = pounds per square inch gauge
kPag = kiloPascals gauge

120
atg = atmospheres gage
) inhgg = inches of mercury gauge
MPag = megaPascals gauge
inH20g = inches of water gauge
mmhgg = millimetres of mercury gauge
barg = bars gauge
kg/cm2g = kilograms per square centimetre gauge
Other = user defined gauge pressure unit
Absolute pressure :
psia = pounds per square inch absolute jj
kPaa = kiloPascals absolute LiL:J
ata = atmospheres absolute
bara = bars absolute
Mpaa = megaPascals absolute
kg/cm2a = kilograms per square centimetre absolute
inhga = inches of mercury absolute
mmhga = millimetres of mercury absolute
Other = user defined absolute pressure unit
Température : Lj
degF = degrees Fahrenheit
degF = degrees Centigrade
degR = degrees Rankine
degK = degrees Kelvin
) Other = user defined temperature unit
Velocity
ft/s = feet per second
m/s = metres per second
Other = user defined velocity
Viscosity :
cp = centipoises
Pa.s = Pascal seconds
cs = centistokes
kPa.s = kiloPascal seconds
Other = user defined viscosity unit
Differential pressure :
inH20 = inches of water
kPa = kiloPascals I I
inhg = inches of mercury
mmH20 = millimetres of water { !
mBar = millibars i

Other = user defined differential


Pipe and orifice diameter :

in inches
mm = millimetres
cm = centimetres
I
121
I

ft = feet
m = metres
'

)
Other = user defined size
Density
lb/ft3 = pounds per cubic foot
kg/m3 = kilograms per cubic metre
g/cm3 = grams per cubic centimetre
lb/in3 = pounds per cubic inch
Other - user defined density unit ;j

122
:

;
,
Fixed Geometry 2 Calculation Routines i
Rotameters
Liquid Calculation
1. Calculate the equivalent flow in US gallons per minute of water -

Qm =
wm - .
^/
188.814 G( (GF - Gf )
US gallons per minute -
.
2 Calculate the sizing viscosity -
2.6496ncp
Mes =

3. Calculate the Maximum allowable viscosity


^)f
centistokes

Gas calculation
MCP ~ McsV^ f
"

centipoises !
.
1 Calculate the equivalent flow -

Q =
w>
5.862
Standard cubic feet of air equivalent.
Nomenclature
i
Qm Calculated equivalent water flow US gallons per minute
wm Desired quantity of flowing fluid Ib/h f

Yn Gas density lb per cubic foot


Gf Specific gravity of flowing fluid dimensionless
Gp Specific gravity of float
:

dimensionless
M' es Rotameter viscosity immunity ceiling centistokes
Mcp Viscosity of flowing fluid centipoises

Vortex meters
.
1 Calculate the flow area - >

A=
Wm. :•

3600VÏ square feel


"
2. Calculate the maximum and minimum flowrate -
^ MAX = 3600 ASELVMAXy n
3. For liquids callculate the Reynolds Number -
WM1N - 3600 ASELVMinyn Ib/h

6.31533 Wm.
GMCP
Nomenclature -
!

A Flow area for required flow square feet :•

A SEL Cross section area


of selected meter square feet
Supplied by manufacturer (Bore area - Element area)
D Pipe inside diameter at flowing temperature Inches
i

Yn Density at flow conditions Ib/ft 3


R0
!
123
>

RD Reynolds Number dimensionless


1
wm Required flowrate Ib/h
:

\
:

j
^ MAX Flowrate upper range variable Ib/h
Ï

WMIN Flowrate lower range variable Ib/h !


V W j
Velocity at feet per second :

W i
^ MAX Velocity at VVMAX feet per second
(Supplied by the manufacturer) i
^ MIN Velocity at ^ WIN
(Supplied by the manufacturer)
feet per second I
M CP^
Absolute Viscosity centipoise !!
Wedge Flowmeter
1. Set Y = 1
2. Calculate the differential range -
/ \2
w,
m i
K =
V 358.9626F ,YKilVÏ7y inches of water
3. If fluid is gas then calculate the expansion factor -
0.3
h ( P \
Y = 1- 0.012 — . *

P1 v 0.54\.J .. )
4. Repeat from 2 until error is less than Q.GOQOi
Nomenclature
wm ,
Desired quantity of flowing fluid Ib/h
i

y« Fluid density lb per cubic foot


Hm Differential range indies of water
K d2 Wedge coefficient dimensionless
Pi Inlet pressure psia
Y Gas expansion factor dimensionless
P Wedge ratio ( Supplied by the manufacturer ) dimensionless
Fluid Properties
These are calculated using common chemical formulae with each item corrected for pressure and
temperature. Some fluids show deviations from the formulae, the user should check typical calculated
values against known values. In ail cases if accurate laboratory information is available it should be
used.
Density uses the Redlich-Kwong Equation,

124
FIXED GEOMETRY2 Data Files
INSTRUCALC V5 Random access file specification for FG2 flow elements
FG2DAT. Dat. Tag Numbers are stored in the sequential file FG2DAT.TAG. Its
number in the file is the record number in the random access file.

Type FileData
Calculation info
ProgNum As Integer 2 bytes . Program number Liq<6:Gas>20
ElemMatlNom As Integer 2 bytes.Element material number
PipeMatlNum As Integer 2 bytes Pipe material
FloBasis As String *3 3 bytes."Mas" denotes amass calculation, f

"Vol" a volume i

Code As String * 3 3 bytes. "Yes" or "No" for drainhole


FS(1 To 15) As Single 60 bytes . Units conversion factor
GS (1 To 20) As Single 80 bytes.Variable data
UnS( l To 15) As String * 8 120 bytes.Unit Name
Data sheet info
SdS( l To 7) As Single 28 bytes.
AraS( l To 22) As String * 25 550 bytes.Data sheet array selections 1
Txtl ( l To 3) As String * 25 75 bytes.Data sheet service,line num, fluid
Txt2( l To 3) As String * 60 180 bytes.Data sheet notes I!
TXT3(1 To 7) As String * 10 70 bytes.Data sheet mim,spec,rev,date,req,by,appr
)
End Type Record len= l 175
I!
Common for all Elements ii

ElemMatlNoni and PipeMatlNum


If material number = 1 Then Material = "301 stainless steel " J
If material number = 2 Then Material = "304 stainless steel"
If material number = 3 Then Material = "310 stainless steel" ;

If material number = 4 Then Material = "316 stainless steel "


If material number = 5 Then Material = "330 stainless steel"
If material number = 6 Then Material = "347 stainless steel "
If material number = 7 Then Material = "Aluminum bronze"
If material number = 8 Then Material = "Beryllium copper ”
If material number = 9 Then Material = "Carbon steel "
If material number = 10 Then Material = "Copper"
If material number = 11 Then Material = "Cupronickel "
If material number = 12 Then Material = "Hastelloy B"
If material number = 13 Then Material = "Hastelloy C"
If material number = 14 Then Material = "Haynes Stellite 25 "
If material number = 15 Then Material = "Inconel X"
If material number = 16 Then Material = "K - Monel"
If material number = 17 Then Material = "Nickel" :

If material number = 18 Then Material = "Pyrex glass"


125
:

I
If material number = 19 Then Material = "Tantalum"
If material number = 20 Then Material = “ Titanium” :
i

FloBasis "Mas" denotes a mass calculation, "Vol" a volume

Liquid
I
If ProgNum = 2 Then Program = "Vortex meter - liquid"
Code = "No" or "Yes" for an Isolating manifold
Code = ""Oth" for other sizing
GS (1) = Maximum flow
GS(2) = Flow temperature
GS(3) = Inlet pressure
GS(5) = Specific gravity at flow conditions
FS(1) UnS ( l )
UnS(2)
FS(3) UnS(3)
I
GS (6) = Specific gravity at standard conditions :•

GS(7) = Viscosity FS(7) UnS(7)


GS (8) - Nominal size FS() UnS(8)
GS (10) = Vapor pressure FS (10) UnS( lO)
GS (12) = Flowmeter bore diameter
GS(13) - Base pressure
GS(14) = Base temperature
GS(15) = Barometric pressure
FS(12) UnS(12)
FS (13) UnS (13)
UnS (14)
FS(15) UnS(15)
i:!
GS(18) = Flow meter bore area UnS(12)+2
SDS( l ) = Maximum flowrate FS(1) UnS( l )
SDS (2) = Minimum flowrate FS (1) UnS ( l )
) :!
SDS (5) = Chart multiplier
SDS(6) = Minimum allowable velocity FS (5) UnS(5)
SDS(7) = Maximum allowable velocity FS(5) UnS(5)
:

If ProgNum = 4 Then Program = "Rotameter - liquid " ?!


GS(1) = Maximum flow FS(1) UnS( l )
GS (2) = Flow temperature UnS(2)
GS(3) = Inlet pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
GS (5) = Specific gravity at flow conditions :
ii
GS (6) = Specific gravity at standard conditions
GS(7) = Viscosity FS(7) UnS(7) I
GS(8) = Float specific gravity
GS(12) = Viscosity immunity ceiling ii
GS(13) = Base pressure FS (13) UnS (13)
il
GS(14) = Base temperature UnS(14)
GS ( ) =
15 Barometric pressure FS (15) UnS(15)
GS (18) = Rotameter URV USgpm water :

SDS( l ) = Maximum flow in USgpm water equivalent i

SDS(2) = Rotameter allowable flow in selected units FS(1) UnS( l )


SDS(5) = Chart multiplier
) I

126 !

;•
If ProgNum = 5 Then Program = " Wedge flow meter - liquid "
Code = "Che" for chemical seal design, "Std " for standard
GS(1) = Maximum flow FS(1) UnS ( l )
GS(2) = Flow temperature
-
GS (3) Inlet pressure
GS(4) = Differential range
UnS(2)
FS(3) UnS(3)
FS (4) UnS(4)
}

GS (5) = Specific gravity at flow conditions


GS(6) = Specific gravity at standard conditions
GS(8) = Nominal size UnS (8)
GS (12) = Wedge ratio
GS(13) = Base pressure
GS (14) = Base temperature
GS(15) = Barometric pressure
FS (13) UnS(13)
UnS( 14) !
FS (15) UnS(15)
GS(18) = Normal flow FS(1) UnS ( l )
SDS( l ) = Normal flow differential FS(4) UnS(4)
SDS(5c ) = Chart multiplier ;

Gas
I
:

If ProgNum = 22 Then Program = "Vortex meter - gas"


Code = "No" or "Yes" for an Isolating manifold
Code = "Oth" for other sizing
GS (1) = Maximum flow FS(1) UnS( l )
GS(2) = Flow temperature UnS(2)
GS (3) = Inlet pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
GS(5) = Molecular weight
GS(6) = Ratio of specific heats
GS (7) - Viscosity FS(7) UnS (7)
GS(8) = Nominal size UnS(8)
GS (9) - Density FS(9) UnS(9)
GS(10) = Critical pressure FS(10) UnS( lO)
GS(11) = Critical temperature UnS(ll ) :

GS(12) = Flow meter bore diameter FS (12) UnS(12)


GS(13) = Base pressure FS(13) UnS (13)
GS (14) = Base temperature UnS(14) :

GS(15) = Barometric pressure FS(15) UnS (15) :


:

GS (18) = Flow meter bore area UnS (12)+2


SDS( l ) = Maximum flowrate FS (1) UnS( l )
SDS(2) = Minimum flowrate FS(1) UnS( l )
SDS(5) = Chart multiplier
SDS(6) = Minimum allowable velocity FS(5) UnS (5)
SDS(7) = Maximum allowable velocity FS (5) UnS(5)
I
If ProgNum = 24 Then Program = "Rotameter - gas"
GS (1) = Maximum flow FS(1) UnS( l )
i .
127

:•
GS(2) = Flow temperature UnS(2)
GS(3) = Inlet pressure FS (3) UnS (3) s
GS(5) = Molecular weight
GS(8) = Float specific gravity
GS(9) = Density FS(9) UnS(9)
GS (10) = Critical pressure FS(10) UnS( lO)
GS ( ll ) - Critical temperature FS( ll ) UnS( ll )
GS (13) = Base pressure FS(13) UnS(13)
GS(14) = Base temperature UnS(14)
GS (15) - Barometric pressure FS(15) UnS(15)
GS (18) = Rotameter URV SCFM air
SDS( l ) = Maximum flow in SCFM air equivalent
!
SDS(2) = Rotameter allowable flow in selected units FS(1) Uns( l )
SDS(5) = Chart multiplier

If ProgNum — 25 Then Program = "Wedge flow meter - gas"


Code = "Che" for chemical seal design, "Std " for standard
GS (1) = Maximum flow FS(1) UnS ( l )
GS (2) = Flow temperature UnS(2)
GS(3) = Inlet pressure FS(3) UnS(3)
GS (4) = Differential range FS(4) UnS(4)
GS (5) - Molecular weight
GS (6) = Ratio of specific heats \

GS(8) = Nominal size UnS(8)


GS(9) = Density FS(9) UnS(9)
GS (10) = Critical pressure FS(10) UnS( lO)
GS (11) = Critical temperature UnS( ll )
GS (12) = Wedge ratio
GS(13) = Base pressure FS( I 3) UnS(13)
GS(14) = Base temperature UnS(14)
GS (15) = Barometric pressure FS(15 UnS(15)
)
GS (18) = Normal flow FS(1) UnS( l )
SDS =
( l ) Normal flow differential FS(4) UnS(4)
SDS(5) = Chart multiplier

Miscellaneous Files
FG2DAT.UNS Sequential file. User unit data
FG2DAT.STP. Sequential file. Base conditions
FG2SPEC.TXT . Sequential file. Data sheet item selections
HEADINGS .DAT Sequential file. Printout titles
FG2SUM.DAT Sequential file. Standard summary selections
FG2 CALC.DRV Sequential file. Default drives and paths
FG2 CALC.COL Sequential file. Color selections

12S
FG2 Import Process Data
;i
To Import process data into a calculation :

Make a sequential file for each calculation Files to have a filename(Suggest the
tag number) with no extension (ie FE-100.). After INSTRUCALC reads the file it
will rename the file to "FILENAME. OK". This will divide the files into two lists,
those which have been processed and those which have not.
f •

To read a file.
1. Go to the required calculation and select the required units.
2. Take the Import data menu option.
3. Find the required file. (Using standard Windows procedures)
4. Select the file and the data will be loaded.
5. Proceed with the calculation and save the data. (Now in the INSTRUCALC
file)
6 . The sequential file will be assigned the extension ".OK", and will disappear
from the list.
7. If a review is required, use the Windows file procedures for files with an
extension ".OK"
8. Revised process data should be provided without extensions. The Instrument
engineer will then have an instant review of work not yet performed .

Data input sequential file requirements


(In input order)

Rotameter Gas Flowmeter


1 Tag number Seq file
2 Fluid name Txtl (3)
3 Required flow G( l )
4 Temperature G(2)
5 Inlet pressure G(3)
6 MW G(5)
7 Density G(9)
8 Critical pressure G(10)
9 Critical temperature G( ll )
10 Line number Txtl ( l )
11 Service Txtl (2)

Rotameter Liquid Flowmeter


1 Tag number Seq file
2 Fluid name Txtl (3)
3 Required flow
4 Temperature
G( i )
G(2)
i
5 Inlet pressure G(3) j
129
6 SG @ FTP G(5)
7 SG @ Base G(6) )
8 Viscosity G(7)
9 Line number Txtl (2)
10 Service Txtl ( l )

Vortex Gas Flow Element


1 Tag number (Seq file)
2 Fluid name Txtl (3)
3 Maximum flow GO )
4 Temperature G(2)
5 Inlet pressure G(3)
6 Mw G(5)
7 Cp/Cv G(6)
8 Viscosity G(7)
9 Density G(8)
10 Critical pressure G(10)
11 Critical temp G( ll )
12 Line number Txtl (2)
13 Service Txtl (2)

Vortex Liquid Flow Element


1 Tag number Seq file
2 Fluid name Txtl (3) )
3 Maximum flow G( l )
4 Temperature G(2)
5 Inlet pressure G(3)
6 SG @ FTP G(5)
7 SG@ Base G(6)
8 Viscosity G(7)
9 Line number Txtl (2)
10 Service Txtl ( l )

Wedge Gas Flowmeter


1 Tag number (Seq file)
2 Fluid name Txtl (3)
3 Maximum flow G( l )
4 Normal flow G(18)
5 Temperature G(2)
6 Inlet pressure G(3)
7 Mw G(5)
8 Cp/Cv G(6)
9 Viscosity G(7)
10 Density G(8)
11 Critical pressure G(10) '

130
12 Critical temp G( ll )
13 Line number Txtl (2)
14 Service Txtl (2)

Wedge Liquid Flowmeter


1 Tag number Seq file
2 Fluid name Txtl (3)
3 Maximum flow G( l )
4 Normal flow G(18)
5 Temperature G(2)
6 Inlet pressure G(3)
7 Differential range G(4)
8 SG @ FTP G(5)
9 SG@ Base G(6)
10 Pipe size G( l )
11 Line number Txtl (2)
12 Service Txtl ( l )

Fixed Geometry2 Pipe Inside Diameter


The orifice pipe run is the straight sections of pipe, upstream and downstream of
) the orifice plate, as specified in ISO 5167 and AGA3 and ANSI 2530.

The ISO pipe inside diameter is the average Of 12 measurements of the upstream
section of the meter measured at a room temperature.

Initially, in most cases, the orifice pipe run is not available and the standard size is
used. This is available in a program look-up table. To find the size, select the
meter run size button to display the pipe size screen, enter the nominal size of the
pipe and select the search button. The available wall thickness and the
corresponding inside diameters for the nominal size are displayed. Select the
required size and it will be transferred to the calculation.

When the meter tube becomes available, measure the inside diameter and back
calculate either the amended flow rate or differential pressure.

Metric dimensions are in millimeters and nominal sizes are base on 25 mm per
nominal inch. If Units other than inches or millimeters are used , the data
transferred back to the calculation will be converted to the calculation units.

131
:

Y*

i.
i-
f

;
r-

:•

Вам также может понравиться